ML040900301

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
Changes to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
ML040900301
Person / Time
Site: McGuire, Mcguire  Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 03/18/2004
From: Gordon Peterson
Duke Power Co
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML040900301 (374)


Text

PkDuke GARY R. PETERSON rEPowers Vice President McGuire Nuclear Station A Duke Energy Company Duke Power MG0I VP / 12700 Hagers Ferry Road Huntersville, NC 28078-9340 704 875 5333 March 18, 2004 704 875 4809 fax grpeters@duke-energy. corn Document Control Desk U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Washington, D.C. 20555 Re: McGuire Nuclear Station Units 1 & 2, Docket Nos. 50-369, 50-370 Change to Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures Attached to this letter are a revised Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure (EPIP) Index and a notice of revision to ten (10)

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. These procedure revisions were evaluated pursuant to the requirements of 10 CFR 50.54 (q). The changes do not constitute a reduction in the effectiveness of the emergency plan and the plan continues to meet the requirements of 10 CFR 50.47 (b) and 10 CFR 50 Appendix E. Duke implemented these changes on February 25, 2004 & March 1, 2004, and March 3, 2004. A copy of these changes is also being sent to the NRC Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards as per 10 CFR 72.44 (f). Revision bars within the procedures indicate the revision. The following procedure index changes and procedure revisions have been implemented:

EPIP Index Page 1 Dated 02/25/2004 Rev. 44 EPIP Index Page 2 Dated 02/25/2004 Rev. 44 REVISION to the following procedures:

SR/0/B/2000/003 Dated 02/25/2004 Rev. 012 SR/0/B/2000/004 Dated 02/25/2004 Rev. 007 RP/0/A/5700/000 Dated 3/1/2004 Rev. 010 RP/0/A/5700/001 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/002 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/003 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/004 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/012 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 024 RP/0/A/5700/018 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 013 RP/0/B/5700/029 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 001 6Lu5 www. duke-energy. corn

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission March 18, 2004 Page 2 There are no new regulatory commitments in this document. Duke is also supplying two copies of this submittal to the Regional Administrator of Region II. Questions on this document should be directed to Kevin Murray at (704) 875-4672.

Attachments xc: (w/attachment)

Mr. Luis Reyes, Regional Administrator U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Region II 61 Forsyth St., SW, Suite 23T85 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 (w/attachment)

Mr. Martin J. Virgilio, Director Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards Mail Stop T-8A23 Washington, D.C. 20555-0001 (w/attachment)

MNS Master File No. 529.01 (w/o attachment)

R. E. Martin, USNRC U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Washington, D.C. 20555 NRC Resident Inspector McGuire Nuclear Station M.T. Cash, Manager NRIA (ECO50)

Electronic Licensing Library (ECO50)

EP File 111

EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES INDEX PROCEDURE # TITLE REVISION NUMBER RP/O/A/5700/000 Classification of Emergency Rev. 010 RP/O/A/5700/001 Notification of Unusual Event Rev. 020 RP/O/A/5700/002 Alert Rev. 020 RPIO/A/5700/003 Site Area Emergency Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/004 General Emergency Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/006 Natural Disasters Rev. 010 RP/0/A/5700/007 Earthquake Rev. 007 RP/0/A/57001008 Release of Toxic or Flammable Gases Rev. 004 RP/1/A/5700/009 Collisions/Explosions Rev. 002 RP/O/A/57001010 NRC Immediate Notification Requirements Rev. 013 RP/01A/5700/0 11 Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Rev. 006 Evacuation RP/0/A/5700/012 Activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC) Rev. 024 RPIO/A/5700/01 8 Notifications to the State and Counties from the TSC Rev. 013 RP/0/A/5700/019 Core Damage Assessment Rev. 004 RP/O/A/5700/020 Activation of the Operations Support Center (OSC) Rev. 015 RP/0/A/5700/022 Spill Response Procedure Rev. 009 RPIO/A/5700/024 Recovery and Reentry Procedure Rev. 002 RP/O/A/5700/026 Operations/Engineering Required Actions in the Technical Rev. 003 Support Center (TSC)

RP/0B/15700/023 Public Affairs Emergency Response Plan Rev. 003 RP/O/B/5700/029 Notifications to Offsite Agencies From The Control Room Rev. 001 HPO/IB/1009/002 Alternative Method for Determining Dose Rate Within Rev. 002 the Reactor Building HP/0/B/1009/003 Recovery Plan Rev. 004 HP/0/B/1009/006 Procedure for Quantifying High Level Radioactivity Rev. 006 Releases During Accident Conditions HP/IOB/1009/010 Releases of Radioactive Effluents Exceeding Selected Rev. 006 Licensee Commitments 1 February 25, 2004 Rev. 44

EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES INDEX PROCEDURE # TITLE REVISION NUMBER HP/O/B/1009/021 Estimating Food Chain Doses Under Post-Accident Conditions Rev. 001 HP/I/B/1009/022 Accident and Emergency Response Rev. 003 HP/0/B/1009/023 Environmental Monitoring for Emergency Conditions Rev. 005 HP/O/B/1009/024 Personnel Monitoring for Emergency Conditions Rev. 002 HP/01B/1009/029 Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment Rev. 007 SH/O/B/2005/001 Emergency Response Offsite Dose Projections Rev. 002 SII01/B/2005/002 Protocol for the Field Monitoring Coordinator During Emergency Rev. 002 Conditions SH/O/B/2005/003 Distribution of Potassium Iodide Tablets in the Event of a Rev. 000 Radioiodine Release SR/O/B/2000/001 Standard Procedure for Public Affairs Response to the Rev. 004 Emergency Operations Facility SR/O/B/2000/002 Standard Procedure for EOF Services Rev. 003 SR/O/B/2000/003 Activation of the Emergency Operations Facility Rev. 012 SR/O/B/2000/004 Notification to States and Counties from the Emergency Rev. 007 Operations Facility EP Group Manual Section 1.1 Emergency Organization Rev. 018 PT/O/A/4600/088 Functional Check of Emergency Vehicle and Equipment Rev. 007 2 February 25, 2004 Rev. 44

DUKE POWER McGUIRE NUCLEAR SITE EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES APPROVED:

ASSURANCE MANAGER DATE APPROVED_

EPIP Index Page 1 Dated 2/25/2004 Rev. 44 EPIP Index Page 2 Dated 2/25/2004 Rev. 44 SR/0/B/2000/003 Dated 02/25/2004 Rev. 012 SR/O/B/2000/004 Dated 02/25/2004 Rev. 007 RP/0/A/5700/000 Dated 3 /1/2004 Rev. 010 RP/0/A/5700/001 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/002 Dated 3/3/2 004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/003 Dated 3/3/2 004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/004 Dated 3/3/2 004 Rev. 020 RP/0/A/5700/012 Dated 3/3/2 004 Rev. 024 RP/0/A/5700/018 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 013 RP/0/B/5700/029 Dated 3/3/2004 Rev. 001

(R04-011) Duke Power Company (1)ID No.: SR/0/B/2000/003 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No.: 012 PREPARATION FOR

'I il NIUALRU PHUGL.UUREt (2) Procedure Title Activation of f E ency Operations Facility (3) Prepared By tY_ !5Z Date Z/, ,/o'B (4) Applicable To: 0 ONS J% MNS ,1 CNS (5) Technical I Advisor __ __ __

(6) Requires 0 Yes 0 No 0 Yes 0 No Yes 0 No NSD 228 YES = New procedure or reissue with major changes Applicability NO = Reissue with minor changes OR to incorporate reviously approved changes (7) Review (OR) By _ __By C By Date Date Z./.OrDate __-/-6 Cross-Disciplinary By By By Review (OR) NA Date_ NA Date NA& Date Zja -a y Reactivity Mgmt. By By . I By Review (OR) NA Date_ _ NAfDate2L/0 N Date 0 '°f/

Mgmt. Involvement By By By Review (Ops. Supt.) NA Date NA fpDate Z'/9 NA K Dater 1f ° (8) Additional By__ _ (QA) By__ _ (QA) By__ _ (QA)

Reviews Date Date Date B y By y_ By?

Date Date Date*- 0-P/A (g) Approved By G o d By 14J S v_

Date Date - 2,Z4 0 Date 2 -

(10) Use Level Reference Use PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copy every 14 calendar days while work is being performed.)

(11) Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (12) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (13) Procedure Completion Verification o Yes DNA Check lists or blanks property initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

o Yes 0 NA Required enclosures attached?

O Yes 0 NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

O Yes 0 NA Charts, graphs, etc., attached and properly dated, identified, and marked?

o Yes ENA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (14) Procedure Completion Approved Date (15) Remarks (attach additional pages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station SPIO/B/2000/003 Revision No.

Activation of the Emergency Operations Facility 012 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC007003

SR/OJB/2000/003 Page 2 of 6 Activation of the Emergency Operations Facility

1. Symptoms Conditions exist where events are in progress or have occurred which resulted in activation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) Emergency Response Organization (ERO).
2. Immediate Actions 2.1 Upon notification to activate, ERO personnel assigned to the EOF shall report to that facility.
3. Subsequent Actions NOTE: This procedure is not intended to be followed in a step-by-step sequence. Sections of the procedure are to be implemented, as the applicable action becomes necessary.

3.1 The EOF must be operational using 75 minutes as a goal for the minimum staff to be in place following declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

3.2 Turnover should occur with the TSC at a time that will not decrease the effectiveness of communications with the offsite agencies.

3.3 Each represented group is responsible for ensuring their appropriate checklist is completed.

3.4 IF additional positions are needed to support the emergency, or for 24-coverage, THEN the following are available for telephone numbers.

  • Catawba Home phone numbers are located in the Catawba Nuclear site Qualified Emergency Response Organization Members Listing located on the Catawba Emergency Planning Home Page. Office phone numbers are located in the electronic Duke Power telephone directory.
  • McGuire NOTE: To access the McGuire Emergency Planning Home Page you must first select the Safety Assurance Home Page from the "Site Web Pages" menu on the McGuire Web Page.

Home and work phone numbers are located in the McGuire Nuclear Site Data Verification

& Facility Org. listing located on the McGuire Emergency Planning Home Page. Office phone numbers are also located in the electronic Duke Power telephone directory.

SR/I/B/2000I003 Page 3 of 6 3.5 The following SDS Group Displays have been established for emergency response use. To access these group displays, type GD (space)"Group Display Name" in the white box at the upper right portion of the screen.

Catawba Specific Group Display Name Group Display Description ERDS 1 ERDS Group 1 ERDS2 ERDS Group 2 EROCONT Selected values associated with containment.

EROCOREI Incore temperature values EROCORE2 Additional incore temperature values EROCORE3 Additional incore temperature values EROINJCT Selected letdown/charging values EROPLEAK Selected primary to containment leakage values EROSLEAK Selected primary to secondary leakage values EROPRIM Selected primary system values ERORD5 Selected Raddose V Assessment Points ERORXG Selected Value for Reactor Engineer EROSAMG Selected SAMG Values EROSECND Selected secondary system values McGuire Specific Group Display Name Group Display Description ERO-1 Selected plant parameters EROCONT Emergency Response Containment EROCORE Emergency Response Incore EROINJCT Emergency Response Injection EROPRIM Emergency Response Primary ERORD5 Selected Raddose V Assessment Points EROSECND Emergency Response Secondary.

(9} {10) 3.6 To resolve equipment problems, contact the following:

  • Computer problems - EOF Data Coordinator
  • Other equipment problems - EOF Services Manager 3.7 If the emergency class is upgraded (e.g., from Alert to Site Area Emergency) or an upgrade in the Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) is made, state and counties must be notified as soon as possible and within 15 minutes after the change is declared by the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director. {12}

SR/O/B/2000/003 Page 4 of 6

_ 3.8 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. f 121 113) 3.9 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to perform the following:

A. Notify the agencies that an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

112) 413) 3.10 Definitions 3.10.1 The following definitions are applicable to the Emergency Notification Form, Line8: 41)47)

Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither degrading nor improvinsg.

SR1OjB/2000/003 Page 5 of 6 3.10.2 The following definitions are applicable to the Emergency Notification Form, Line 10:

  • EMERGENCY RELEASE - Any unplanned and quantifiable discharge to the environment of radioactive effluent ATTRIBUTABLE TO A DECLARED EMERGENCY EVENT. A release is considered to be in progress if any one or more of the following occurs:
  • Reactor Building EMF monitors reading indicates an increase in activity (Catawba and McGuire 38, 39, or 40).

OR Containment High Range EMF monitors reading greater than 1.5 R/hr.

(Catawba 53A or 53B) (McGuire 51A or 51B)

AND Pressure inside the containment building is greater than Tech. Specs. (Catawba and McGuire 0.3 psig)

OR An actual containment breach is determined.

  • Increase in activity monitored by Unit Vent EMF (Catawba and McGuire 35, 36, or 37)
  • Field Monitoring Team results
  • Knowledge of the event and its impact on system operation and resultant release pathways.

3.10.3 OPERATIONAL - The Emergency Response Facility (e.g., Technical Support Center, Operations Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility) is staffed and ready to perform assigned emergency response functions.

3.10.4 ACTIVATED - The Emergency Operations Facility has accepted turnover and has direction and control of assigned emergency response functions.

SR/OJB/2000/003 Page 6 of 6 Enclosures 4.1 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist 4.2 Catawba Protective Actions 4.3 McGuire Protective Actions 4.4 Emergency Classification Downgrade/Termination 4.5 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist 4.6 EOF Dose Assessor Checklist 4.7 Field Monitoring Coordinator Checklist 4.8 Radio Operator Checklist 4.9 EOF Offsite Agency Communicator Checklist 4.10 Access Control Director Checklist 4.11 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist 4.12 Accident Assessment Interface Checklist 4.13 Operations Interface Checklist 4.14 Administrative Support Checklist 4.15 Reactor Physics Checklist 4.16 EOF Emergency Planner Checklist 4.17 EOF Log Recorder/Status Keeper Checklist 4.18 EOF Data Coordinator Checklist 4.19 EOF Services Manager Checklist

\- 4.20 Establishing Communications Links Between McGuire SAMG Evaluators 11 }

4.21 Fitness for Duty Questionnaire 4.22 Commitments for SR/O/B/2000/003

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 1 of 10 TNITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

___Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

NOTE: The EOF Log Recorder will maintain the official log for the EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director.

The EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director may maintain an additional log if desired.

Establish a log of activities.

NOTE: 1. If the emergency situation prevents activating the TSC within 75 minutes of declaration, the Control Room will:

  • turn over responsibility for classification and state and county notification to the EOF.
  • maintain responsibility for NRC Event Notification until released by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.
  • maintain responsibility for continuous phone communications to the NRC until relieved by the NRC communicator in the TSC.
2. If the TSC remains unavailable and the EOF cannot take responsibility for classification and state and county notification, the Control Room will maintain these responsibilities until one of the facilities is capable of turnover.

Establish communications with the Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator in the affected site's TSC as follows:

  • Use the affected site's EOF Director to Emergency Coordinator Ringdown phone OR
  • Catawba TSC, dial 8-831-5870 OR
  • McGuire TSC, dial 8-875-4950.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 2 of 10

__ Verify the following EOF positions, as a minimum, are filled, have checked out their assigned equipment/procedures and are prepared to assume their EOF duties prior to declaring the EOF operational:

EOF Director Accident Assessment Manager Radiological Assessment Manager Access Control Director Off-Site Agency Communicator Off-Site Agency Communicator.

Begin monitoring the EOF Director's area incoming fax machine. {13)

NOTE: For all drills, messages should be preceded with "This is a drill. This is a drill."

Announce over the EOF public address system the following:

"Anyone who is reporting to this facility outside of your normal work hours and has consumed alcohol within the past five (5) hours, notify either the EOF Director, Assistant EOF Director, or the appropriate lead in each functional area."

Declare the EOF operational. EOF operational time:

NOTE: For all drills, messages should be preceded with "This is a drill. This is a drill."

Announce the following over the EOF public address system:

"Attention all EOF personnel. This is and as of hours, (EOF Director's Name) the EOF is operational."

Inform the Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator that the EOF is:

- Operational

- Gathering plant status information

- Ready to receive turnover at the Emergency Coordinator's convenience.

Read the definitions for the following terms contained in Steps 3.10 in the body of this procedure:

  • Stable
  • Degrading
  • Improving
  • Emergency Release

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000o003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 3 of 10 OTE: The following step may be accomplished by conducting a Time Out or by verifying the level of readiness with the individuals in the positions.

Verify the following positions, at a minimum, are ready to activate (i.e., have received the necessary information from their TSC counterpart, etc.) and are positioned to perform the next offsite agency communication via the Emergency Notification Form (ENF).

Accident Assessment Manager Radiological Assessment Manager Lead Off-Site Agency Communicator NOTE: 1. The Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator will fax a copy of Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist to the EOF. A copy of the "Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist" form is provided on page 9 of this enclosure for use if needed.

2. The Assistant EOF Director should be attentive for any incoming faxes. {13)

NOTE: If a classification change is recognized during turnover, the turnover should not be completed until after the activated facility (TSC) declares and transmits the notification to the offsite agencies. {121 Receive turnover from Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator utilizing the "Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist".

Begin preparing, or delegate to the Assistant EOF Director, for briefing Offsite Agencies using the job aide on page 10 of 10. {8)

NOTE: The EOF Director is responsible for determining Emergency Classifications, approving Protective Action Recommendations, and approving Offsite Agency Emergency Notification Forms after the EOF is activated. These responsibilities remain with the EOF Director and shall not be delegated.

Inform the Emergency Coordinator that the EOF is ready to activate.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0JB12000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 4 of 10 4OTE: For all drills, messages should be preceded with "This is a drill. This is a drill."

Announce over the EOF public address system the following:

"Attention all EOF personnel. The EOF was activated at hours. This is I am the EOF Director and have taken responsibility for emergency management from the Emergency Coordinator in the Technical Support Center. The current emergency classification is

. The following is a summary of the plant status Additional information will be provided to you as conditions change. The next offsite agency notification shall be transmitted by _ _ hours. The EOF staff shall prepare for a time-out and a roundtable discussion at hours."

Discuss current emergency classification with the EOF staff and verify that it meets the criteria of:

  • Catawba RP/0/A/5000/001 OR
  • McGuire RP/O/A15700/000.

IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {12} (13)

IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to perform the following:

__ A. Notify the agencies that an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted. { 12) 113)

Upon declaration of a Site Area Emergency, consult with the Accident Assessment Manager and the Radiological Assessment Manager to determine potential zones for protective action recommendations should the event progress to a General Emergency.

NOTE: 1. Catawba offsite Protective Actions Recommendations are defined in Enclosure 4.2.

2. McGuire offsite Protective Actions Recommendations are defined in Enclosure 4.3.

Upon declaration of a General Emergency, the EOF Director shall IMMEDIATELY (within 15 minutes) make Protective Action Recommendations to offsite authorities via the Emergency Notification Form (ENF).

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0B/2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 5 of 10 OTE: If changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recommended to and approved by the EOF Director, these changes shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes.

Evaluate specific plant conditions, offsite dose projections, field monitoring team data, and assess need to update Protective Action Recommendations made to states and counties in the previous notification.

Review dose projections with Radiological Assessment Manager to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

IF Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond 10 miles, THEN notify the states and counties and request they consider sheltering/evacuation of the general population located beyond the affected 10-mile EPZ.

Discuss, or delegate to the Assistant EOF Director the responsibility to discuss plant status with the County Directors of Emergency Preparedness (CDEP), the State Liaisons or the State Directors of Emergency Preparedness (SDEP) as necessary/requested using one of the following methods:

  • The EOF State Liaisons will communicate information from the EOF Director to County/State representatives using the Decision Line.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0/3B2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 6 of 10 NOTE: If using the EOF/Assistant EOF Director telephone, individual State and/or County numbers can be l obtained from the appropriate site's Emergency Telephone Directory.

  • Use the Decision Lines or the EOF/Assistant EOF Director telephone to contact the appropriate states/counties. Obtain the Decision Line Dial Codes or phone numbers from the appropriate Emergency Telephone Directory. {7 }

Catawba Site Specific York CDEP Mecklenburg CDEP_

Gaston CDEP NC SDEP SC SDEP McGuire Site Specific Mecklenburg CDEP Gaston CDEP Lincoln CDEP Iredell CDEP Catawba CDEP Cabarrus CDEP NC SDEP IF Duke Power has provided Protective Action Recommendations to the States and Counties, THEN request SDEPs and CDEPs to inform the EOF Director of the decisions for actual Protective Actions for the plume exposure pathway populations. Record SDEPs' and CDEPs' protective action decisions below:

Zones Evacuated:

Zones Sheltered:

Information Received from:

Inform Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator of SDEPs' and CDEPs' protective action decisions and other offsite conditions.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0/B/2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 7 of 10 Perform the following steps as needed throughout the event:

  • Conduct a time-out and hold a roundtable discussion approximately every 30 minutes with the EOF staff to discuss:

- Emergency Classification

- Protective Action Recommendations

- Emergency Notification Form status

- Offsite dose projections

- Mitigation strategies

- Termination criteria as defined in Enclosure 4.4.

  • Announce to the EOF the emergency classification, plant status, and priorities via the EOF public address system following EOF time-outs.
  • The Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator updates may be broadcast on the EOF public address system.
  • Advise Emergency Coordinator or Assistant Emergency Coordinator of the following:

- All aspects of the emergency situation, including alternate strategies outside of procedures as plant conditions dictate

- Emergency Classification changes

- Protective Action Recommendations changes

- Mitigation strategies

- Contingency plans.

NOTE: Reasonable actions that depart from a license condition or technical specification may be performed in an emergency, per 10CFR50.54(x), when this action is immediately needed to protect the health and safety of the public and no action consistent with the license condition or technical specification that can provide adequate or equivalent protection is immediately apparent. Deviation from an Emergency Procedure constitutes a IOCFR50.54(x) action. Actions taken per IOCFR50.54(x) shall be:

- Approved, as a minimum, by a Licensed Senior Reactor Operator prior to taking such action, and

- Documented in the Reactor Operators Logbook, and

- Documented in the TSC Logbook, and

- Reported to the NRC within one hour using:

Catawba RP/OIB/5000/013, "NRC Notification Requirements" or {3}

McGuire RP/0/B/5000/010, "NRC Immediate Notification Requirements".

  • Ensure that 10CFR50.54(x) actions are approved prior to performing the action.
  • Authorize emergency worker extensions if the radiation exposure doses are expected to exceed the blanket dose extension limits authorized by the Radiation Protection Manager using:

- Catawba RP/O/A/5000/018

- McGuire System Radiation Protection Manual Section VI-6.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 8 of 10

  • Approve personnel with training deficiencies prior to their participation as EOF staff members.

This approval shall be documented in the EOF Log.

  • Turn over EOF Director duties to the Assistant EOF Director prior to leaving the EOF Director's Area.

Verify that the EOF Emergency Planner completes the "EOF 24-Hour Staffing Log" located in Enclosure 4.16.

Assist the TSC Emergency Coordinator or Assistant TSC Emergency Coordinator as a Decision Maker upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG). I I 1)

NOTE: The offsite Recovery Organization will stay at the EOF and work with the counties and states if radiological conditions exist beyond the site boundary. The On-Site Recovery Organization will be established by the Emergency Coordinator.

Establish Recovery Organization if needed using:

  • Catawba RP/1/A/5000/025
  • McGuire RP/0/A/5700/024.

Conduct a critique following termination of a drill or actual event.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning following termination of a drill or actual event.

Close out the emergency event in accordance with the applicable procedure:

Notification of Unusual Event Catawba - RPIOIA/5000/002 McGuire - RP/01A/5700/001

___Alert Catawba - RP/O1A/5000/003 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/002 Site Area Emergency Catawba - RP/0/A/5000/004 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/003 General Emergency Catawba - RP/0/A/5000/005 McGuire - RP/0/A/5700/004.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/003 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist Page 9 of 10 UTNIT(S) AFFECTED: CATAWBA U _ U2 McGuire Ul U2_

- POWER LEVEL NCS TEMP NCS PRESS E DATE:____

U-I______ _____

TIME:

U_

U_ _ _ _ _

Z NOUE DECLARED AT: TSC ACTIVATED AT:

> ALERT DECLARED AT: EOF ACTIVATED AT:

SAE DECLARED AT:

G.E. DECLARED AT:

-Q REASON FOR EMER CLASS:

YES NO TIME LOCATION OR COMMENTS SITE ASSEMBLY SITE EVAC. (NON-ESSEN.)

SITE EVAC. (ESSENTIAL)

CO OTHER OFFSITE AGENCY INVOLVEMENT MEDICAL FIRE POLICE NUMBER NUMBER ASSEM. DEPLOYED FIELD MON. TEAMS ZONES ZONES EVACUATED SHELTERED KI (General Public)

OFFSITE PARS Yes) No) I 0 RELEASE IN PROGRESS YES INO RELEASE PATHWAY CONTAINMENT PRESSURE PSIG WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED W NUMBER TIME z

LAST MESSAGE SENT:

NEXT MESSAGE DUE:

NOTE: EOF COMMUNICATION CHECKS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO ACTIVATING THE EOF.

0 V

IHER NOTES RELATED TO THE ACCIDENT/EVENT/PLANT EQUIPMENT FAILED OR OUT OF SERVICE

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Director/Assistant EOF Director Checklist Page 10 of l0 Job Aid (8)

AVAILABLE NOT AVAILABLE COMMENTS AFW TRAIN A AFW TRAIN B TD AFW TRAIN COMMENTS NV TRAIN A NV TRAIN B NI TRAIN A NI TRAIN B ND TRAIN A ND TRAIN B STAND BY MU WATER PMP COMMENTS KC TRAIN A KC TRAIN B c 3RN TRAIN A RN TRAIN B COMMENTS BUSLINE A BUSLINE B DG A _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

DG B _ __

SATA 2 ~~~~~SATB _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _

TRAIN A DC POWER TRAIN B DC POWER SSF DG COMMENTS CONT. SPRAY TRAIN A CONT. SPRAY TRAIN B 2

H1 IGNITERS TRAIN A H2 IGNITERS TRAIN B CONT. AIR RETURN FANS TRAIN A 0 CONT. AIR RETURN FANS TRAIN B ACTUATED ISOL.COMP1-CONT. ISOL. TRAIN A CONT. ISOL. TRAIN B Note: This form is not required for TSC/EOF Turnover. It is made available as a job aid only and can be used for other activities (e.g., Briefing the NRC).

Enclosure 4.2 SR1OB/2000/003 Catawba Offsite Protective Actions Page 1 of 7 INITIAL 1201 NOTE: Protective Action Guides (PAGs) are levels of radiation dose at which prompt protective actions should be initiated and are based on EPA-400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents. The offsite Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) specified in this enclosure are based on the PAGs listed below.

PAG for KI taken from Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies, FDA Guidance, November 2001 and Guidance for Industry, KI in Radiation Emergencies, Questions and Answers, FDA, December 2002. {23)

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES (PAGs)

Projected Dose Total Effective Dose Committed Dose Recommendation Equivalent (TEDE) Equivalent (CDE)

Thyroid

< 1 rem < 5 rem No Protective Action is required based on projected dose.

> 1 rem > 5 rem Evacuate affected zones and shelter the remainder of the 10-mile EPZ not evacuated.

N/A 25 rem Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy.

Enclos"., 4.2 Enclsure4.2SR/0/B/2000/003 s,~~o/o Catawba Offsite Protective Actions Page 2 of 7 General Emergency declared 0 noomen evacuation

/ s \/ \of 2 mile radius and zones 5

/ wnd speed URGENT Recommend: / re \miles downwind.

/less than or _ Evacuate zones: /ose projecti os Recommend shelter-in-place ON equal to AO, Al. 131, Cl, Dl, El, Fl esre o<fed nt > remaining zones. Reter to 5 p? yes Shelter-in-place zones: feld measurements Encd 4.2 pg 3 of 7.

A2, A3, B2, C2, D2, E2, F2, a 5 rem yes F3 thyroid?

X Recommend the consideration INITIAL PAR DETERMINATION no of KI use by the public. {23)

UPGRADE PAR Continue monitoring parameters in this flowchart loop to recommend PAR upgrades:

DETERMINATION 1.Assess containment conditions for a large fission product inventory, dose projection calculations, wind speed, wind direction and field monitoring team data to determine the need to update PARs.

2. Review dose projections to determine if protective actions are required beyond the 10 mile EPZ.

Are is offslte dosea r a large fission projections wind speed or ose projection product inventor no Z 1 rem TEDE no wind direction changed n or n gater than gap activity and/or suffidiently to affect zones fidmeasurements In containment? Z\5 rem CDE thyroid /evacuated Refer to Endl 4.2 in any zones not cae7tyod pg 4 of 7. previously evacuated?

yes yes yes yes Recommend evacuation of Recommend evacuation of Recommend evacuation Recommend the consideration 5 mile radius and 10 miles affected zone(s) with dose projections of 2 mile radius and of KI use by the public. (23) downwind. Shelter-in-nlace 2 1 rem TEDE and/or additional zone(s) 5 miles all other zones not previously 2 5 rem CDE thyroid. downwind. Shelter-in-place evacuated. Refer to Encl. 4.2, Shelter remainder of 10 mile EPZ for any zones pg 5 of 7. not previously evacuated. not previously evacuated.

Enclosure 4.2 SR/0/B/20001003 Catawba Offsite Protective Actions Page 3 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps NOTE: {5}1. If necessary, obtain needed data from one of the following sources in order of sequence:

A. DPC Meteorological Lab (8-382-0139)

B. National Weather Service in Greer, S.C. (864-879-1085 or 1-800-268-7785)

Upon declaration of a General Emergency, make immediate PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) within 15 minutes to be entered on Line 15 of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF). Determine the PARs based on the 15-minute average lower wind speed (computer point ClP0253) and the 15-minute average upper wind direction (computer point ClP0250) as below:

WIND SPEED LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 MPH Evacuate zones: AO, Al, Bl, Cl, DI, El, F1 AND Shelter-in-place zones: A2, A3, B2, C2, D2, E2, F2, F3 OR WIND SPEED GREATER THAN 5 MILES PER HOUR Wind Direction (Degrees Evacuate Shelter from North) 2-Mile Radius and 5 Miles Downwind 348.75 - 11.25 AO, B1, C1, DI Al, A2, A3, B2, C2, D2, El, E2, Fl, F2, F3 11.26-33.75 AO, C1, DI Al, A2, A3, Bl,B2, C2, D2, El, E2,F1, F2, F3 33.76-56.25 AO, Cl, DI, El Al, A2, A3, BI, B2, C2, D2, E2, Fl,F2, F3 56.26-78.75 AO, CI, DI, El, Fl Al, A2, A3, Bl, B2, C2, D2, E2, F2,F3 78.76 -101.25 A0, Cl, Dl, El, Fl Al, A2, A3, B 1, B2, C2, D2, E2, F2, F3 101.26- 123.75 AO, Dl, El, Fl Al, A2, A3, Bl, B2, Cl, C2, D2, E2, F2, F3 123.76- 146.25 AO, El, Fl Al, A2, A3, Bl, B2, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, E2, F2, F3 146.26 - 168.75 AO, Al, El, F1 A2, A3, B1, B2, Cl, C2, DI, D2, E2, F2, F3 168.76- 191.25 AO, Al, El, Fl A2, A3, BI, B2, Cl, C2, DI, D2, E2, F2, F3 191.26-213.75 AO, Al, Bl, El, Fl A2, A3, B2, Cl, C2, DI, D2, E2, F2, F3 213.76 -236.25 AO, Al, Bl, Fl A2, A3, B2, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, El, E2, F2, F3 236.26 - 258.75 AO, Al, Bl, Fl A2, A3, E2, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, El, E2, P2, F3 258.76-281.25 AO, Al, Bl, Cl A2, A3, B2, C2, Dl, D2, El, E2, Fl, F2, F3 281.26 - 303.75 AO, Al, B , Cl A2, A3, B2, C2, Dl, D2, El, E2, F1, F2, F3 303.76-326.25 AO, Bl, Cl Al, A2, A3, B2, C2, Dl, D2, El, E2, F1, F2, F3 326.26-348.74 AO, Bl, Cl, DI Al, A2, A3, B2, C2, D2, El, E2, Fl, F2, F3

Enclosure 4.2 SR/O/B/2000/003 Catawba Offsite Protective Actions Page 4 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps NOTE: 1. IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recommended, these changes must be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes.

2. IF the containment radiation level exceeds the levels in the EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table below, fission product inventory inside containment is greater than gap activity.

EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table Time After EMF Containment Monitor Reading (RIHR)

Shutdown (Hours) EMF53A and/or 53B (100% gap activity release) 0-2 864 2-4 624 4-8 450

>8 265 Evaluate large fission product inventory in the containment as follows:

___ IF the OAC is available, call up the following computer points to determine containment radiation levels.

Unit 1 OAC Unit 2 OAC CIA1308 -------- 1EMF53A C2A1308 -------- 2EMF53A CIA1314 -------- 1EMF53B C2A1314 -------- 2EMF53B

_ IF the OAC is unavailable, get the EMF containment monitor readings from the control room.

Enclosure 4.2 SR/0/13/2000/003 Catawba Ofsite Protective Actions Page 5 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps IF containment radiation levels exceed the levels in the EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table, THEN:

Evacuate the 5-mile radius AND 10 miles downwind as shown in the Protective Action Zones Determination Table below, using wind direction.

AND

_ Shelter remaining zones as shown in the Protective Action Zones Determination Table, using wind direction.

Protective Action Zones Determination Table (For Containment Radiation Levels Exceeding GAP Activity)

(For Any Wind Speed)

Wind Direction (Degrees Evacuate from North) 4201 5-Mile Radius and 10 Miles Downwind Shelter 348.75 - 11.25 AO, Al, BI, B2, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, El, F1 A2, A3, E2, F2, F3 11.26-33.75 AO, Al, B, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, El, Fl A2, A3, B2, E2, F2, F3 33.76 - 56.25 AO, Al, BI, Cl, C2, DI, D2, El, E2, Fl A2, A3, B2, F2, F3 56.26-78.75 AO, Al, BI, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, El, E2, Fl, F2 A2, A3, B2, F3 78.76- 101.25 AO,Al,Bl,C1,Dl,D2,El,E2,Fl,F2 A2,A3,B2,C2,F3 101.26 - 123.75 AO, Al, B, Cl, DI, D2, El, E2, Fl, F2, F3 A2, A3, B2, C2 123.76 - 146.25 AO, Al, BI, C1, DI, El, E2, F1, F2, F3 A2, A3, B2, C2, D2 146.26- 168.75 AO, Al, A2, BI, CI, DI,El,,E2, Fl, F2, F3 A3,B2,C2,D2 168.76 - 191.25 AO, Al, A2, BI, Cl, Dl, El, Fl, F2, F3 A3, B2, C2, D2, E2 191.26-213.75 AO,Al,A2,A3,Bl,B2,Cl,Dl,El,F1,F2,F3 C2,D2,E2 213.76-236.25 AO, Al,A2, A3, BI, B2, Cl, Dl, El, Fl, F2, F3 C2, D2, E2 236.26-258.75 AO, Al, A2, A3, Bl,B2, Cl, Dl, El, Fl, F3 C2, D2, E2, F2 258.76-281.25 AO, Al, A2, A3, Bl, B2, Cl, C2, Dl, El, Fl D2, E2, F2, F3 281.26-303.75 AO, Al, A2, A3, B , B2, Cl, C2, Dl, El, Fl D2, E2, F2, F3 303.76 - 326.25 AO, Al, A3, BI, B2, Cl, C2, Dl, El, Fl A2, D3, E2, F2, F3 326.26 - 348.74 AO, Al, BI, B2, Cl, C2, Dl, D2, El, F1 A2, A3, E2, F2, F3

_ On a continuing basis, evaluate specific plant conditions (including large fission product inventory in containment), offsite dose projections, wind speed and wind direction, field monitoring team data and assess the need to update Protective Action Recommendations made to the states and counties in the previous notification.

Enclosure 4.2 SRIO/B/2000/003 Catawba Offsite Protective Actions Page 6 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps

_ Review dose projections with the Radiological Assessment Manager to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

_ IF Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond 10 miles, THEN notify the states and counties and request that they consider sheltering/evacuating the general population located beyond the affected 10-mile EPZ.

Enclosure 4.2 SRIOJBI2000/003 Catawba Olfsite Protective Actions Page 7 of 7 (2 and 5 mile radius, inner circles)

Enclosure 4.3 SR/10B/2000/003 McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Page 1 of 7 IN1TIAL {20}

NOTE: Protective Action Guides (PAGs) are levels of radiation dose at which prompt protective actions should be initiated and are based on EPA400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents. The offsite Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) specified in this enclosure are based on the PAGs listed below.

PAG for KI taken from Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies, FDA Guidance, November 2001 and Guidance for Industry, KI in Radiation Emergencies, Questions and Answers, FDA, December 2002. f 231 PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES (PAGs)

Projected Dose Total Effective Dose Committed Dose Recommendation Equivalent (TEDE) Equivalent (CDE)

Thyroid

< 1 rem < 5 rem No Protective Action is required based on projected dose.

> 1 rem > 5 rem Evacuate affected zones and shelter the remainder of the 10 -

mile EPZ not evacuated.

N/A Ž5 rem Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy.

( Enclosure 4.

I sR/OJB/2000/003 McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Flowchart Page 2 of 7 Recommend evacuation of 2 mile radius and 5 miles URGENT Recommend: downwind.

Evacuate zones: Recommend shelter-in-place L, B, M, C, N, A, D, 0, R remaining zones. Refer to Shelter-in-place zones: Encl 4.3 pg 3 of 7.

E, F, G, H, I, J, K, P,0, S Recommend the consideration INITIAL PAR DETERMINATION of KI use by the public. {23) 1 U PG RADE PAR Continue monitoring parameters in this flowchart loop to recommend PAR upgrades:

DETERMINATION 1. Assess containment conditions for alarge fission product inventory, dose projection calculations, wind speed, wind direction and field monitoring team data to determine the need to update PARs.

2. Review dose projections to determine if protective actions are required beyond the 10 mile EPZ.

/a large fission projections \ / wnd spe r\Ois rojection product inventor no 1 rem TEDE no wind direction changed no or no ater than gap activi and/or sufficiently to affect zones field measurements in containment? / 5 rem CDE thyroid notpreviously t5 remCDE Refer to Encl 4.3 in any zones not evacuated? thyroid?

\ 4gof 7. previously evacuated?

yes yes yes

. , v I Recommend evacuation of Recommend evacuation of Recommend evacuation Recommend the consideration _

5 mile radius and 10 miles affected zone(s) with dose projections of 2 mile radius and of KI use by the public. (23) downwind. Shelter-in-place 2 1 rem TEDE and/or additional zone(s) 5 miles all other zones not previously 2 5 rem CDE thyroid. downwind. Shelter-in-place evacuated. Refer to Encl. 4.3, Shelter remainder of 10 mile EPZ for any zones pg 5 of 7. not previously evacuated. not previously evacuated.

Enclosure 4.3 SR/O/B12000/003 McGuire 01site Protective Actions Page 3 of 7 Immediate Protective Action Recommendations Steps No NOTE: {5)1. If necessary, obtain needed data from one of the following so ---- in order of sequence:

A. DPC Meteorological Lab (8-382-0139)

B. National Weather Service in Greer, S.C. (864-879-1085 or 1-800-268-7785)

- Upon declaration of a General Emergency, make immediate PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMLMENDATIONS (PARs) within 15 minutes to be entered on Line 15 of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF). Determine the PARs based on the 15-minute average lower wind speed (computer point MIP0848) and the 15-minute average upper wind direction (computer point MIP0847) as below:

WIND SPEED LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 MPH Evacuate zones: L, B, M, C, N, A, D, 0, R AND Shelter-in-place zones: E, F, G, H, I, J, K, P, Q, S OR WIND SPEED GREATER THAN 5 MILES PER HOUR Wind Direction (deg from N)

Chart Recorder IEEBCR9100 Evacuate Point# 8 Average Upper Wind Direction 2-Mile Radius and 5 Miles Downwind Shelter 0 - 22.5 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 22.6 - 45.0 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 45.1 - 67.5 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 67.6 - 90.0 L,B,M,C,D,O,R,N A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 90.1 - 112.5 L,B,M,C,O,R,N A,D,EF,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 112.6 - 135.0 L,B,M,C,O,N,R,A D,EF,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 135.1 - 157.5 L,B,M,C,O,A,N D,EF,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,R,S 157.6 - 180.0 L,B,M,C,A,N D,EFG,H,I,J,KO,P,QR,S 180.1 - 202.5 L,B,M,C,A,N D,E,FG,H,I,J,K,O,P,Q,R,S 202.6 - 225.0 L,B,M,C,A,N,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,OP,Q,R,S 225.1 - 247.5 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,IJ,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 247.6 - 270.0 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 270.1 - 292.5 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 292.6 - 315.0 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,GH,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 315.1 - 337.5 L,B,M,C,D,R A,E,F,GH,I,J,K,N,OP,Q,S 337.6 - 359.9 L,B,M,C,D,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,OP,Q,S

Enclosure 4.3 SRIO/B/20001003 McGuire OIfsite Protective Actions Page 4 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps NOTE: 1. IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recommended, these changes must be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes.

2. IF the containment radiation level exceeds the levels in the EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table (below), fission product inventory inside containment is greater than gap activity.

EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table Time After EMF Containment Monitor Reading (RIHR)

Shutdown (Hours) EMFSlA and/or 51B (100% gap activity release) 0-2 864 2-4 624 4-8 450

>8 265 Evaluate large fission product inventory in the containment as follows:

_ IF the OAC is available, call up the following computer points to determine containment radiation levels.

Unit 1 OAC Unit 2 OAC MIA0829 -------- EMF51A M2A0829 -------- 2EMF51A MIA0835 -------- EMF51B M2A0835 -------- 2EMF51B

_ IF the OAC is unavailable, get the EMF containment monitor readings from the control room.

Enclosure 4.3 SR/0/B/2000/003 McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Page 5 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps IF containment radiation levels exceed the levels in the EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table, THEN:

_ Evacuate the 5-mile radius AND 10 miles downwind as shown in the Protective Action Zones Determination Table, using wind direction.

AND

_ Shelter remaining zones as shown in the Protective Action Zones Determination Table, using wind direction.

Protective Action Zones Determination Table (For Containment Radiation Levels Exceeding GAP Activity)

(For Any Wind Speed)

Wind Direction (deg from N)

Chart Recorder IEEBCR9100 Point # 8 Average Upper Wind Evacuate Direction (20) 5-Mile Radius and 10 Miles Downwind Shelter 0 - 22.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,S,F G,H,I,J,K,P,Q 22.6 -45.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,Q,S F,G,H,I,J,K,P 45.1 - 67.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,Q,S F,G,H,I,J,K,P 67.6 - 90.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,I,J,K 90.1 - 112.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,K,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,I,J 112.6 - 135.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,I,K,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,J 135.1 - 157.5 L,B,MC,N,A,D,O,R,I,K,P,Q E,F,G,H,J,S 157.6 - 180.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,I,J,K,P E,FG,H,Q,S 180.1 -202.5 L,BM,C,NA,D,O,R,G,H,I,J,K,P E,F,Q,S 202.6- 225.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,G,H,I,J,K,P E,FQ,S 225.1 - 247.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,RF,G,H,I,J E,K,P,Q,S 247.6 - 270.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,FG,H,I,J E,K,P,Q,S 270.1 - 292.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,EFG,H,J I,K,P,Q,S 292.6 - 315.0 L,B,M,C,NA,D,O,REF,G H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 315.1 -337.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,G H,I,JK,P,Q,S 337.6 - 359.9 L,BM,C,N,A,D,O,REIF,S G,H,I,J,K,P,Q

_ On a continuing basis, evaluate specific plant conditions (including large fission product inventory in containment), offsite dose projections, wind speed and wind direction, field monitoring team data and assess the need to update Protective Action Recommendations made to the states and counties in the previous notification.

Enclosure 4.3 SR/O/B/2000/003 McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Page 6 of 7 Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps

_ Review dose projections with the Radiological Assessment Manager to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

_ IF Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond 10 miles, THEN notify the states and counties and request that they consider sheltering/evacuating the general population located beyond the affected 10-mile EPZ.

Enclosure 4.3 SR/0/13/2000/003 McGuire 01site Protective Actions Page 7 of 7 McGUIRE PROTECTIVE ACTION ZONES (2 and 5 mile radius, inner circles) 10-MILE EPZ to N

S Chaftt

Enclosure 4.4 SR/O/B/2000/003 Emergency Classification Downgrade/Termination Page 1 of 2 Criteria INITIAL

Enclosure 4.4 SR/0/B/2000/003 Emergency Classification Downgrade/Termination Page 2 of 2 Criteria Yes Terminate the current classification and declare the plant in recovery.

Table I No new evacuation or sheltering protective actions are anticipated.

Containment pressure is less than design pressure.

Decay heat rejection to the ultimate heat sink has been established and either:

  • Injection and heat removal have redundancy available (2 trains of injection/D or a train of DHR and S/G cooling),

OR

  • No additional fission product release or fission product barrier challenges would be expected for at least 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> following interruption of injection. {2}

The risks from recriticality are acceptably low.

Radiation Protection is monitoring access to radiologically hazardous areas.

Offsite conditions do not limit plant access.

The Public Information Coordinator, NRC officials, and State representatives have been consulted to determine the effects of termination on their activities.

The recovery organization is ready to assume control of recovery operations:

  • Catawba - RP10/B/5000/025
  • McGuire - RP/0/A/5700/024.

Enclosure 4.5 SR/0/B12000/003 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 1 of 7 INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

__Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Ensure that the FMC has established communication with the Field Monitoring teams if the Field Monitoring teams have been dispatched. 1181 Notify EOF Director that the Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM) position is operational.

Ensure all Radiation Protection personnel reporting to the EOF also sign in on the staffing board.

Ensure that the EOF Dose Assessors are kept informed of pertinent plant information including, but not limited to:

1) The time of TSC activation
2) The time of EOF activation
3) The time of reactor trip
4) Status of safety injection
5) Status of onsite radiological conditions
6) When the next emergency notification message is due. 1151 Power up the Radiological Assessment Computer.

Verify EOF Offsite Agency Communicators have opened an electronic Emergency Notification Form.

____Log on to the Emergency Notification Form by following the instructions in the EOF Radiological Assessment Manager's position notebook behind the ENF Logon Instructions tab.

Verify the electronic Emergency Notification Form can be accessed.

Establish a log of activities.

Discuss the following with the EOF Director:

1) Any release in progress, including dose rates (especially at the site boundary)
2) Field Team status/data
3) On-site radiological concerns.

Enclosure 4.5 SR101B/2000/003 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 2 of 7 Review Criteria in "Classification of Emergency" procedure for emergency classification changes and discuss with Accident Assessment personnel plant conditions including power failures, valve closures, etc.

Catawba RP/01A/5000/001 OR McGuire RP/O/A157001000.

Catawba Specific Obtain HP/O/B/1009/009, "Guidelines for Accident and Emergency Response,"

and perform duties as described in the procedure.

Establish communications with the TSC via the RP Loop; communication established after beep.{4)

Review dose projections to determine if Protective Action Recommendations for KI are required for the General Public. {23 }

Review dose projections to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

I- NOTE: If changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recommended to and approved by the EOF Director, these changes shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes.

Evaluate with the EOF Director recommendations for public protective actions.

Assist Public Affairs and/or Public Spokesperson with dose comparisons based on computer model or field data.

NOTE: Radiological dose projection information is not required for Emergency Notification Forms that are sent as initial notification of an emergency classification or initial notification of a change to the emergency classification.

Provide radiological information on the electronic Emergency Notification Form as per the directions beginning on page 3 of this enclosure.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.5 SRI0/B12000/003 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 3 of 7 ELECTRONIC ENF INSTRUCTIONS Double-click on the appropriate site (Catawba Nuclear Site or McGuire Nuclear Site).

Select Current Event (i.e., Loss of Offsite Power, 03/08/99 1st Quarter Drill, CNS Test etc.).

l- Catawba Nuclear Sit(

c3i) CNS Test 2 Emc9CNS TEST 3

  • 4c3 Test Event l, El-t45) CNS Test 5 <<
3)Test r-

- Mc~itire Nuclear Site.

{sOconee Nuclear Site ..

NOTE:

  • Offsite Communicators are responsible for creating the Event. If event has not been created, contact the Offsite Communicators.
  • The Radiological Assessment Manager is responsible for completing and maintaining the Release and Met./Off-site Dose Sections. Information for these Sections may be loaded directly from the RADDOSE V Program.
  • RADDOSE V information for the electronic emergency notification form must be saved to the "ini" file.

Verify that a RADDOSE V Dose Run for the current event has been performed.

NOTE: Radiological dose projection information is not required for Emergency Notification Forms that are sent as initial notification of an emergency classification or initial notification of a change to the emergency classification. However, it may be loaded/transmitted if available within the required timeframe.

Select the Release Section tab for the specific event.

Enclosure 4.5 SR1OB/2000/O03 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 4 of 7 NOTE: If automatic load feature is not operational, manually enter the RADDOSE information Select the "Load From RadDose" button on the bottom of the screen.

Screen will request confirmation of specific dose run to be loaded. Click Yes or No.

Verify loaded data is correct.

_ Click the "Save" button at the bottom of the screen. This will update the status indicator for this section.

Enclosure 4.5 SRI0/B/2000/003 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 5 of 7 NOTE: Status Indicators at the bottom of the screen will change colors to indicate the updated information.

Indicator information is as follows:

Black - information and time conflict Green - information is 0 to 10 minutes old Yellow - information is 10 to 15 minutes old Red - information is greater than 15 minutes old.

Immediately proceed to the MetdOffsite Dose Section.

Select the Met.Offsite Dose Section tab for the specific event.

Enclosure 4.5 SRJI0/3/2000/003 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 6 of 7 I NOTE: If automatic load feature is not operational, manually enter the RADDOSE information.

Select the "Load From RadDose" button on the bottom of the screen.

__Screen will request confirmation of specific dose run to be loaded. Click Yes or No.

-Verify loaded data is correct.

__Click the "Save". This will update the status indicator for this section.

NOTE: Status Indicators at the bottom of the screen will change colors to indicate the updated information.

Indicator information is as follows:

Black - information and time conflict Green - information is 0 to 10 minutes old Yellow - information is 10 to 15 minutes old Red - information is greater than 15 minutes old.

-__Verify that Dose Assessment is routinely performing RADDOSE V updates.

____Continue to update or validate the ENF information form as appropriate ENF UPDATES If a new dose run is available perform the following:

Select the "Load From RadDose" button on the bottom of each screen.

Screen will request confirmation of specific dose run to be loaded. Click Yes or No.

Verify loaded data is correct.

Click the "Save". This will update the status indicator for this section. Status indicators will reflect Update.

Enclosure 4.5 SRIOJB/2000/003 Radiological Assessment Manager Checklist Page 7 of 7 VALIDATION If the existing dose information is still current and new information does not need to be loaded perform the following:

Verify Data is current Select the "Validate" button on the bottom right of the screen of each section. Status indicators will reflect Update.

NOTE: Protective Action Recommendations will be loaded into the ENF by the Accident Assessment Manager.

Evaluate protective actions with the Accident Assessment Manager and the EOF Director.

Enclosure 4.6 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Dose Assessor Checklist Page 1 of 3 Initial EOF Activation Checklist lNITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

NOTE: RADDOSE V information must be saved to the "ini" file in order for the Radiological Assessment Manager to transfer the information to the electronic emergency notification form.

Obtain a copy of SHIO/B/20051001 (Emergency Response Offsite Dose Projections).

Initiate a Log of Activities.

Turn on dose assessment and data acquisition computers and acquire necessary information. IF data acquisition programs are unavailable, THEN request from TSC information obtained from SDS or the Control Room (EMF and Met data).

I NOTE: Be aware of the effects of loss of power on critical EMFs.

Verify operability and validity of EMFs through the TSC.

Verify effluent discharge alignment with Shift Lab, RP Manager (TSC), or RP Dose Assessors (TSC) as necessary.

Establish communications with dose assessment personnel at the TSC. Compare information, projections and strategies with the TSC.

Obtain turnover from the TSC.

Verify operability of the Health Physics Network (HPN) phone by placing a call to the NRC using the number listed on the HPN phone.

Enclosure 4.6 SR/0/B/2000/003 EOF Dose Assessor Checklist Page 2 of 3 NOTE: 1. The NRC Regional Office will request activation of the HPN phone through Emergency Notification System (ENS) telephone if desired.

2. Information that may be requested over the HPN line could include, but is not limited to the following:

- Is there any change to the classification of the event? If so, what is the reason?

- Have toxic or radiological releases occurred or been projected (including changes in the release rate)?

- If so, what are the actual or currently projected onsite and offsite releases, and what is the basis for this assessment?

- What are the health effects or consequences to onsite and offsite people?

- How many onsite or offsite people are being or will be affected and to what extent?

- Is the event under control? When was control established, or what is the planned action to bring the event under control?

- What mitigative actions are currently underway or planned?

- What onsite protective measures have been taken or are planned?

- What offsite protective actions are being considered or have been recommended to state and local officials?

- What are the current meteorological conditions?

- What are the dose and dose rate readings onsite and offsite? 4161 IF requested during a drill or actual event, THEN activate the HPN phone by placing a call to the NRC using the number listed on the HPN phone.

NOTE:

1. Perform offsite dose projections and determine protective action recommendations.
2. Dose projections shall be run at least every 30 minutes or as directed by the RAM.

__Analyze source-term data, formulate source-term mitigation strategies, and provide information to the Radiological Assessment Manager, members of the EOF and TSC Dose Assessors as required.

Perform dose projections as appropriate to plant conditions.

Interact with Field Monitoring Coordinator to compare off-site dose projections to actual field readings.

Enclosure 4.6 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Dose Assessor Checklist Page 3 of 3 NOTE: Radiological dose projection information is not required for Emergency Notification Forms that are sent as initial notification of an emergency classification or initial notification of a change to the emergency classification.

Evaluate dose projections and provide protective action recommendations to the Radiological Assessment Manager and the EOF Director.

IF SAMGs are implemented AND offsite releases approach or exceed 100mRem TEDE or 5OOmRem Thyroid CDE, THEN notify the EOF SAMG Evaluator (located in the Accident Assessment Area). {22)

IF SAMGs are implemented AND offsite releases approach or exceed lRem TEDE or 5 Rem Thyroid CDE, THEN notify the EOF SAMG Evaluator (Located in the Accident Assessment Area). 1141 Restore equipment to a "Ready Status" and notify appropriate personnel of conditions that would cause a less than operational status.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.7 SR/OJB/2000/003 Field Monitoring Coordinator Checklist Page I of 2 lThI[IAL NOTE: 1. You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

2. Field Teams may be directed by the EOF Field Monitoring Coordinator (FMC) prior to activation of the EOF.

Put on position badge.

__ Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Obtain a copy of SHIO/B/2005/002 (Protocol for the Field Monitoring Coordinator During Emergency Conditions).

__ Establish a log of activities.

NOTE: 1. For drill or exercise met data, choose the appropriate site simulator SDS resource.

2. For Catawba real time met data, choose the SDS resource for either unit.
3. For McGuire real time met data, choose only the Unit I SDS resource. Unit 2 SDS does not provide met data.

To access meteorological data via SDS, perform the following:

  • go to the DAE
  • search DAE for SDS
  • select the desired SDS resource [SDS (OAC) Catawba Simulator, Unit 1, Unit 2 OR SDS (OAC) McGuire Simulator, Unit 1, Unit 2]
  • select Trends
  • select Group Display
  • scroll down the alphabetical list and select FBS-MET for McGuire OR select MET for Catawba. {22)

Enclosure 4.7 SRP0J1B2000/003 Field Monitoring Coordinator Checklist Page 2 of 2 When the EOF Radio Operator has established communications with the field monitoring teams, notify the TSC Dose Assessors and begin providing direction to the field monitoring teams. 119)

Catawba Specific Perform duties as described in the following:

  • HP/O/B/1009/004, "Environmental Monitoring for Emergency Conditions Within the Ten Mile Radius of CNS"
  • HP/O/B/1009/019, "Emergency Radio System Operation, Maintenance, &

Communication".

Restore equipment to a "Ready Status" and notify appropriate personnel of conditions that would cause a less than operational status.

Provide all completed procedures and copies of logs to the EOF Emergency Planner upon deactivation of the EOF.

Enclosure 4.8 SRp0j13/2000/003 Radio Operator Checklist Page I of I INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Establish a log of activities.

Obtain a copy of SH/01B/2005/002 (Protocol for the Field Monitoring Coordinator During Emergency Conditions), Enclosure 5.3 (Field Monitoring Survey Data Sheet) and Enclosure 5.4 (Meteorological Update for Field Monitoring Teams). 46)

Establish contact with Field Teams.

__Relay instructions obtained from the Field Monitoring Coordinator to the Field Teams.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.9 SR0/1B/2000/003 EOF Offsite Agency Communicator Checklist Page 1 of 1 INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

___Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

__ Establish a log of activities Perform the duties as described in procedure SR/O/B/2000/004 (Notification to States and Counties from the Emergency Operations Facility).

Ensure emergency notification times are satisfied.

.Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.10 SR1/OB/2000/003 Access Control Director Checklist Page 1 of 3 rINIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

Sign in on the staffing board located in the EOF Director's area.

_ Establish a log of activities.

Conduct turnover with Corporate Security to enable them to return to their normal jobs.

  • For Drills Only, ask security to secure the interior doors.

Process responders found on the Access List as follows:

  • Request a photo ID from all personnel entering the EOF.
  • Verify the identity of all personnel by comparing the photo ID to facial features.

Catawba Specific Drills

  • Set up Class Tracking program and scan Duke participant badges upon entry into the EOF (instructions at Access Control Point).
  • Direct participants to sign the CNS EOF Drill/Event Participation form for the appropriate position.

Actual Events or Scanner Inoperable

  • Direct participants to sign the Exercise/Drill/Event/Attendance Sheet.
  • Direct participants to sign the CNS ERO Drill/Event Participation forrn for the appropriate position.

McGuire Specific Drills

  • Set up Class Tracking program and scan Duke participant badges upon entry into the EOF (instructions at Access Control Point).

Actual Events or Scanner Inoperable

  • Direct participants to sign the Exercise/Drill/Event/Attendance Sheet.
  • Direct all personnel to obtain the appropriate EOF position badge.

Enclosure 4.10 SR/1/B/2000/003 Access Control Director Checklist Page 2 of 3 Process responders not found on the Access List as follows:

  • Request EOF access from the appropriate EOF group primary, EOF Director, or Assistant EOF Director.
  • Request approved credentials from all visitors, Federal, State and Offsite Agency officials desiring EOF access and direct them to sign the Drill/Event Participation List for visitors, Federal, State and Offsite Agencies (Enclosure 4.10, page 3).

__Notify Corporate Security to secure EOF following deactivation of the emergency facility.

___Notify Facility Services at 382-4948 to clean the EOF following deactivation of the EOF.

Place new EOF Access List in appropriate box at EOF Access Control desk.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.10 SR/ O/B/2000/003 Access Control Director Checklist Pagiye3 of 3 DRILL[EVENT PARTICIPATION LIST Name (Please Print) Representing Agency

-t

-t

Enclosure 4.11 SRIOJB/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 1 of 9 IN'MAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

__Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Establish a log of activities.

IF additional positions are needed to support the emergency, THEN staff the Administrative Support and the Reactor Physics positions as appropriate.

  • Catawba Home phone numbers are located in the Catawba Nuclear Site Qualified Emergency Response Organization Members Listing located on the Catawba Emergency Planning Home Page. Office phone numbers are located in the electronic Duke Power telephone directory.
  • McGuire NOTE: To access the McGuire Emergency Planning Home Page you must first select the Safety Assurance Home Page from the "Site Web Pages" menu on the McGuire Web Page.

Home and work phone numbers are located in the McGuire Nuclear Site Data Verification

& Facility Org. listing located on the McGuire Emergency Planning Home Page. Office phone numbers are also located in the electronic Duke Power telephone directory.

Obtain a copy of the "Classification of Emergency" procedure for the affected station.

  • Catawba: RPIO/A/5000/001
  • McGuire: RP/O/A/5700/000

Enclosure 4.11 SR/0/B/20/00oo3 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 2 of 9 Obtain a copy of the current classification procedure for the affected station from the procedure cabinet:

Notification of Unusual Event Catawba - RP/O/A/5000/002 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/001 Alert Catawba - RP/O/A/5000/003 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/002 Site Area Emergency Catawba - RP/0/A/5000/004 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/003 General Emergency Catawba - RP/O/A/5000/005 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/004.

Ensure PC is on and displaying plant status.

__Log on to the Emergency Notification Form by following the instructions in the EOF Accident Assessment Manager's position notebook behind the ENF Logon Instructions tab.

Verify electronic Emergency Notification Form can be accessed.

Provide the required information on the electronic Emergency Notification Form as per the directions beginning on page 4 of this enclosure.

IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. 112) (13)

IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to perform the following:

A. Notify the agencies that an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted. (12) {13)

Enclosure 4.11 SR0/1B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 3 of 9

_ Perform the following steps as needed.

Coordinate the following functions:

  • Accident Assessment Interface
  • Operations Interface
  • Reactor Physics (as needed)
  • Administrative Support (as needed).

NOTE: If changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recommended to and approved by the EOF Director, these changes shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes.

Work closely with the Radiological Assessment Manager and be prepared to discuss the following topics during the EOF staff time-outs or earlier as appropriate:

  • Emergency classification recommendations utilizing the "Classification of Emergency" procedure for the affected station:

- Catawba: RP/O/A/5000I001

- McGuire: RP/OIA/5700/000

  • Protective action recommendations
  • Current plant status
  • Accident mitigation strategies with priorities
  • Anticipated course of the event
  • Possible solutions if procedural adequacy becomes a concern
  • Prioritization of key issues.

NOTE: Refer to Step 3.10 in the main body of this procedure for definitions associated with the Emergency Notification Form.

Provide information contained in Sections 5 through 9 of the Emergency Notification Form.

_ Coordinate with the Radiological Assessment Manager to provide the information contained in Section 15 of the Emergency Notification Form.

Assist TSC Emergency Coordinator as a decision maker upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMGs) (as requested).

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.11 SR/0/B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 4 of 9 ELECTRONIC ENF INSTRUCTIONS Double-click on the appropriate site (Catawba Nuclear Site or McGuire Nuclear Site).

Select Current Event (i.e., Loss of Off-Site Power, 03/08/99 1st Quarter Drill, CNS Test etc.).

NOTE: Off-site Communicators are responsible for creating the Event. If event has not been created, contact the Offsite Communicators.

NOTE: Accident Assessment is responsible for completing and maintaining the Plant Status, Plant Summary and Protective Action sections of the ENF.

Select the Plant Status Section tab for the specific event.

= e _l ___ i

Enclosure 4.11 SR0/B1/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 5 of 9

__ Complete the following:

  • Emergency Classification: Select appropriate classification and declaration time.
  • Emergency Action Level (EAL): Select appropriate EAL.
  • Reactor Status: Enter Reactor Status information for each unit and indicate which unit is affected. (Included)
  • Gap Activity: For Alert and Site Area Emergency Check NO.

For General Emergency, refer to SR/0/B/2000/003, Enclosure 4.2 (Catawba) or 4.3 (McGuire), to determine if containment radiation levels are > 100% of Gap Activity. Confirm with the RAM and EOF Director.

Click the "Save" button at the bottom of the screen.

-- . ... ... - , - , .. , - . - --- -- - - A-W-Hill. aNUNN

- ---. I i

MO lk -

I - - - -- -- -- ...I --- -------

Note: Status Indicator at the bottom of the screen will change colors to indicate the updated information.

Indicator information is as follows:

Black - information and time conflict Green - information is 0 to 5 minutes old Yellow - information is 5 to 15 minutes old Red - information is greater than 15 minutes old.

Select the Plant Summary Section tab for the specific event.

Enclosure 4.11 SR/O/B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 6 of 9 Complete the following information:

Plant Condition: (Select Improving, Stable, or Degrading) Confirm with the EOF Director. {7}

Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither degrading nor improving.

Enclosure 4.11 SR/O/B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 7 of 9 Description/Remarks: Write a concise description for declaring the event, or changes since last notification. The first message in the classification will automatically include the EAL information. Include any other information that may affect the offsite Agencies (see list below). Follow-up messages should include relevant information and changes that have occurred since the last message. (Don't just repeat the EAL information or the last message.)

NOTE: Remember to "close the loop" on items from previous notifications.

Examples of additional information to be included in line 7.

  • Other unrelated classifiable events (for example, during an Alert, an event which, by itself would meet the conditions for an unusual Event).
  • Major/Key Equipment Out of Service.
  • Emergency response actions underway.
  • Fire(s) onsite.
  • Flooding related to the emergency.
  • Explosions.
  • Loss of offsite Power.
  • Core Uncovery.
  • Core Damage.
  • Medical Emergency Response Team activation related to the emergency.
  • Personnel injury related to the emergency or death.
  • Transport of injured individuals offsite - specify whether contaminated or not.
  • Site Evacuation/relocation of site personnel.
  • Saboteurs/Intruders/Suspicious devices/Threats.
  • Chemical or Hazardous Material Spills or Releases.
  • Extraordinary noises audible offsite.
  • Any event causing/requiring offsite agency response.
  • Any event causing increased media attention.

Click the "Save" button at the bottom of the screen.

Enclosure 4.11 SR/O/B/2000ooo3 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 8 of 9 NOTE: Status Indicator at the bottom of the screen will change colors to indicate the updated information.

I NOTE: Protective Action Determination is only required for a General Emergency.

Select the Protective Action section tab.

If the Emergency Classification IS NOT a General Emergency verify by selecting the "Validate" button at the bottom right of the screen. (The status indicator at the bottom of the screen will be updated.)

If the Emergency Classification IS a General Emergency perform the following:

  • Select the Load Protective Action bar at the bottom of the screen. (Protective actions will automatically be loaded into the program based on wind speed, direction, and gap activity.)
  • With input from the Radiological Assessment Manager (RAM), verify loaded Protective Actions are correct utilizing SR/O/B/20001003 Enclosure 4.2 (Catawba) or Enclosure 4.3 (McGuire).
  • If the RAM recommends a protective action for KI (potassium iodide), it must be added by the Offsite Agency Communicator after the message is built. Inform the Offsite Agency Communicator of the need to add this to the message. (23}
  • Click the "Save" button at the bottom of the screen.

Enclosure 4.11 SR/OAB/2000/003 Accident Assessment Manager Checklist Page 9 of 9 NOTE: Status Indicator at the bottom of the screen will change colors to indicate the updated information.

Establish a routine to periodically validate the data of each section to assure information is current by performing the following:

  • Verify Data is current.
  • If the information is still current and no additional information needs to be added, select the "Validate" button on the bottom right of the screen of each section.
  • If the section needs to be revised and/or additional information needs to be added, enter the updated information, then select the "Save" button on the bottom left of the screen of each section.

Enclosure 4.12 SRI0JB/2000/003 Accident Assessment Interface Checklist Page 1 of 4 INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

___Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Establish a log of activities.

Ensure PC is on and displaying affected station and unit plant status.

Catawba Specific Establish bridge line for Operations Loop by dialing 8-831-3994. Communication is established after the beep.

McGuire Specific Establish bridge line for Operations Loop by dialing 8-875-4500. Communication is established after the beep.

Establish communication link with System Engineering Manager in the TSC, as needed by dialing 8-875-4954.

Obtain a copy of the Classification of Emergency procedure for the affected station.

  • Catawba: RPIO/A/5000I00I
  • McGuire: RPIOIA/5700I000.

Enclosure 4.12 SR/0/B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Interface Checklist Page 2 of 4 Obtain a copy of the current classification procedure for the affected station from the procedure cabinet.

Notification of Unusual Event Catawba - RP/0/A/5000/002 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/001 Alert Catawba - RP/O/A/5000/003 McGuire - RP/0/A/5700/002 Site Area Emergency Catawba - RP/I/A/5000/004 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/003 General Emergency Catawba - RP/O/A/5000/005 McGuire - RP/O/A/5700/004 Obtain a copy of the Core Damage Assessment procedure for the affected station from the procedure cabinet.

  • Catawba: RP/O/A/5000/015
  • McGuire: RP/O/A/5700/019 Obtain a copy of Accident Assessment Technical Manual.

Gather plant status information using the Accident Assessment Initial Information Request Form found on page 4 of this enclosure.

Upon declaration of a General Emergency IMMEDIATELY RECOMMEND to Accident Assessment Manager protective actions for the initial Emergency Notification Form using:

  • Catawba: Enclosure 4.2
  • McGuire: Enclosure 4.3.

Perform the following steps as needed throughout the event:

IF condition warrants, THEN determine analysis of the reactor core and containment conditions in regard to:

  • Core sub-cooling
  • Decay heat generation
  • Heat removal capabilities (core and containment)
  • Fission product release potential (core and containment).

Enclosure 4.12 SRIO/B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Interface Checklist Page 3 of 4 IF condition warrants, THEN provide:

  • Estimates of core uncovery times
  • Interpretations of reactor water level data.

Follow status of the Emergency Operations Procedures (EOPs) and discuss with the Accident Assessment Manager.

Maintain communication with the Radiological Assessment group in the EOF.

Advise Operations Interface of the anticipated course of events.

Provide information for status board in the Accident Assessment Group room and maintain the appropriate logs.

Advise Accident Assessment Manager on the following:

  • Anticipated course of events
  • Diagnosis of the accident and mitigation strategies
  • Analysis of core and containment
  • Core damage and fission product release potential
  • Background information of system design
  • Emergency classifications.

Support Systems Engineering Manager in the TSC in accident and mitigation strategies.

Assist the TSC as an evaluator upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (as requested).

REFER to Enclosure 4.20 of this procedure for guidance on establishing communications links between McGuire SAMG evaluators.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.12 SR/O/B/2000/003 Accident Assessment Interface Checklist Page 4 of 4 Initial Information Request Initial Information Request Results Emergency Classification Status EAL Declaration Chronology Protective Actions Status Reactor/Turbine Status Power Level Time of Trip & On What Signal Any Abnormal Response NC Pump Status Core Cooling Status (subcooled margin/

RVLIS/natural circulation)

Orange or Red CSFs Alarms Received Safety Injection When Actuated & on What Signal NV, NI, ND, Ice Condenser Status Feedwater CF and CA Status Main Steam Isolation Status SMSV, SM PORV, SB Status Electric Power 600V, 4160V, D/G Status Containment Isolation Status NS and VX Status Security/FirelFloodinglHAZMAT/Other Hazards Plant Conditions Status Off-site Releases Status

Enclosure 4.13 SR101B/2000/003 Operations Interface Checklist Page 1 of I INITIAL NOTE: You are onlv required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

_ Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Establish a log of activities.

Catawba Specific Establish communications for Operations Loop by dialing 8-831-3994. Communication is established after the beep.

McGuire Specific

____ Establish bridge line for Operations Loop by dialing 8-8754500. Communication is established after the beep.

Perform the following steps as needed throughout the event:

Serve as the communications interface with the Accident Assessment Group and the TSC Operations Group.

Advise Accident Assessment Group on the following:

  • Emergency Operations Procedures (EOPs)
  • Diagnosis of the accident and mitigation strategies
  • Emergency classification.

Advise TSC of the anticipated course of events.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.14 SR/O/B/2000/003 Administrative Support Checklist Page 1 of 1 INlTIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Obtain a copy of Accident Assessment Manual, Emergency Operating Procedures and affected plant PRA manual from Nuclear Engineering office area.

Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Ensure PCs are on and functional.

Establish a log of activities.

Notify other positions of the Accident Assessment Group at the direction of the Accident Assessment Manager.

Record recommendations of the Accident Assessment team and plant status as appropriate on the status board in the Accident Assessment group room.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.15 SR/0/B/2000/003 Reactor Physics Checklist Page 1 of 1 INUITAL NOTE: You are only required to complete enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

__ Establish a log of activities.

Obtain any applicable nuclear design calculations from the Nuclear Engineering office area.

Establish communications with the TSC Reactor Engineer.

_IF conditions warrant, THEN determine analysis of the reactor core and the fuel with respect to:

  • Reactor Physics parameters
  • Core subcriticality.

Provide Accident Assessment Manager with information concerning any abnormal core conditions.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.16 SR/0/132000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 1 of 9 INMAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Establish a log of activities.

NOTE: The Public Address amplifier is in the Janitor Storage Room across from the bathroom. The controls are in a yellow box mounted on the wall on the right side of the room.

Turn on the EOF Public Address system.

Power up and log on Emergency Planner Computer as follows.

Log on using "eofws" as the USER ID.

Enter the Password (eofws9l 1).

Display Autolog-EP by performing the following:

Access the DAE.

Access the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Folder.

Select Autolog 2.2 CNS-MNS ERO Enter your User ID.

Enter the password (password).

Click "Login as Current SS".

Click OK.

IF the appropriate station log is not displayed, THEN select the appropriate station log by clicking on "File" and then "Open" on the menu bar.

Obtain the Emergency Planner headset from the Emergency Planner Desk area and dial into the EP bridge line using 8-831-4010 or another available bridge line.

Enclosure 4.16 SRJO/B/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 2 of 9 Contact the Enterprise Crisis Operations Center (ECOC) Director by pager at 8-777-1008 and provide your call back number. Have on hand all emergency notification forms (ENFs) transmitted to state and local agencies up to this time. Be prepared to answer questions concerning information on the ENFs as well as any other information requested by ECOC Director when called back. {21 }

Support EOF Director with the following:

Complete EOF Director Checklist items as requested.

Clarify Emergency Plan and Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure information.

Interface with the NRC.

Interface with federal, state and local agencies.

Assist Off-Site Agency Communicators in preparation of emergency notifications as needed.

Compile a 24-Hour Staffing Log for each EOF position. The log is contained in this enclosure.

Verify that EOF Public Affairs personnel have considered 24-hour staffing.

Upon deactivation of the EOF, collect all completed paperwork and forward to the appropriate Emergency Planning Manager.

_ Upon deactivation of the EOF, complete "EOF Post Event Checklist."

Enclosure 4.16 SR0/13/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 3 of 9 EOF DIRECTOR AREA 24-HOUR POSITION EOF STAFFING LOG Primary Relief Position Name *Shift Name *Shift Schedule Schedule EOF Director Assistant EOF Director EOF Staff Support/

Status Keeper EOF Log Recorder EOF Emergency Planner Radiological Assessment Manager Accident Assessment Manager

  • List hours of coverage: i.e., 0800-2000, or 8am -8pm.

Enclosure 4.16 SR/IOB/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 4 of 9 DOSE ASSESSMENT AREA 24-HOUR POSITION EOF STAFFING LOG Primary Relief Position Name *Shift Name *Shift Schedule Schedule EOF Dose Assessor EOF Dose Assessor EOF Dose Assessor EOF Dose Assessor (HPN)

Field Monitoring Coordinator Radio Operator

  • List hours of coverage: i.e., 0800-2000, or 8am -8pm.

Enclosure 4.16 SR/O/B/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 5 of 9 ACCIDENT ASSESSMENT AREA 24-HOUR POSITION EOF STAFFING LOG Primary Relief Position Name *Shift Name *Shift Schedule Schedule EOF Data Coordinator EOF Data Coordinator (As Needed)

Accident Assessment Interface Accident Assessment Interface (As Needed)

Reactor Physics (As Needed)

Administrative Support (As Needed)

Operations Interface

  • List hours of coverage: i.e., 0800-2000, or 8am -8pm.

A

Enclosure 4.16 SR/I/B/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 6 of 9 OFFSITE AGENCY COMMUNICATOR 24-HOUR POSITION EOF STAFFING LOG Primary Relief Position Name *Shift Name *Shift Schedule Schedule Lead EOF Off-Site Agency Communicator EOF Off-Site Agency Communicator EOF Off-Site Agency Communicator

  • List hours of coverage: i.e., 0800-2000, or 8am -8pm.

Enclosure 4.16 SR/0/132000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 7 of 9 ACCESS CONTROL AREA 24-HOUR POSITION EOF STAFFING LOG Primary Relief Position Name *Shift Name *Shift Schedule Schedule EOF Access Control Director EOF Services Manager --- I

___ I __ I _ _ _ I _ __ I __

  • List hours of coverage: i.e., 0800-2000, or 8am -8pm.

Enclosure 4.16 SR/O/B/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 8 of 9 EOF FACILITY POST EVENT CHECKLIST Obtain printed copy of EOF Log.

Archive Log by selecting the "Archive" button.

Shutdown the AutoLog program.

When prompted to "Log off and remain Shift Supervisor" select NO.

Retrieve:

-_Completed Procedures Notes.

NOTE: The Ericsson Cellular phones need to remain on to charge properly.

Turn off:

Copiers Computers (Except leave the Data Coordinator Server Computer turned on)

Video monitors Public address components Projectors.

Perform:

Applicable sections of SR/POB/4600/086 to replenish supply cabinet and procedure inventories Clean tables off Put all trash in containers Erase status boards Verify all Fax machines have paper supply replenished (5 Fax machines)

Verify all copiers have paper supply replenished (2 Copiers).

Replenish the following:

Position Specific Notebooks (Procedure, Checklist, Log Sheets):

EOF Director Radiological Assessment Manager EOF Dose Assessor Field Monitoring Coordinator Radio Operator EOF Offsite Agency Communicator Access Control Director Accident Assessment Manager Accident Assessment Interface EOF Operations Interface EOF Administrative Support Reactor Physics EOF Emergency Planner

Enclosure 4.16 SRIOJB/2000/003 Emergency Planner Checklist Page 9 of 9 EOF Log Recorder/Status Keeper EOF Data Coordinator EOF Services Manager EOF Access List in Access Control Director's area.

Enclosure 4.17 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Log Recorder/Staff Support/ Page I of I Status Keeper Checklist NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

INITIAL Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Ensure PC is on.

NOTE: 1. Instructions for the use of the AutoLog program are provided in the EOF.

2. The TSC Status Coordinator will enter plant status information (i.e., priorities, mitigation actions, classification changes, etc.). The EOF Log Recorder should enter EOF specific information and other information as directed by the EOF Director or Assistant EOF Director. There will be some duplicate information in the TSC and EOF logs (i.e., Classification changes, etc.).
3. Log errors cannot be deleted.

CORRECT any log error by making a new entry and stating in the entry that this corrects a previously entered error. 17)

Establish an official log of all significant EOF activities and EOF Director decisions using the AutoLog computer program.

IF the AutoLog computer program is not available, THEN establish a manual log of all significant EOF activities and EOF Director decisions.

IF requested by the EOF Director, prepare a sequence of events list and revise it as necessary.

Maintain EOF status boards.

Track established priorities on EOF status board as requested by EOF Director.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.18 SR/01B/2000/003 EOF Data Coordinator Checklist Page 1 of 1 NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

MTIAL Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Establish a log of activities.

Verify EOF computer hardware, software, and data display equipment is operational per Section I of the Data Coordinator's Reference Manual.

Provide the following computer support as required:

  • Software and hardware applications support
  • Data acquisition support
  • Communication with TSC Data Coordinator.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.19 sR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Services Manager Checklist Page 1 of 2 NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.21, Fitness for Duty Questionnaire, when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

H'qMAL Put on position badge.

Sign in on the EOF staffing board.

Unlock supply cabinet.

Establish duty function contacts for the following EOF service areas and list on board in EOF service area:

  • Administration/Commissary
  • Communications
  • Transportation Services
  • Risk Management
  • Procurement.

Perform the duties as described in SR/O/B/2000/002.

Establish a log of activities.

Provide general administrative support, office supplies and ensure office equipment is functioning properly.

Provide food and beverages to meet nutritional needs.

Provide facilities to meet personal needs (dining facilities, toilets, trash receptacles and disposal) as required.

Contact Communications to troubleshoot and repair telephone systems, mobile radios and pagers as required.

Contact Transportation Services or others to arrange for necessary equipment for the movement of materials and personnel as required.

Arrange for accommodations for personnel as required.

Contact Risk Management to serve as liaison between Duke and the insurance companies in gathering data and establishing claims offices to disburse emergency assistance funds to evacuees as required.

Enclosure 4.19 SR/O/B/2000/003 EOF Services Manager Checklist Page 2 of 2 Coordinate all activities related to the procurement of materials, equipment and services from outside suppliers including arranging for transportation and receiving as required.

Contact additional personnel and arrange schedule for continuous support as required.

Ensure that all trash and left over food products are properly contained and arrange for disposal.

Provide all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Enclosure 4.20 SR/O/B/2000/003 ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATIONS Page 1 of I LINKS BETWEEN MCGUIRE SAMG EVALUATORS INwTIAL NOTE: OPS Procedure Support in the TSC will serve as the lead SAMG evaluator and will be assisted by Reactor Engineer and Systems Engineer in the TSC, as well as Accident Assessment Interface in the EOF. OPS Procedure Support is expected to direct the other evaluators in what they should be looking at strategically, plus ensure that SAEG- 1 is completed appropriately as directed by the guidelines.

ESTABLISH communications links between the SAMG evaluators (TSC OPS Procedure Support, TSC Reactor Engineer, TSC System Engineering Manager, and EOF Accident Assessment Interface) by dialing on to the RP controller bridge at 875-4833. This is a 6-party bridge line.

EVALUATE using an alternate bridge line listed below if for some reason the RP Controller bridge is unavailable or if other communications links are desired or needed. Dial the number listed as desired to determine if that bridge is currently being used. If the desired bridge line is not being used, then the appropriate parties may dial in to use it.

EP Controller bridge (12 - party) 875-4575 McGuire site bridge (6 - party) 875-3030 McGuire site bridge (6 - party) 875-3200

Enclosure 4.21 SR/0/B/2000o003 Fitness for Duty Questionnaire Page 1 of 1 Print Name: Employee ID #:

Sign Name: ERO Position:

HAVE YOU CONSUMED ALCOHOL IN THE LAST FIVE (5) HOURS?

MARK THE APPROPRIATE BOX No C If No, stop here and fold this form and drop it in the box provided.

Yes LI If your answer is Yes, take this form to a member of management for observation.

OBSERVATION DETERMINATION What did you have?

How much did you have?

Can you perform your function unimpaired? YES L No NO]

In my opinion, observation of this individual indicates the individual is capable of performing his/her ERO function.

Signature Of Management Observer Date Fold the form and drop it in the box provided.

1

Enclosure 4.22 SRJO/B/2000/003 Commitments for SR/I/B/2000/003 Page 1 of 1

41) PIP 0-M97-4210 NRC-1
42) PIP 0-M96-1645
43) PIP 2-C96-0273 144 PIP 0-C98-3123
45) PIP 0-M98-3522 (6) PIP 0-M98-2065 47} PIP 0-C00-3830 (8) PIP 0-M99-3800 (9) PIP M-99-2593 (10) PIP M-00-1107 411) PIP G-02-00399 (deleted Meteorologist Checklist, replaced with new enclosure) 412) PIP M-01-3565 413) PIP M-01-3711 414) PIP M-99-5381 (15) PIP C-02-5851 (16) PIP G-02-00360 417) PIP M-02-6113, C.A.32 418) PIP M-02-2412, C.A.17

( 19) PIP M-03-2174 (20) PIP M-02-3086, C.A. 32 (21) PIP M-03-2808, C.A. I 422) PIP M-03-3294, C.A. 10 423) PIP G-03-606

(R04-01) Duke Power Company (1)ID No.: SR/0/B/2000/004 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No.: 007 PREPARATION FUR I ANUAKU MUvtorLUUM1 (2) Procedure Title Notification to St es and Counties from the Emergency Operations Facility (3A Prnardr Rv - X.4 I/e . Date A//0/0 V/

(4) Applicable To: ONS _ _ _ _MNSI CNS (5) Technical I /L Advisor v[I (6) Requires 0 Yes 0 No IXYes 0 No Yes 0 No NSD 228 YES = New procedure or reissue with major changes Applicability NO = Reissue with minor changes OR to incorporate previously approved changes Determination A0 A 1 (7) Review (OR) By By /Wt-W 6<.-- By Date Date 14I'0Co Date -/0- 0' Cross-Disciplinary By By_ _ _ _ By Review (OR) NA Date NADate -Z / NAo Date_______

Reactivity Mgmt. By_ __ ByyB Review (OR) NA Date___ _ N o Date **^4§a NAC6I Date ZX4v M0 Mgmt. Involvement By By _ _ _ By_

Review (Ops. Supt.) NA Date NADate T?1/4Y NAGS Date Z-(cO (8) Additional By (QA) By__ _ (QA) By__ _ (OA)

Reviews Date Date Date BBy By -t Date Date Date Alloz-t (9) Approved By__ _ _ _ By1 .SH Date Date - Date -.II-o+

(10) Use Level Z £ cSe PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copy every 14 calendar days while work is being performed.)

(11) Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date _ _

Compared with Control Copy Date (12) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (13) Procedure Completion Verification o Yes O NA Check lists or blanks property initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

o Yes o NA Required enclosures attached?

o Yes O NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

o Yes 0 NA Charts, graphs, etc., attached and properly dated, identified, and marked?

o Yes 0 NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By - Date (14) Procedure Completion Approved Date (15) Remarks (attach additional pages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

Catawba/McGuire Nuclear Station SRpO/B/2000/004 Revision No.

Notification to States and Counties from the Emergency 007 Operations Facility Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MPOO715S

SRIOB/2000o004 Page 2 of 8 Notifications to States and Counties from the Emergency Operations Facility

1. Symptoms 1.1 An emergency has been declared and an Offsite Agency Notification is required.

NOTE: The first Emergency Offsite Agency Communicator to arrive should promptly perform the "Immediate Actions" regardless of the assigned role.

2. Immediate Actions NOTE:
  • Ensure Enclosure 4.9 (EOF Offsite Agency Communicator Checklist) of procedure SR/IOB/2000/003 is completed.
  • Steps of this procedure may be performed out of sequence at the discretion of the communicator. Sign-off lines are for place keeping and are not required to be initialed. The notification form will serve as the official documentation for the notification to offsite agencies.
  • Changes in Protective Actions Recommendations shall be transmitted within 15 minutes.
  • Changes in Protective Actions Recommendations and termination Notifications shall be transmitted verbally.

2.1 EOF Offsite Communicators shall proceed directly to the Emergency Operations Facility.

2.2 Obtain position notebook from the book shelf in the EOF Director's area.

_ 2.3 Circle which Site has declared the Emergency, i.e., McGuire or Catawba.

2.4 Acquire information from the TSC on the communication status described below.

_ 2.4.1 Emergency Classification: (Circle One) (NOUE, Alert, Site Area Emergency, General Emergency).

2.4.2 Emergency Declared at hrs.

2.4.3 Last Message # transmitted out at (time).

SR/0B/2000/004 Page 3 of 8 2.4.4 Next Message Due at (time).

2.4.5 Verify that a Fax copy of previous notifications has been sent to the EOF.

2.4.6 Any other pertinent information related to the emergency:

_ _ 2.5 Power up/check printers, fax machines, copiers, etc.

_ 2.6 Provide copies of previously transmitted message forms to:

  • All positions in the EOF Director area
  • Accident Assessment Group
  • Dose Assessment Group
  • Field Monitoring Coordinator
  • Wall Folder (2 copies).

SR/0/13/2000/004 Page 4 of 8 2.7 Power up and log on to the Offsite Communicator computer by using the following:

  • Log On ID - eofws
  • Password - (eofws9l 1)

_ 2.8 Verify that the electronic version of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF) can be accessed. Reference Enclosure 4.1 for logon instructions if needed.

2.9 Verify that the electronic ENF can also be accessed by:

Accident Assessment Manager Rad Assessment Manager.

_ 2.10 Verify that the default printer for the Electronic ENF is set to the printer in the EOF Offsite Agency Communicator area.

2.11 IF the Electronic Notification Form (ENF) is NOT operational, THEN, refer to Enclosure 4.2 for manual completion and Enclosure 4.3 for standard transmission of the notification form. Notify EOF Data Coordinator of any computer problems.

NOTE: Certain events could occur at the plant site such that both units are affected. These may include: Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluents, Fire/Explosion and Security Events, Natural Disasters, Hazards and other conditions affecting plant safety from:

Catawba: RP/0/A/5000/001 - Classification of Emergency.

McGuire: RP/O/A/5700/000 - Classification of Emergency.

Consider this when completing the "unit designation" on line 2 of the Emergency Notification Form. (PIP 0-M97-4638 1

3. Subsequent Actions NOTE: The facility that declares the emergency classification should be the facility that makes the emergency notification to the offsite agencies.

_ 3.1 EOF Lead Communicator should review duties listed in Enclosure 4.9, (EOF Lead Offsite Communicator Duties).

SR/O/B/20001004 Page 5 of 8 3.2 Update the following Status Boards in the EOF to include the information from Step 2.4 (i.e., next message due, etc.).

  • EOF Director's Area
  • Offsite Agency Communicator's Area.

NOTE: Ensure EOF will have adequate time to develop and provide next notification before EOF Director activates the EOF.

_ 3.3 Inform the EOF Director, Accident Assessment Manager and Radiological Assessment Manager when next notification is due.

_ 3.4 Notify EOF Director when EOF Communicators are prepared to accept communication responsibilities from the TSC.

_ 3.5 Immediately after the EOF Director declares the EOF as activated, contact the TSC to:

3.5.1 Verify EOF has responsibility for communicating and transmitting the next message.

3.5.2 Verify which agencies are participating. (Drill/Exercise Only) 3.6 Immediately following EOF activation, go to Enclosure 4.1, Section 3 Communications screen, to prepare for next ENF transmission.

3.7 IF desired, THEN obtain a copy of the Authentication Code Word list from:

  • Catawba - the Catawba procedure cabinet in the EOF Director's area.
  • McGuire - the McGuire procedure cabinet in the EOF Director's area.

3.8 Have one of the other EOF OSAC's arrange for 24-hour EOF OSAC coverage.

3.9 Review the following information concerning notifications.

3.10 Initial Notifications 3.10.1 IF an upgrade to a higher classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN:

A. Notify the agencies an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted. (PIP-M-01-3711)

SRJ01B/2000/004 Page 6 of 8 NOTE: Follow-up messages of a lesser classification should never be approved after an upgrade to a higher classification is declared. Emphasis should be placed on providing current information and NOT on providing a follow-up just to meet follow-up deadline. If a follow-up is due and an upgrade to a higher classification is declared, Offsite Agency Communicators should contact the agencies that the pending follow-up is being superseded by an upgrade to a higher classification and information will be provided within 15 minutes.

NOTE: Follow-up messages that involve a change in the Protective Action Recommendations shall be communicated to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes and should be communicated verbally. All other follow-up messages may be faxed with phone verification of receipt.

NOTE: 1. The first notification made in each of the four Emergency Classifications is called an Initial Notification.

2. The message number will remain sequential throughout the event beginning with the Control Room.

3.10.2 Make Initial Notifications within 15 minutes of entering each of the Emergency Classifications (i.e., Classification changes) and communicate verbally.

3.10.3 Document the time and basis of any PARS changes.

3.11 Follow-up Notifications NOTE: Notifications following Initial Notifications within the same Emergency Classification are called follow-up notifications.

Make follow-up notifications to state and county government officials according to the following schedule:

Every hour until the emergency is terminated, OR If there is any significant change to the situation (make notification as soon as possible),

OR As agreed upon with an Emergency Management official from each individual agency.

Documentation shall be maintained for any agreed upon schedule change and the interval shall not be greater than 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> to any agency.

SR/OJB/20001004 Page 7 of 8 NOTE: At some time during the event as the various EOCs are staffed, offsite agencies may request that the Notification form be faxed to other Fax numbers. When this occurs make arrangements to have the form faxed to the requested numbers.

3.12 Termination Notification The last notification sent to the Offsite Agencies is for terminating the event.

Termination notifications will be designated as follow-up messages.

3.13 Other Information In addition to the Emergency Action Level information entered on Line 7 of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF), other events/occurrences will need to be reported to the Offsite Agencies as well. This would include any event, which has the potential to affect the public. The following list of examples is not an all-inclusive list. Each event should be carefully evaluated and discussed with the EOF Director to assure pertinent information is forwarded to the offsite agencies. Notification to offsite agencies should take place as soon as possible. {PIP 0-M98-2065)

NOTE: These events may be the basis for the current emergency classification or an additional event to be reported under Step 7 of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF). These events may need offsite agency action or resolution.

  • Other unrelated classifiable events (for example, during an Alert, an event which, by itself would meet the conditions for an Unusual Event)
  • Major/Key Equipment Out of Service
  • Emergency response actions underway
  • Fire(s) onsite
  • Flooding related to the emergency
  • Explosions
  • Loss of Offsite Power
  • Core Uncovery
  • Core Damage
  • Medical Emergency Response Team activation related to the emergency
  • Personnel injury related to the emergency or death
  • Transport of injured individuals offsite - specify whether contaminated or not
  • Site Evacuation/relocation of site personnel
  • Saboteurs/Intruders/Suspicious devices/Threats
  • Chemical or Hazardous Material Spills or Releases
  • Extraordinary noises audible offsite
  • Any event causing/requiring offsite agency response
  • Any event causing increased media attention

SR/1JB/2000/004 Page 8 of 8

4. Enclosures 4.1 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Completion/Transmission 4.2 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Completion 4.3 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Transmission 4.4 Fax Instructions 4.5 Message Authentication Code List 4.6 Authentication Guideline 4.7 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) (for Catawba) (PIP M-03-1404, C.A. 33) 4.8 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) (for McGuire) (PIP M-03-1404, C.A.33}

4.9 EOF Lead Offsite Agency Communicator Duties

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 1 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

1. Electronic Notification Form Logon 1.1 If not already performed, assure OffSite Communicator Computer is operational.

1.2 Verify the computer internal clock is synchronized with the facility clock. Compensate for any differences as necessary.

NOTE: If computer or Electronic Notification Form is not operational, report it to the EOF Data Coordinator. Refer to Enclosures 4.2 and 4.3 for manual completion and standard transmission of the Notification Form.

1.3 If not already performed, log on to the Electronic Notification Form by performing the following:

  • Select the (ERO) Emergency Response Organization option from the DAE My Application.

OR

  • Go to the DAE and search for "Nuclear Generation".
  • Select the (ERO) Emergency Response Organization option.
  • Login the Program entering the following information:

User Name: Your Network Logon ID (i.e., brs 1064)

Password: Your Network Password Domain: NAM.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 2 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

2. Electronic Notification Form Completion (Create Event) 2.1 Highlight the appropriate station (Catawba or McGuire) for the event.

snWy l NOTE: The TSC should normally create the event for the specific Drill or Emergency]

2.2 IF the TSC has already created an event for this drill or emergency, THEN select that event and go to procedure Section 3, Communications screen.

_ 2.3 IF the TSC was unable to, or has not created an event for this drill or emergency, THEN create a new event by performing the following: Select Site from the menu, then New Event.

Enclosure 4.1 SR0/1B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 3 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission 2.4 On the Create Event screen, fill in the information from the previous message as follows:

  • For Event Information -Select Drill or Actual Emergency
  • For Description - Indicate the type of Event (i.e., Loss of Offsite Power, 03/08/99 Ist Quarter Drill)
  • For Emergency Classification - Select the appropriate Emergency Classification and time of declaration
  • For Message Information - Has previous message been sent? (Yes or No).

NOTE: *The last message information is used to set the automatic functions of the program (i.e.,

number, transmittal times, etc.).

  • For Last Message Information - If previous message has not been sent this field is automatically disabled.

2.4.1 For Last Message Information - If previous message(s) has been sent manually:

  • Select (Initial or Follow-up)
  • Number (Last Message Number)
  • Transmittal Date/Time (Last Message Transmittal Time).

2.5 Select Create Event button at the bottom of the screen. (Event Screen should be created.)

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 4 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

_ 2.6 If all information is correct select "Yes" at the prompt "Are you sure you are ready to create this event".

NOTE:

  • Ensure the EOF is activated prior to beginning this section.
3. Communications Screen 3.1 Select Communications tab at the top right of the Event Screen (Last Tab on the Event screen).

3.2 Complete the Communicator "Name" information. (This is the individual performing the phone communications with the State and County agencies.)

3.3 Complete the applicable information in the "Event Management" section as follows:

  • Select the "Managing Site".
  • Select and verify the appropriate facility (TSC or EOF) activation time.
  • Select the "Save" button.

Enclosure 4.1 SRIOB/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 5 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission NOTE: The Accident Assessment Manager is responsible for the Plant Status, Plant Summary and Protective Action screens.

Rad Assessment Manager is responsible for the Release and Met/Offsite Dose screens.

3.4 Verify that the Rad Assessment and Accident Assessment positions have accessed the ENF program and have begun entering information.

3.5 Monitor the Plant Status, Plant Summary, Protective Actions, Release, and Met/Offsite Dose indicators at the bottom of the screen to assure information is being routinely updated.

3.6 Updating the information on a particular panel may be performed by double clicking on the desired indicator panel at the bottom of the form and then selecting "Validate" if all information is correct.

NOTE: Except for the "Next Msg Due" indicator panel all indicator information is as follows:

Black -No information or information/time conflict.

Green - information is 0 to 10 minutes old.

Yellow - information is 10 to 15 minutes old.

Red - information is greater than 15 minutes old.

NOTE: For the "Next Msg Due" indicator panel all indicator information is as follows:

Initial Messages: Follow-Up Messages:

Black - No information or information/time conflict. Black - No information or information/ time conflict.

Green - Next message due in 10 - 15 minutes. Green - Next message due in 30 to 60 minutes.

Yellow - Next message due in 5 - 9 minutes. Yellow - Next message due in 15 to 29minutes.

Red - Next message due in 5 minutes or past due. Red - Next message due in < 15 mins. or past due.

3.7 Periodically validate information on the Communicator screen by reviewing the screen information and selecting the Validate button on the bottom right of the screen. (This will update the Communicator Indicator to Green Status.)

3.8 If information needs to be updated, make the appropriate changes and then select the Save button on the bottom left of the screen. (This will also update the Communicator Indicator.)

Enclosure 4.1 SR0/1B/2000o004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 6 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

4. Building a Message 4.1 When it is time to develop a message to be communicated to the offsite agencies, perform the following:

NOTE: Contact the responsible group if information needs to be updated or validated.

  • Verify Status indicators for the various screens at the bottom of the screen are current (i.e.,

Green).

  • If the information needs to be updated or validated, have the responsible individual update or validate their designated screen.
  • Select the Communications screen, then select the Build New Message bar at the bottom of the screen. Information from the various screens will be incorporated into the message.

4.2 Review the form to verify information is correct.

  • IF the information is correct proceed to step 4.5.

NOTE: If the Accident Assessment Manager or Radiological Assessment Manager has made changes to their panels you can update the message by selecting "Message" from the Toolbar and then choosing "Refresh".

4.3 If information needs to be revised, perform the following:

  • Select the appropriate screen by double clicking the appropriate panel designation at the bottom of the screen.
  • Make changes as necessary and inform the responsible group of those changes.
  • When editing is complete, select Save.
  • Return to the specific message form, then select Message from the Toolbar, then Refresh.
  • Select "Yes" if you are ready to Refresh the form.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0/1B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 7 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission NOTE: If any of the status indicators are any color except Green you will be prompted that the information needs to be updated/validated. Refer to step 4. 1.

4.4 IF instructed by the Accident Assessment Manager or Radiological Assessment Manager based on projected Thyroid doses, perform the following {PIP-G-03-606}:

_

  • Select Message from the tool bar, then Edit Message.

_

  • On Line 15, check the box for "other" and type, "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy."

_

  • When editing is complete, select Save.

_

  • Select Message from the toolbar, then Preview Message.

4.5 If message is correct, print out a copy by selecting Message from the Toolbar, then Print.

4.6 Have the EOF Director review and sign the form.

5. Transmitting Message 5.1 Locate a copy the Authentication Code Word List.

5.2 For Initial Notifications (15 Minutes) proceed to Section 6.

5.3 For Follow-up Notifications, proceed to Section 7.

5.4 For Terminations message, proceed to Section 8.

6. Transmission of Initial Notifications NOTE: 1. All initial notifications shall be communicated verbally within 15 Minutes of Emergency Classification declaration. Avoid using abbreviations or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to states and counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, say "Not available" or "Not Applicable". Do not abbreviate "N.A." because this is ambiguous.
2. If Selective Signaling is not operational, see Enclosure 4.3 for Selective Signaling and Alternate Communication Instructions.
3. If the ENF Fax program is not operational refer to Enclosure 4.4 for additional instructions.

6.1 Once the ENF has been approved, one Offsite Agency Communicator shall perform steps 6.1.1

- 6.3 while another Offsite Agency Communicator establishes contacts as per step 6.6.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/I/B/20001004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 8 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission NOTE: The "Export To Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes will be either checked or unchecked. Unless directed otherwise, leave the "Export To Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes as they are when the "Fax Message" prompt appears.

6.1.1 To fax the electronic form, Select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Fax.

r; _ ;

  • Enter the Name, Title, and Date/Time from Line 16 of the ENF.
  • Select the Fax Button on this panel.
  • Select "Yes" on confirmation panel if ready to fax the form.

Enclosure 4.1 SRJO/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 9 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission 1-I INOTE: The AT&T Fax Sender Panel should now be initialized and appear on the screen.

_ 6.2 On ATT Fax Sender Panel, Type -catawba or -mcguire (whichever applies) in the Name block.

6.3 Perform the following:

  • Click the Green colored " check mark symbol" ( i ) at the right of the block at the top of the panel. (The Name block information will be transferredto the Recipient block.)
  • Then, select the Send button at the top of the panel. (The ENF will be Faxed to the agencies simultaneously.)
  • Select "OK" on reminder panel for setting the transmittal time and date.
  • IF desired, monitor the fax status by clicking the AT&T Mail button at the bottom of the screen (i.e., maximize the program).
  • IF the fax program does not appear to be working, (i.e., fax not being transmitted) refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate fax instructions.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/20001004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 10 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission Allow 4 to 5 minutes if it is desired that the Notification form be received by the agencies prior NOTE:4~ to contacting them by phone.

6.4 IF an upgrade to a higher classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-371 11 6.5 IF an upgrade to a higher classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN:

A. Notify agencies that an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be supplied within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

(PIP-M-01-371 11 6.6 Establish communications with the Offsite Agencies via the Selective Signaling Phone per the following:

  • Activate the Group Call function by dialing *5 (CNS) or
  • 1 (MNS) and verify that all available agencies answer. (If all agencies do not answer the group call, dial the specific agency individually.)

NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF that the EOFD has previously signed.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the form (copy signed by the EOF Director).
  • When all available parties are verified on the line, document the time when the first party answered in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the EOF Director).

NOTE: Authentication Code should be handwritten into the signed ENF formi

  • Read the following statement "This is the Catawba or McGuire (whichever applies)

Nuclear Station EOF. This is a drill or actual emergency (whichever applies)."

  • Verify that all available agencies have received the Faxed ENF. (If ENF has not been received ask agencies to get a blank ENF and tell them you will provide the information.)
  • Read the information on the ENF, line by line, to the Offsite Agencies.
  • For Initial Notifications, when you reach item #4, ask the State or a County to authenticate the message. The agency should give you a number to which you will reply with the appropriate code word. Write the number and code word on the form.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 11 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

  • After the information has been covered, inform the agencies the following: 'This concludes message # . Are there any questions?"
  • Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF or use a copy of page 2 of Enclosure 4.7 (Catawba) or Enclosure 4.8 (McGuire).
  • Continuous attempts to contact missing agencies must be made using commercial lines, radio, etc., if unable to complete the notifications as per 6.6. Document the times these agencies were contacted on the back of the notification form.
  • After message transmission is complete, select Message from the toolbar, then choose "Set Transmittal DatelTime".
  • Select "Yes" at the prompt if the Fax was successfully sent.

- I NOTE: The transmittal date will be automatically populated on the message.

I

  • Complete the message transmittal Date and Time and select "Save".
  • If information is correct, select the "Yes" button.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/1OB/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 12 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission NOTE: Authentication of a request is only required if a separate call is received. If information is requested while still on Selective Signaling no authentication is required.

6.7 If a question is outside of ENF information, do not answer the question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call, you give the number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the EOF Director.
  • Document the question, answer, and have the EOF Director sign.
  • Document the time the answer was provided to the Offsite Agency.

6.8 Repeat the above steps as necessary to communicate other Initial messages.

6.9 Provide copies of the transmitted ENF to the following:

  • All positions in the EOF Director area
  • Accident Assessment Group
  • Dose Assessment Group
  • Field Monitoring Coordinator
  • Wall Folder (2 copies).

6.10 Update next message due on the following white boards:

  • Offsite Agency Communicator's Area
  • EOF Director's Area.

Enclosure 4.1 SRIO/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 13 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

7. Transmission of Follow-up Notification 7.1 Once the ENF has been approved, one Offsite Agency Communicator shall perform steps 7.2 -

7.3 while another Offsite Agency Communicator establishes contacts as per step 7.6.

NOTE: The "Export To Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes will be either checked or unchecked. Unless directed otherwise, leave the "Export To Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes as they are when the "Fax Message" prompt appears.

7.2 To fax the electronic form, Select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Fax.

  • Enter the Name, Title, and Date/Time from Line 16 of the ENF.
  • Select the Fax Button on this panel.
  • Select "Yes" on confirmation panel if ready to fax the form.

I NOTE: The AT&T Fax Sender Panel should now be initialized and appear on screen. I

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 14 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission 7.3 Perform the following:

  • On ATT Fax Sender Panel, Type -catawba or -mcguire (whichever applies) in the Name block.
  • Click the Green colored " check mark symbol" (V ) at the right of the block at the top of the panel. (The Name block information will be transferredto the Recipient block.)
  • Then, select the Send button at the top of the panel. (The ENF will be Faxed to the agencies simultaneously.)

NOTE: For Follow-up messages, the transmittal time will be the time that the first available agency is on the line to verify Fax transmission.

  • Select "OK" on reminder panel for setting the transmittal time and date.

NOTE: Allow 4 to 5 minutes if it is desired that the Notification form be received by the agencies prior to contacting them by phone.

  • IF desired, monitor the fax status by clicking the AT&T Mail button at the bottom of the screen (i.e., maximize the program).
  • IF the fax program does not appear to be working (i.e., fax not being transmitted), refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate fax instructions.

7.4 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-371 11

__ 7.5 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN:

A. Notify agencies that an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be supplied within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission the message that was being transmitted.

{PIP-M-01-371 1 )

Enclosure 4.1 SR/I/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 15 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission 7.6 Establish communications with the Offsite Agencies via the Selective Signaling Phone per the following:

  • Activate the Group Call function by dialing
  • 5 (CNS) or *1 (MNS) and verify that all available agencies answer. (If all agencies do not answer the group call, dial the specific agency individually.)
  • Verify that all available agencies are on the line. Document the time when the first party answered in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the EOF Director).
  • Verify that all Agencies have received the Faxed ENF. (If ENF has not been received ask agencies to get a blank ENF and tell them that you will provide the information.)
  • Ask if there are any questions regarding the Follow-up ENF information.
  • Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF or use a copy of page 2 of Enclosure 4.7 (Catawba) or Enclosure 4.8 (McGuire).

7.7 After message transmission is complete, select Message from the toolbar, then choose "Set Transmittal Date/Time".

  • Select "Yes" at the prompt if the Fax was successfully sent.

NOTE: The transmittal date and time will automatically be added on the message.

I

  • Complete the message transmittal Date and Time and select "Save".
  • At the confirmation prompt select "Yes" if you are ready to update this message.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/On/B2000o004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 16 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission l NOTE: Authentication of a request is only required if a separate call is received. If information is requested while still on Selective Signaling no authentication is required.

7.8 If a question is outside of ENF information, do not answer the question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call, you give the number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the EOF Director.
  • Document the question, answer, and have the EOF Director sign.
  • Document the time the answer was provided to the Offsite Agency.

7.9 Repeat the above steps as necessary to communicate other Follow-Up messages.

7.10 Provide copies of the transmitted ENF to the following:

  • All positions in the EOF Director Area
  • Accident Assessment Group
  • Dose Assessment Group
  • Field Monitoring Coordinator
  • Wall Folder (2 copies).

7.11 Update next message due on the following white boards:

  • Offsite Agency Communicator's Area.
  • EOF Director's Area.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 17 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

8. Termination Message NOTE: 1. Termination notifications are communicated verbally.
2. Termination notification is marked as a Follow-up.

3 When terminating from a General Emergency, "No Recommended Protective Action" MUST be selected in the Electronic Notification forn.

8.1 From the Menu bar, select the specific Event. (Ensure that the event is highlighted) and then select Terminate Event.

8.2 Enter Termination Time and Date, then Click OK.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/01B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 18 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission 8.2.1 Confirm that event is ready to be Terminated by clicking "Yes".

A Message will be generated with appropriate information.

8.3 Review the form to verify information is correct.

  • If the information is correct proceed to step 8.5.

8.4 If information needs to be revised, perform the following:

  • Return to the events panel by selecting the specific event.
  • Select the appropriate screen by double clicking the appropriate panel designation at the bottom of the screen.
  • Make changes as necessary and inform the responsible group of those changes.
  • When editing is complete, select Save.
  • Return to the specific message form by double clicking on the specific message.
  • Select Message from the Toolbar, then Refresh.
  • Select "Yes" if you are ready to Refresh the form.

NOTE: If any of the status indicators are any color except Green you will be prompted that the information needs to be updated/validated. Refer to step 4.1.

8.5 WHEN the form information is correct, THEN:

  • Print out a copy by selecting Message from the Toolbar, then Print.
  • Have the EOF Director review and sign the form.

8.6 Once the ENF has been approved, one Offsite Agency Communicator shall perform steps 8.7 -

8.8 while another Offsite Agency Communicator establishes contacts per steps 8.9.

Enclosure 4.1 SR'/OB/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 19 of 23 (ENF) CompletionlTransmission

__ 8.7 To Fax the Electronic form, Select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Fax.

NOTE: The "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes will be either checked or unchecked. Unless directed otherwise, leave the "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes as they are when the "Fax Message" Prompt appears.

  • Enter the Name, Title, and Date/Time from Line 16 of the ENF.
  • Select the Fax Button on this panel.
  • Select "Yes" on confirmation panel if ready to fax the form.

Enclosure 4.1 SRWO/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 20 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission NOTE: If the Electronic Notification Form Fax process is not operational, refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate Fax instructions.

I NOTE: The AT&T Fax Sender Panel should now be initialized and appear on screen.l 8.8 Perform the following:

  • On ATT Fax Sender Panel, Type -catawba or -mcguire (whichever applies) in the Name block.
  • Click the Green colored " check mark symbol" ( l ) at the right of the block at the top of the panel. (The Name block information will be transferredto the Recipient block.)
  • Then, select the Send button at the top of the panel. (The ENF will be Faxed to the agencies simultaneously.)
  • Select "OK" on reminder panel for setting the transmittal time and date.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/0/IO 2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 21 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission NOTE: Allow 4 to 5 minutes if it is desired that the Notification form be received by the agencies prior to contacting them by phone.

  • IF desired, monitor the fax status by clicking the AT&T Mail button at the bottom of the screen (i.e., maximize the program).
  • IF the fax program does not appear to be working, (i.e., fax not being transmitted), refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate fax instructions.

8.9 Establish communications with the Offsite Agencies via the Selective Signaling Phone per the following:

  • Activate the Group Call function by dialing
  • 5 (CNS) or *1 (MNS) and verify that each agency answers. (If all agencies do not answer the group call, dial the specific agency individually.)

NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF that the EOFD has previously signed.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the ENF form.
  • Verify that all available agencies are on the line. Document the time when the first party answered in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the EOF Director).
  • Verify that all Agencies have received the Faxed ENF and verbally communicate the message to the Offsite Agencies. (If ENF has not been received ask agencies to get a blank ENF and that you will provide the information.)

NOTE: Authentication Code should be handwritten on the copy of the ENF that the E0FD has previously signed.

  • For Termination Notifications, when you reach item #4, ask the State or a County to authenticate the message. The agency should give you a number to which you will reply with the appropriate code word. Write the number and code word on the form.
  • Ask if there are any questions regarding the Termination ENF information.
  • Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF or use a copy of page 2 of Enclosure 4.7 (Catawba) or Enclosure 4.8 (McGuire).
  • After message transmission is complete, select Message from the toolbar, then choose "Set Transmittal Date/Time".

Enclosure 4.1 SR/O/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 22 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission

  • Select "Yes" at the prompt if the Fax was successfully sent.

I NOTE: The transmittal date and time will be automatically be added on the message. I

  • Complete the message transmittal Date and Time and select "Save".
  • At the confirmation prompt select "Yes" if you are ready to update this message.

NOTE: Authentication of a request is only required if a separate call is received. If information is I requested while still on Selective Signaling no authentication is required.

8.10 IF a question is outside of ENF information, do NOT answer the question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call, you give the number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the EOF Director.
  • Document the question, answer, and have the EOF Director sign.
  • Document the time the answer was provided to the Offsite Agency.

Enclosure 4.1 SR/'/B/2000/004 Electronic Emergency Notification Form Page 23 of 23 (ENF) Completion/Transmission 8.11 Provide copies of the transmitted ENF to the following:

  • All positions in the EOF Director Area.
  • Accident Assessment Group.
  • Dose Assessment Group.
  • Field Monitoring Coordinator.
  • Wall Folder (2 copies).

8.12 Shut down the Program by performing the following:

  • From the Menu Bar, Select "File", then "Exit".
  • Shut down the Computer by Selecting the "Start" button, then "Shutdown", then, "Shutdown the computer".

Enclosure 4.2 SR/O/B12000/004 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 1 of 3 Completion

1. Initial and Follow-up Completion (Information for the Completion of the ENF) 1.1 Obtain a copy of the Emergency Notification Form from the Catawba or McGuire Procedure Cabinet located in the EOF Directors area.

NOTE:

  • Items 11-14 may be skipped on initial notifications.

Item # Conmmunicator Action Info Source 1 Check appropriate blocks: (Drill/Emergency).(InitiallFollow-up) Initial: First message in each of the EOF Comm.

4 classifications. Follow-up: Subsequent messages following the initial message within the same classification. Message #'s are sequentially numbered throughout drill/emergency starting with the Control Room.

2. Write in the site, unit or units affected, and the phone communicator's name (Reported by). EOF Comm.

Assure confirmation phone number. Write in the transmittal time. NOTE: This is the time when the EOF Comm.

first party answers as you call the State and Counties.

4. Document the Authentication while transmitting the notification. Refer to Authentication Enclosures EOF Comm.

(Enclosure 4.5 and 4.6) for additional instructions.

5. Check appropriate classification. Acc. Assess.
6. Mark the appropriate box and write time and date current classification was declared. Acc. Assess
7. Write a concise description for declaring the current emergency classification. Also use this space Acc. Assess.

for any other important information. (See page 7 of 8, section 3.13 of the body of the procedure, for additional information). The first message from the EOF should include a statement indicating that the EOF has been activated. Do not use acronyms or abbreviations. For Follow-up messages, include relevant information and changes that have occurred since the last message (Don't just restate the EAL or last message).

8. Mark appropriate plant condition: Acc. Assess.

Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, icelsnow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither degrading nor improving.

9. Write time and date Reactor Shutdown or Reactor Power level as applicable. Acc. Assess.

Enclosure 4.2 SR/O/B/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 2 of 3 Completion Mark appropriate box for emergency release. If A or B, go to Item 14. If C or D, complete Lines 11- Rad. Assess.

10.

14. A release is any unplanned and quantifiable discharge to the environment of radioactive effluent attributable to a declared emergency event. Base determinations on information such as EMF readings, containment pressure and other instrument indications, field monitoring results, and knowledge of the event and its impact on system operation and resultant release pathways. A release is considered to be in progress if the following occurs:
  • Rx. Bldg EMF Monitors (38, 39, or 40 reading indicates an increase in activity or EMF monitors 53A and/or 53B for Catawba or 51A and/or 5lB for McGuire read greater than 1.5 R/hr) AND pressure inside the containment bldg is greater than Tech. Specs. OR an actual containment breach is determined.
  • Increase in activity monitored by unit vent EMF monitors 35, 36, or 37.
  • Items 11-14 may be left blank on initial notifications. Rad. Assess.

Indicate type of release and time/date. Mark Ground Level for any airborne releases.

12.* Indicate release magnitude and whether release is above or below normal operating limits. Rad. Assess.

13.* Write estimate of projected offsite dose and estimated duration. Check new or unchanged. If Rad. Assess.

unchanged from a previous notification, the information does not have to be repeated.

14.* Provide meteorological data. Rad. Assess.

15. Indicate appropriate recommended protective actions as recommended by Duke Power and the EOF Rad. Assess.

Director.

  • For Unusual Event, Alert, and Site Area Emergency, Mark box "A".
  • For General Emergency, mark and complete information for boxes B and C using:

Catawba - SR/O/B/2000/003 (Activation of the Emeregency Operations Facility), Enclosure 4.2 McGuire - SR/OJB/2000/003 (Activation of the Emeregency Operations Facility), Enclosure 4.3 If instructed by Radiological Assessment Manager based on projected Thyroid dose, check box and write "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy." {PIP-G-03-606)

16. Have EOF Director approve message. EOF Dir.

Enclosure 4.2 SR/IOB/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 3 of 3 Completion

2. Termination Notification Completion (Manual ENF Termination) 2.1 When the emergency/drill has been terminated, complete the ENF as described below.

NOTE: 1. Termination notifications are communicated verbally.

2. Termination notification is marked as a Follow-up.

Source of Line Item # Action Information EOF

l. Check appropriate blocks. Accident NOTE: Message #s are sequentially numbered throughout the Assessment Mgr.

drill/emergency starting with the Control Room.

2. Write in site and unit or units affected. Accident NOTE: Reported by is communicator's name Assessment Mgr.
3. Write confirmation phone number that states and counties may call back on. Transmittal time will be documented at the beginning of message transmission.
4. Authentication will be completed while transmitting the notification to states and counties.
5. Check appropriate classification that is being terminated from. Accident Assessment Mgr.
6. Mark box "B" and write time and date of termination. Accident Assessment Mgr.

7.-15. No information is required. Offsite Communicator

16. Have EOF Director approve message. EOF Director

Enclosure 4.3 SR0/1B/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form Transmission Page 1 of 6

1. Transmitting a Message 1.1 Review the following Selective Signal guideline if necessary to familiarize yourself with its operation.

SELECTIVE SIGNALING NOTE: Selective Signaling is an open line that is capable of connecting all agencies together at the same time. No special conferencing process is required to get all agencies on the line. The line is always active (i.e., no dial tone).

  • 1 (MNS) may be used initially to contact county and warning pointslEOCs.

NOTE: The handset has a "push to talk" button which must be pressed in order for the parties on the other end to hear you. To use the headset instead of the handset, set the switch on the headset controller to "headset" and remove the handset from the phone cradle. Then resume normal operation. There is no "push to talk" feature associated with the headset however, the handset must be removed from the cradle when the headset is in use.

l. Pick up receiver (no dial tone will be heard). Dial
  • 1 (MNS) and wait for agencies to answer. Verify that all agencies have answered. Note: If all agencies do not answer the group call, dial the agencies individually per step 2.
2. Alternately, the agencies may be contacted individually by dialing the three-digit Selective Signal number for each agency. When they pick up, identify yourself and tell them to hold while you get the other agencies on the line. Dial the second agency's three-digit Selective Signal number. When they pick up, identify yourself and tell them to hold while you get the other agencies on the line.
3. Continue this process until all applicable agencies are on the line.

NOTE: If Selective Signal Communications fail, the following is the suggested priority for backup communications systems used to notify the states and counties.

1.2 1st - Commercial Telephone (Bell Line) (Conference Call).

  • CATAWBA Refer to the Emergency Response Telephone Directory, Enclosure 1.1 for instructions on the use of telephones in the EOF, conference call instructions, and individual bell line numbers.
  • MCGUIRE Refer to Enclosure 4.10 (EOF Programmable Conference Telephones) of RP/0/A15700/014 (Emergency Telephone Directory) for instructions on the use of telephones in the EOF, conference call instructions, and individual bell line numbers.

Enclosure 4.3 SR10/1/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form Transmission Page 2 of 6 1.3 2nd - North Carolina and/or South Carolina Emergency Management Radio.

  • CATAWBA Refer to the Emergency Response Telephone Directory, Enclosure 1.6, for instructions on the use of the State Emergency Management Radios.
  • MCGUIRE Refer to Enclosure 4.12 (EOF North Carolina Emergency Management Radio) of RP/O/A/5700/014 (Emergency Telephone Directory) for instructions on the use of the State Emergency Management Radio.

1.4 3rd - Duke Power Radio Network (Low Band System).

  • CATAWBA Refer to the Emergency Response Telephone Directory, Enclosure 1.7, for instructions on the use of the Duke Power Low Band Radios.
  • MCGUIRE Refer to Enclosure 4.11 (EOF County Emergency Response Radio) of RP/O/A/5700/014 (Emergency Telephone Directory) for instructions on the use of the Duke Power Low Band Radio.

NOTE: Report any failures to the EOF Director/Emergency Planner.

2. Message Transmission 2.1 For transmitting Initial Notifications, proceed to Section 3.

2.2 For transmitting Follow-up Notifications, proceed to Section 4.

3. Initial Notification Transmission 3.1 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-37111 3.2 IF an upgrade to a higher classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN:

A. Notify agencies that an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be supplied with 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

{PIP-M-01-371 1}

Enclosure 4.3 SR/01B12000/004 Emergency Notification Form Transmission Page 3 of 6 3.3 When you are prepared to transmit a message, contact the appropriate agencies using the desired method. If an offsite agency does not pick up, try dialing the Selective Signaling number again or get help to dial that agency on the Bell line and give the message separately.

(Use radio if all other communication fails.)

  • CATAWBA

{

Message CNS SELECTIVE SIGNAL CNS BELL LINE ROLL CALL Dial *5: calls all Individual Individual phone numbers As each agency answers state /county OR Selective OR say:

WP/EOCs Signal # One touch dial button simultaneously "This is Catawba Nuclear l Station; please hold."

513 York County WP/EOC 803/329-1110 116 Mecklenburg Co. WP/EOC 704/943-6200 112 Gaston County WP/EOC 704/866-3300 314 North Carolina WP/EOC 919/733-3943 518 South Carolina WP/EOC 803/737-8500

      • 514 SC FEOC To be determined by S.C.
  • McGUIRE MNS SELECTIVE SIGNAL MNS BELL LINE J ROLL CALL Dial *1: calls all Individual Individual phone numbers As each agency answers state /county OR Selective OR say:

WP/EOCs Signal # One touch dial button simultaneously "This is McGuire Nuclear l Station; please hold."

112 Gaston County WP/EOC 704/866-3300/3243 113 Lincoln County WP/EOC 704/735-8202/736-8511 114 Iredell County WP/EOC 704/878-3039 116 Mecklenburg Co. WP/EOC 704/943-6200 118 Catawba County WP/EOC 828/464-3112 119 Cabarrus County WP/EOC 704/920-3000 314 North Carolina WP/EOC 919/733-3943

Enclosure 4.3 SR/O/B/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form Transmission Page 4 of 6 NOTE: The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the ENF form (copy the EOF Director signs).

3.4 When all available agencies are connected, document the time when the first party answered on line 3 as the transmittal time and read the following statement: 'This is a drill or actual emergency (whichever applies). The following is Emergency Notification ENF Information."

3.5 IF this is the FIRST message from the EOF, inform the states and counties that the EOF has been activated and that you are taking over responsibility for communications from Catawba or McGuire Nuclear Station. This should be noted on Line 7 of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF).

NOTE: All initial notifications shall be communicated verbally. Avoid using abbreviations or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to states and counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, say "Not available" or "Not Applicable". Do not abbreviate "N.A." because this is ambiguous.

3.6 Authenticate and Transmit the Emergency Notification (ENF) message providing line-by-line information to the agencies. When you reach line 4, ask one of the agencies to provide a number from the authentication code word list (Enclosure 4.5). Then give them the corresponding codeword for that listed number. Fill in line 4 with the number and codeword. (Ref. Enclosure 4.6 for authentication instructions.)

3.7 Upon completion of the message transmission, obtain the names of the agency representatives and complete documentation on the back of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF).

NOTE: Date and time do not need to be filled in on back of form if all parties were on line at the time of message transmission.

3.8 Inform the agencies of the following:

  • This concludes message #
  • They will be receiving a Fax copy of this message shortly.
  • Are there any questions about the message?

Enclosure 4.3 SR/O/B/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form Transmission Page 5 of 6 3.9 If question is outside of ENF information, do not answer question.

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call).
  • Have the request evaluated by the EOF Director.
  • Document the question, answer, and the time the answer was transmitted in the Offsite Agency Communicator's Logbook.

3.10 Fax the front page of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF) to the agencies per Enclosure 4.4 (Fax Instructions).

3.11 Repeat steps as needed to communicate other initial messages.

3.12 Provide copies of the Emergency Notification Form to the:

  • All positions in the EOF Director area
  • Accident Assessment Group
  • Dose Assessment Group
  • Field Monitoring Coordinator
  • Wall Folder (2 copies).
4. Follow-up Notification Transmission NOTE: Follow-up notifications are not required to be verbally transmitted. Follow-up messages may be faxed with phone verification of receipt. This applies only if the message does not involve a change in the emergency classification or the protective action recommendations or a termination of the emergency.

4.1 Verify that all sections have been completed and that the message has been approved.

4.2 Fax a copy of the form to the Offsite Agencies per Enclosure 4.4 (Fax Instructions).

4.3 Call the Offsite Agencies.

4.4 Verify all available parties are online and document the time when the first party answers as the transmittal time in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by EOF Director).

4.5 Verify the each received the Notification Form via fax.

Enclosure 4.3 SRJI/B/2000/004 Emergency Notification Form Transmission Page 6 of 6 4.6 Ask if there are any questions.

If a question is outside of ENF information, do not answer question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call) (callee gives number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the EOF Director.
  • Document the question, answer, and the time the answer was transmitted in the Offsite Agency Communicator's Logbook.

4.7 Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF.

4.8 Repeat the above steps as necessary to communicate other follow-up messages.

4.9 Provide hard copies of the Emergency Notification Form to:

  • All positions in the EOF Director area.
  • Accident Assessment Group
  • Dose Assessment Group
  • Field Monitoring Coordinator
  • Wall Folder (2 copies).

Enclosure 4.4 SR/IOB/2000/004 Fax Instructions Page 1 of 3

1. The primary method of faxing the notification form is via the Electronic Notification Form Program.

If a problem is experienced with the Electronic Notification Form fax, send the Fax to the Agencies via one of the following methods: Simultaneously via AT&T Enhanced Fax Process or Individually via the Off-Site Communicator Fax Machine.

2. Simultaneously (AT&T Enhanced Fax Faxes Simultaneously to the Offsite Agencies) 2.1 Place the Notification form in the Offsite Communicator Fax machine.

2.2 Using the Fax telephone located next to the Offsite Communicator Fax machine, perform the following:

  • Press the pre-programmed button labeled AT&T Broadcast Fax (or Dial 1-800-232-9674).
  • Press the pre-programmed button labeled Subscriber ID (or dial 5 3 0 9 1 2 8 #).
  • Press the pre-programmed button labeled Password (or dial 4 8 6 6 6 3 5 2 #) (Logging in, Please Wait...).
  • When Login is verified Successful, Press 1 (to send a message).
  • Press
  • 5 (Recipient List).
  • Press # (Own Private List).
  • For Catawba Nuclear Station distribution Press 1 #(List Name).
  • For McGuire Nuclear Station distribution Press 2 #(List Name).
  • Press * # (No other Lists to add).
  • Press Start on the Fax Machine.
  • The AT&T Enhanced Fax Service will then fax the notification form to the Primary Offsite Agencies.

NOTE: To receive messages from the Fax Service (i.e., could not deliver a fax to specific location),

refer to Section 5.

Enclosure 4.4 SRJOIB/20001004 Fax Instructions Page 2 of 3

3. Individually (via fax machine to the Primary Agencies (WP/EOCs) 3.1 Fax the Notification Form individually using the Fax machine per the following list:

CATAWBA Press Energy Quest or dial 8-831-3415 Press Joint Infornation Ctr. (JIC) or dial 8-382-0069 Press York Co. WP/EOC or dial 1-803-324-7420 Press Gaston Co. WP/EOC or dial 1-704-866-7623 Press Meck Warning Pt. or dial 1-704-943-6189

_ Press S.C. WP/EOC or dial 1-803-737-8575

_ Press N.C. WP/EOC or dial 1-919-733-7554

_ Press TSC or dial 1-803-831-3532 McGUIRE Press MNS News Group or dial 8-875-5602 Press Joint Information Ctr. (JIC) or dial 382-0069

_ Press Lincoln County WPIEOC or dial 1-704-732-9035 Press Iredell County WP/EOC or dial 1-704-878-5354 Press Gaston Co. WP/EOC or dial 1-704-866-7623 Press Meck Warning Pt. or dial 1-704-943-6189 Press Catawba County WP/EOC or dial 1-828-465-1220 Press Cabarrus County WP/EOC or dial 1-704-784-1919 Press N.C. WP/EOC or dial 1-919-733-7554 Press TSC or dial 8-875-1954

4. Additional Fax Options/Instructions 4.1 To send a fax to multiple locations using the one touch dialing or direct dialing:
  • Place the Fax you are transmitting face down into the Fax Machine.
  • Press the pre-programmed one-touch speed dial numbers (i.e., Meck Co. WP/EOC, NC WP, etc.) that you want to receive the Fax.
  • Press Start.

4.2 To send a Fax to a single location using one-touch dialing or direct dialing:

  • Insert the document face down into the Fax and press the designated agency button labeled on the Fax Machine.
  • Verify Fax was sent to the agencies via the Fax report(s). Resend as appropriate.

Enclosure 4.4 SRIOIBI2000/004 Fax Instructions Page 3 of 3

5. AT&T Enhanced Fax Message Retrieval 5.1 To Retrieve messages from the AT&T Enhanced Fax service, perform the following:

5.1.1 Place the Notification form in the Offsite Communicator Fax machine.

5.1.2 Using the Fax telephone located next to the Offsite Communicator Fax machine perform the following:

  • Press the pre-programmed button labeled AT&T Enhanced Fax (or Dial 1-800-232-9674).
  • Press the pre-programmed button labeled Subscriber ID (or dial 5 3 0 9 1 2 8
  • Press the pre-programmed button labeled Password (or dial 4 8 6 6 6 3 5 2 #)

(Logging in, Please Wait...).

  • When Login is verified Successful, Press 2 (to receive a message).

Enclosure 4.5 SRI/OBI2000/004 Message Authentication Code List Page 1 of I This page is left intentionally blank.

Enclosure 4.6 SR/O/B/2000/004 Authentication Guideline Page I of I

1. Placing A Call When providing Emergency Notification Form (ENF) information to the Offsite Agencies, the Communicator should:

1.1 Ask a State or County Representative to provide a number from the Authentication Code Word list.

1.2 Then give them the code word corresponding with the number from Enclosure 4.5, "Message Authentication Code List."

_ 1.3 Write the number and code word on the Emergency Notification Form (ENF) (Line 4).

2. Receiving A Call When receiving a call from offsite and the identity of the party calling is not known, you should:

2.1 Provide a number from Enclosure 4.5, "Message Authentication Code List," to the caller.

2.2 The caller will then provide the word corresponding with the number of the Authentication Code List.

_ 2.3 Document in Communicator's Logbook.

RULE OF THUMB:

Callee gives the number Caller gives the word

Enclosure 4.7 SR/U/B/2000/004 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION Page 1 of 2

1. E] THISISADRILL [EACTUALEMERGENCY ]INIT1AL [FOLLOW-UP MESSAGE NUMBER

? SITEl: Catawba Nuclear Station UNIT: REPORTED BY:_

. TRANSMITTAL TIME/DATEl: _J-I CONFIRMATION PHONE NUMBER: (704) 382-0724

(¢-M) MM DD yy

4. AUTHENTICATION (If Required)-
5. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

ElNOT1FICA11oN OF UNUSUAL EVENT B] ALERT B] SITE AREA EMERGENCY ] GENERAL EMERGENCY

6. ] Emergency Declaration At Tednination At: TIMEtDATE_ _ I (IfBgotoitem16.)
7. EMERGENCY DESCRIPTlON/REMARKS:

S. PLANT CONDITION [] IMPROVING B] STABLE E] DEGRADING

9. REACTOR STATUS: [] SHUTDOWN: TIMEIDATE:_ _ I B]  % POWER
10. EMEBRGENCY RELEASE(S):

A NONE (Go to item 14-) B POTENTIAL (Go to item 14.) [J IS OCCURRING LDJ HAS OCCURRED

    • II. TYPEOFRELEASE: []ELEVATED [1 GROUND LEVEL A AIRBORNE: Started:___________ I I_ Stopped:_ I I r~i(Er-) MM IDo YY Thre {E MM DD WY

[ii LIQUID: Started:________________ I / Stopped:______________

MM I I rDO YY T.rtE.w> MM lDO YY Tn (E(rn,,l)

2. RELEASE MAGNITUDE [] CURIES PER SEC[] CURIES NORMAL OPERATING LIMITS [] BELOW [ ABOVE

[Al NOBLE GASES []IODINES

[] PARITCULATES I OTHER_

    • 13. ESllMATEOFPROJECTEDOFFSITEDOSE: []NEW []UNCHANGED PROJECTION TIME_

TEDE Thyroid CDE r1rem mrem S~rE RflI NIARY ESTIMATED DURATION: HRS.

2 MILES S MILES 10MILES

    • 14 METEOROLOGICAL DATA: A ] WIND DIRECTION (from)_ _ Fl SPEED (MPH) P

[a] STABILITY CLASS WPRECIPITATION (type)

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS FI] NO RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS WEVACUATE__ _ _ _ _

[]l SHELTER IN-PLACE RI OTHER

16. APPROVED BY: __Coordinator TIME/DATE: _ I f WF} mm DD ry I items 8-14 have not changed. only items 1-7 and 15-16 are required to be complete-

'- -hfomation may not be available on Initial Notifkcations

Enclosure 4.7 SRIOIB/2000/004 Page 2 of 2 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES NOTIFIED -

Recod the name, date, time and agencies notified:

bE_)

York County (daA Go) {SKY) t Sig. 513 B&HLim (KM)329-1 10 -

(m.)

O (dg tim.)

Mecklenbur County tagts) Sd. Si3. £16 BBLim (704)"3-620 Gaston County qdatt) ESCt-Y) Se1SSit, 112 BcL (704)366-33W0 South Carolina WP/EOC id.1*) (Kim.) A S Sit3 5s3 B3d Li- (13)73-500 North Carolina WP/EOC

)(i1,) In-~CY) S.1 Si& 314 PknLb. (919) 733-3943

Enclosure 4.8 SR/U/B/2000/004 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION Page I of 2

1. THIS IS A DRILL BACTUALEMERGENCY []INmAL []FOLLOW-UP MESSAGE NUMBER___

- SITE: McGuire Nuclear Station UNIT__ REPORTED BY:_

'.. TRANSMITTALTIMEIDATE: _______/___ I_ CONFIRMATION PHONE NUMBER: (704) 382-0724 AUNANf) MM DD YY

4. AUTHENllCATION (If Required):-_____ -

(Nu)

5. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

-]NOTIFICATIONOF UNUSUAL EVENT I[] ALERT E] SITE AREA EMERGENCY [IGENERAL EMERGENCY

6. A] Emergency Declaration Al7l Termination At T]MEIDATE: II (if B, go to item 16.)

(E.

E) MM DD YY

7. EMERGENCY DESCRIPTION/REMARKS:
8. PLANTCONDITION [ IMPROVING E] STABLE [7] DEGRADING
9. REACTORSTATUS:

F Al SHUTDOWN: TIME/DATE:_

(F)

MMt DO I

Yy I B] POWER POE I

10. E~4EBGENCYRELEASE(S):

A NONE (Go to item 14.)

I

[WJPOTENTIAL (Go to item 14) l PJ IS OCCURRING [A HAS OCCURRED

    • II. TYPEOFRELEASE: . ELEVATED [] GROUND LEVEL 171 AIRBORNE Started:

rT- (Eft) MM I

DM I

TV Stopped:

T- (E) MM I

DO

/

y FiBI LIQUID: Started:

Ir-(E-) MM I

DO yY Stopped:_ _

t(E--) mM I

DD I_

yy A. RELEASE MAGNITUDE E CURIES PER SEC[7J CURIES NORMAL OPERATING LIMITS [] BELOW CIABOVE

[A] NOBLEGASES _ _ __ODINES

] PARTICULATES [M OTHER

    • 13. ESTIMATEOFPROJECTEDOFFSITEDOSE: [ NEW []UNCHANGED PROJECTION TIME.-_______

TEDE Thyroid CDE rnem mrem SITE BOUNDARY ESTIMATED DURATlON: KHRS.

2 MILES 5 MILES 10 MILES

    • 14. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: [A WIND DIRECTION (firom) ° Q SPEED (MPH)

[A STABILITY CLASS E PRECIPITATION (type)

RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS

[7 NO RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS E] EVACUATE__ _ ___

] SHELTER IN-PLACE

[e OTHER Exergency

16. APPROVED BY:__ Coordinator TIME/DATE: _ I I W-) fr..) CE)) mm DD YY f items o-14 have not changed.only items 1-7 and 15-16 are required tobe conpleted.

"-infornation may not be available on Initial Notifications.

SR/O/B/2000/004 Enclosure 4.8 Page 2 of 2 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES NOTIFIED Record the name, date, time and agencies notified:

1.

NC State (daft (tif) (agny) EOC Set. Sig 314 EOC Bcn Liw 1-919- 733-3943 2.

(mm)

Meeklenhinp (nnnty (ti fn-) (WDC) Sd usix 116 WP MCIi Line 70-943-6200

3. .

(mm)

(dat)

(im)(w~aston Cnnnfy (agencM)I &Sig. 132 WP scn Li. 1-704 66-3300 4.

Lincoln County (date) (ageqy) WPScI Si. 113 WP Be Line' 1-704- 7354202 C

tmm)

(date'(m Iredell CountY (date) (li(agecy) WIScLSig- 114 WPBeR Line 1-70 87-3039 6.

(mm)

Catttawh: Count (dat) WtIm) (ageny) WI'si.51. lit WP Bel Line 1- 464-3112 7.

(m)

Cahbrni r usnty a) t) (age) WESe Sig. 119 WP Bedl Lie 1-704- 92300

Enclosure 4.9 SR1O/B/2000/004 EOF Lead Offsite Agency Communicator Page 1 of 3 Duties Lead Person:

NOTE: The first EOACs to arrive at the EOF should promptly perform each of the "Immediate Actions" listed in SR/O/B/2000/004 regardless of which role they expect to perform.

__ Sign in on the white board in the EOF Director's area as the "Offsite Agency Communicator". Also sign in and ensure that the other EOF offsite agency communicators have signed in on the white board in the offsite agency communicator's area.

__ Ensure adequate staffing of Emergency Offsite Agency Communicators (EOACs).

Ensure all the EOACs have a copy of and understand the correct procedure and that they know their duties.

Ensure that the EOACs are fit for duty prior to EOF becoming operational.

Keep the EOF Director informed of progress in preparing to take turnover from the site Be the chief interface with the EOF Director.

Have one of the EOACs arrange for 24-hour EOAC coverage.

__ Check with dose assessment early and often to ensure that they don't delay an ENF. (It takes several minutes to calculate doses so be sure that they have a 15 -minute warning before we need their data.

If they aren't comfortable with their data or if they run low on time, get the Radiological Assessment Manager involved at once -- do not delay!)

Resolve any questions concerning procedure or actions (the Emergency Planner can help).

Ensure that all messages (ENFs) are accurate, complete, and issued on time.

_Decide when to omit dose data on the ENF (in the interest of timeliness).

Keep up with events as they unfold for potential inclusion on the ENF. Ensure that events (e.g.,

injuries, fires, intruders, etc.) are reported and that later ENF's follow-up on those events and report their resolution ("close the loop").

Make it clear to the EOF Director that his/her approval is needed several minutes before the transmittal deadline.

Proofread the ENF prior to giving it to the EOF Director for approval. Give the EOF Director sufficient time to review/change the ENF.

Get EOF Director to sign the hard copy of each ENF that the EOF prepared using the electronic ENF.

Enclosure 4.9 SR/O/B/2000/004 EOF Lead Offsite Agency Communicator Page 2 of 3 Duties Work with the EOF Support groups to fix any problems with the FAX machines, selective signaling, computers, software, etc. Advise the EOF Director of these problems.

Decide which ENFs will be FAXed only (vs read and FAXed).

Take notes during the drill/event for topics that should be discussed in the critique. Participate in the critique.

__ After the drill/event tell the primary EOAC what role was filled by each communicator and of any comments/questions concerning their action in the drill/event.

ENF Person:

Start EOAC computer and log in to electronic ENF.

Verify that all users can access electronic ENF.

Complete ENF section 1 either electronically or on paper (NOTE: ENF section 1, lines 3 and 4 are provided by the phone person).

Monitor progress of Accident Assessment and Rad Assessment is completing their sections of the ENF. Review their input.

Have the lead EOAC and the EOF Director review the ENF when it is ready.

Ensure SR/O/B/2000/003 (Activation of the Emergency Operations Facility), Enclosure 4.9 (EOF Offsite Agency Communicator Checklist) is completed.

Ensure all EN? software users are working on the current ENF message.

Collect and turn in all appropriate documentation to Emergency Planning at the end of the drill/event.

Phone Person Get current authentication code word list.

Call the TSC to advise them of the start of communications checks.

Perform communications checks with participating offsite agencies.

Call all participating offsite agencies to begin process of communicating each ENF.

Have this communication authenticated by one of the offsite agencies.

Complete ENF section 1, lines 3 and 4, and then print the ENF.

Communicate ENF contents to offsite agencies (by FAX and/or voice).

Verify that all offsite agencies received each ENF (and get name of individual recipient).

Handle all questions from the offsite agencies.

Sign off completed task of procedure.

Enclosure 4.9 SR1O[B/2000/004 EOF Lead Offsite Agency Communicator Page 3 of 3 Duties Floater Assist and provide brief relief to Phone, Lead and ENF persons as needed.

Copy and distribute each ENF promptly.

Use FAX machine to transmit ENFs when needed.

Get EOF Director to sign the hard copy of each ENF that the EOF prepared using the electronic ENF.

Update the EOF Director's Area and the EOAC status boards with the next message due number and time each time an ENF is completed. (This applies to all ENFs regardless of site or origination -

Control Room, TSC, and EOF).

(R/)4-01 ) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP/O/A/5700/000 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 010 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Classification of Emergency (4) Prepared By A i /kvh't- Date z //iD S t (5) Requires NSD 228 Applicability Determination?

X Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes)

[1 No (Revision with minor changes)

[l No (To incorporate previously approved changes)

(6) Reviewed By {o - (QR) Date Cross-Disciplina'4 Review By (QR) NA Date Y2 Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) N Date Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA s Date (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Gv a X Date z /Z<510't Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSMIQR) Date By (IQR) Date (9) Approved By Date ?J - -69 PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Co/every 14 calendar days while work is being performed.)

(10) Compared with Control Copy Date _-

Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (I 1)Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12) Procedure Completion Verification E Yes E NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

E Yes E NA Required enclosures attached?

E Yes El NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

E Yes E NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

E Yes E NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additionalpages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A/5700/000 Revision No.

Classification of Emergency 010 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048M3

RP/O/A/57001000 Page 2 of 3 Classification of Emergency 1.0 Symptoms 1.1 Notification of Unusual Event 1.1.1 Events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant.

1.1.2 No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs.

1.2 Alert 1.2.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant.

1.2.2 Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels.

1.3 Site Area Emergency 1.3.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public.

1.3.2 Any releases are not expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels except near the site boundary.

1.4 General Emergency 1.4.1 Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity.

1.4.2 Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guidelines exposure levels offsite for more than the immediate site area.

2.0 Immediate Actions 2.1 Determine operating mode that existed at the time the event occurred prior to any protection system or operator action initiated in response of the event.

_ 2.2 IF the plant was in Mode 1-4 and a valid condition affects fission product barriers, THEN proceed to Enclosure 4.1 (Fission Product Barrier Matrix).

RP/O/A/5700/000 Page 3 of 3 2.3 IF a General Emergency is NOT declared in Step 2.2, OR the condition does not affect fission product barriers, THEN review the listing of enclosures to determine if the event is applicable to one of the categories shown.

2.4 Compare actual plant conditions to the Emergency Action Levels evaluated in 2.2 and/or 2.3, then declare the appropriate Emergency Class as indicated.

2.5 Implement the applicable Emergency Response Procedure (RP) for that classification and continue with subsequent steps of this procedure.

Notification of Unusual Event RP/O/A/5700/001 Alert RP/O/A15700/002 Site Area Emergency RP/0/A/5700/003 General Emergency RP/O/A/5700/004.

3.0 Subsequent Actions 3.1 To escalate, de-escalate, or terminate the Emergency, compare plant conditions to the Initiating Conditions of Enclosures 4.1 through 4.7.

3.2 Refer to enclosure 4.9, Emergency Declaration Guidelines, as needed.

3.3 Refer to section D of the McGuire EPLAN as the basis document for classification of emergencies as needed.

4.0 Enclosures 4.1 Fission Product Barrier Matrix 4.2 System Malfunctions 4.3 Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent 4.4 Loss of Shutdown Functions 4.5 Loss of Power 4.6 Fire/Explosion and Security Events 4.7 Natural Disasters, Hazards and Other Conditions Affecting Plant Safety 4.8 Definitions/Acronyms 4.9 Emergency Declaration Guidelines 4.10 Radiation Monitor Readings for Enclosure 4.3 EALs 4.11 Commitment Reference for Emergency Action Levels

Encl% e 4.1

( RPIO/A/( Yo000 Fission Product Barrier Matrix Page 1 of 5 Use EALs to determine Fission Product Barrier status (Intact, Potential Loss, or Loss). Add points for all 3 barriers. Classify according to the table on page 2 of 5 of this enclosure.

Note 1: This table is only applicable in Modes 1-4.

Note 2: Also, an event (or multiple events) could occur which results in the conclusion that exceeding the Loss or Potential Loss thresholds is imminent (i.e., within 1-3 hours). In this imminent loss situation, use judgement and classify as if the thresholds are exceeded.

Note 3: When determining Fission Product Barrier status, the Fuel Clad Barrier should be considered to be lost or potentially lost if the conditions for the Fuel Clad Barrier loss or potential loss EALs were met previously (validated and sustained) during the event, even if the conditions do not currently exist.

Note 4: Critical Safety Function (CSF) indications are not meant to include transient alarm conditions which may appear during the start-up of engineered safeguards equipment. A CSF condition is satisfied when the alarmed state is valid and sustained. The STA should be consulted to affirm if any CSF has been validated and an appropriate function restoration procedure implemented prior to that CSF being used as the basis to classify an emergency. {1 }

EAL # Unusual Event EAL # Alert EAL # Site Area Emergency EAL # General Emergency 4.1.U.1 Potential Loss of 4.1 .A. 1 Loss OR Potential Loss 4.1 .S. 1 Loss OR Potential Loss 4. .G.1 Loss of All Three Barriers Containment of of Both Nuclear Coolant System Nuclear Coolant System AND Fuel Clad 4.1 .U.2 Loss of Containment 4.1 .A.2 Loss OR Potential Loss 4.1 .S.2 Loss 4.1 .G.2 Loss of Any Two Barriers of AND AND Fuel Clad Potential Loss Potential Loss of the Third Combinations of Both Nuclear Coolant System AND Fuel Clad 4.1 .A.3 Potential Loss of 4.1.S.3 Loss of Containment Containment AND AND Loss OR Potential Loss Loss OR Potential Loss of Any Other Barrier of Any Other Barrier

EnclQ -e 4.1 RP/O/A( 0/000 Fission Product Barrier Matrix Page 2 of 5 NOTE: If a barrier is affected, it has a single point value based on a "potential loss" or a "loss". "Not Applicable" is included in the matrix as a place holder only, and has no point value assigned.

Barrier Points (1-5) Potential Loss (X) Loss (X) Total Points Classification Containment 1 3 1- 3 Unusual Event NCS 4 5 4-6 Alert Fuel Clad 4 5 7 -10 Site Area Emergency Total Points 11 - 13 General Emergency

1. Compare plant conditions against the Fission Product Barrier Matrix on pages 3 through 5 of 5.
2. Determine the "potential loss" or "loss" status for each barrier (Containment, NCS and Fuel Clad) based on the EAL symptom description.
3. For each barrier, write the highest single point value applicable for the barrier in the "Points" column and mark the appropriate "potential loss" OR "loss" column.
4. Add the points in the "Points" column and record the sum as "Total Points".
5. Determine the classification level based on the number of "Total Points".
6. In the table on page 1 of this enclosure, under one of the four "classification" columns, select the event (e.g. 4.1 A. 1 for Loss of Nuclear Coolant System) that best fits the loss of barrier description.
7. Using that EAL number (e.g. 4.I.A.1) select the preprinted notification form OR a blank form and complete the required information for Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director approval and transmittal.

Encleh e 4.1

( RP/O/A/( o000 Fission Product Barrier Matrix Page 3 of 5 4.1.C CONTAINMENT BARRIER 4.1.N NCS BARRIER 4.1.F FUEL CLAL) BARRIER POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS - POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS - POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS -

(l Point) (3 Points) (4 Points) (5 Points) (4 Points) (5 Points)

II II

1. Critical Safety Function Status 1. Critical Safety Function Status 1. Critical Safety Function Status Containment-RED.
  • Not applicable. . NCS Integrity- Not applicable. . Core Cooling- Core Cooling-RED.

RED. ORANGE.

  • Core Cooling -

RED Path is . Heat Sink-RED. . Heat Sink-RED.

indicated for >15 minutes.

2. Containment Conditions 2. NCS Leak Rate 2. Primary Coolant Activity Level
  • Containment Rapid unexplained
  • Unisolable leak
  • GREATER THAN . Not applicable.
  • Coolant Activity Pressure > 15 decrease in exceeding the available makeup GREATER THAN PSIG. containment capacity of one capacity as 300 tiCi/cc Dose pressure following charging pump in indicated by a loss Equivalent Iodine
  • H2 concentration initial increase. the normal of NCS subcooling. (DEI) I-131.

>9%. charging mode

  • Containment with letdown
  • Containment pressure or sump isolated.

pressure greater than level response not 3 psig with less than consistent with one full train of NS LOCA conditions.

and VX-CARF operating.

CONTINUED CONTINUED CONTINUED

EnclTz e 4.1 RP/O/AI( )/000

(

Fission Product Barrier Matrix Page 4 of 5 4.1.C CONTAINMENT BARRIER 4.1.N NCS BARRIER 4.1.F FUEL CLAD BARRIER POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS - POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS - POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS -

(1 Point) (3 Points) (4 Points) (5 Points) (4 Points) (5 Points)

II II

3. Containment Isolation Valves Status After 3. SG Tube Rupture 3. Containment Radiation Monitoring Containment Isolation Actuation Not applicable.
  • Containment
  • Primary-to- Indication that a . Not applicable.
  • Containment isolation is Secondary leak SG is Ruptured and radiation monitor incomplete and a rate exceeds the has a Non-Isolable 51 A or 51 B release path from capacity of one secondary line reading >1 17 R/hr.

containment exists. charging pump in fault.

the normal charging mode Indication that a with letdown SG is ruptured and isolated. a prolonged release of contaminated secondary coolant is occurring from the affected SG to the environment.

4. SG Secondary Side Release With Primary-to- 4. Containment Radiation Monitoring 4. Emereency Coordinator/EOF Director Secondary Leakage Judeement
  • Not applicable.
  • Release of
  • Not applicable.
  • Not applicable. . Any condition, including inability to monitor secondary side to the barrier, that in the opinion of the the environment Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director with primary-to- indicates LOSS or POTENTIAL LOSS of secondary leakage the fuel clad barrier.

GREATER THAN Tech Spec allowable. END CONTINUED CONTINUED

( Enclor e 4.1 RP/O/A/( V000 Fission Product Barrier Matrix Page 5 of 5 4.1.C CONTAINMENT BARRIER 4.1.N NCS BARRIER 4.1.F FUEL CLAI DBARRIER POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS - POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS - POTENTIAL LOSS - LOSS -

(I Point) (3 Points) (4 Points) (5 Points) (4 Points) (5 Points) 41 41.

5. Significant Radioactive Inventory In 5. Emergencv Coordinator/EOF Director Containment Judeement Containment Rad.
  • Not applicable. . Any condition, including inability to monitor Monitor EMF5lA the barrier, that in the opinion of the or 51B Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director Reading @ time indicates LOSS or POTENTIAL LOSS of since shutdown: the NCS barrier.

> 470 R/hr @

0 - 0.5 hr

> 170 R/hr @

0.5 - 2 hr END

> 125 R/hr @

2-4 hr

> 90 R/hr @

4-8 hr

> 53 R/hr @

> 8 hr.

6. Emereency Coordinator /EOF Director Judiement
  • Any condition, including inability to monitor the barrier, that in the opinion of the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director indicates LOSS or POTENTIAL LOSS of the containment barrier.

END

( Enclosure -.2

(

RP/O/A/5700/000 System Malfunctions Page 1 of 2 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.2.U.1 Inability to Reach Required 4.2.A.1 Unplanned Loss of Most or All 4.2.S.1 Inability to Monitor a END Shutdown Within Technical Safety System Annunciation or Significant Transient in Specification Limits. Indication in Control Room Progress.

With Either (1) a Significant OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 Transient in Progress, or (2)

Compensatory Non-Alarming OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 4.2.U.1-1 Plant is not brought to required Indicators Unavailable.

operating mode within Technical 4.2.S.1-1 The following conditions Specifications LCO Action Statement OPERATING MODE: 1, 2, 3, 4 exist:

Time.

4.2.A.1-1 The following conditions exist: Loss of most (>50%)

4.2.U.2 Unplanned Loss of Most or All Safety annunciators associated with System Annunciation or Indication in Unplanned loss of most (>50%) safety systems.

the Control Room for Greater Than annunciators associated with safety 15 Minutes. systems for greater than 15 minutes. AND OPERATING MODE: 1, 2, 3, 4 AND A significant plant transient is in progress.

4.2.U.2-1 The following conditions exist: In the opinion of the Operations Shift Manager/Emergency AND Unplanned loss of most (>50%) Coordinator/EOF Director, the annunciators associated with safety loss of the annunciators or Loss of the OAC.

systems for greater than 15 minutes. indicators requires additional personnel (beyond normal shift AND AND compliment) to safely operate the unit. Inability to provide manual AND monitoring of any of the In the opinion of the Operations Shift following Critical Safety Manager/Emergency Coordinator/EOF EITHER of the following: Functions:

Director, the loss of the annunciators A significant plant transient is or indicators requires additional in progress.

  • subcriticality personnel (beyond normal shift core cooling compliment) to safely operate the unit. OR heat sink
  • containment.

CONTINUED a Loss of the OAC.

END END

Enclosure .2 RP/O/A/5700/000 System Malfunctions Page 2 of 2 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.2.U.3 Fuel Clad Degradation.

OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3*

4.2.U.3-1 Dose Equivalent 1-131 greater than the Technical Specification allowable limit. (*mode 3 with Tavg > 5000F) 4.2.U.4 Reactor Coolant System (NCS)

Leakage.

OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 4.2.U.4-1 Unidentified leakage > 10 gpm.

4.2.U.4-2 Pressure boundary leakage > 10 gpm.

4.2.U.4-3 Identified leakage > 25 gpm.

4.2.U.5 Unplanned Loss of All Onsite or Offsite Communications.

OPERATING MODE: ALL 4.2.U.5-1 Loss of all onsite communications capability (internal phone system, PA system, onsite radio system) affecting the ability to perform routine operations.

4.2.U.5-2 Loss of all offsite communications capability (Selective Signaling, NRC ETS lines, offsite radio system, commercial phone system) affecting the ability to communicate with offsite authorities.

END

( Enclosure 't.J RP/O/A/5700/000 Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent Page 1 of 5 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.3.U.1 Any Unplanned Release of Gaseous or 4.3.A.1 Any Unplanned Release of 4.3.S.1 Boundary Dose 4.3.G.1 Boundary Dose Liquid Radioactivity to the Gaseous or Liquid Resulting from an Resulting from an Environment that Exceeds Two Times Radioactivity to the Actual or Imminent Actual or Imminent the SLC Limits for 60 Minutes or Environment that Exceeds Release of Release of Longer. 200 Times the SLC limits Radioactivity that Radioactivity that for 15 Minutes or Longer. Exceeds 100 mRem Exceeds 1000 OPERATING MODE: ALL TEDE or 500 mRem mRem TEDE or OPERATING MODE: ALL CDE Adult Thyroid 5000 mRem CDE Note: (This applies to all EALs in the 4.3.U.1 for the Actual or Adult Thyroid for IC). If the monitor reading is sustained Note: (This applies to all EALs in the Projected Duration the Actual or for the time period indicated in the EAL 4.3.A.1 IC). If the monitor of the Release. Projected Duration AND the required assessments reading is sustained for the time of the Release.

(procedure calculations) cannot be period indicated in the EAL OPERATING MODE: ALL completed within this time period, AND the required assessments OPERATING MODE: ALL declaration must be made based on the (procedure calculations) cannot Note 1: These EMF readings are valid radiation monitor reading. be completed within this time calculated based on Note 1: These EMF readings are period, declaration must be made average annual calculated based on 4.3.U.1-1 A valid indication on radiation monitor based on the valid radiation meteorology, site average annual EMF- 49L, EMF-44L or EMF-31 monitor reading. boundary dose rate, and meteorology, site (when aligned to RC) of design unit vent flow rate. boundary dose rate, and

> 5.45E+06 cpm for 2 60 minutes or will 4.3.A.1-1 A valid indication on Calculations by the dose design unit vent flow likely continue for 2 60 minutes, which radiation monitor EMF- 49H assessment team use rate. Calculations by the indicates that the release may have of 21.56E+03cpmfor actual meteorology, dose assessment team use exceeded the initiating condition and 2 15 minutes or will likely release duration, and unit actual meteorology, indicates the need to assess the release continue for Ž15 minutes, which vent flow rate. Therefore, release duration, and unit with procedure HP/O/B/1009/010, indicates that the release may these EMF readings vent flow rate.

HP/0/B/1009/029, or SH/0/B/2005/001. have exceeded the initiating should not be used if dose Therefore, these EMF condition and indicates the need assessment team readings should not be to assess the release with calculations are available. used if dose assessment (Continued) procedure HP/0/B/1009/010, team calculations are HP/0/B/1009/029, or (Continued) available.

SHI0/B/2005/001.

(Continued)

(Continued)

( Enclosure t.. RP/O/A/5700/000 Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent Page 2 of 5 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.3.U.1-2 A valid indication on radiation monitor 4.3.A.1-2 A valid indication on Note 2: If dose assessment team Note 2: If dose assessment team EMF- 36L of > 2.05E+04 cpm for radiation monitor EMF- 36L calculations cannot be calculations cannot be

> 60 minutes or will likely continue for of 2 2.05E+06 cpm for completed in 15 minutes, completed in 15 minutes,

> 60 minutes, which indicates that the > 15 minutes or will likely then valid monitor reading then valid monitor release may have exceeded the initiating continue for > 15 minutes, should be used for reading should be used condition and indicates the need to assess which indicates that the release emergency classification. for emergency the release with procedure may have exceeded the initiating classification.

HP/0/B/1009/010, HP/0/B/1009/029, or condition and indicates the need 4.3.S.1-1 A valid indication SH/0/B/2005/001. to assess the release with on radiation monitor 4.3.G.1-1 A valid indication procedure HP/0/B/ 1009/010, EMF-36H of on radiation monitor 4.3.U.1-3 A valid indication on radiation monitor HP/O/B/1009/029, or >3.4 E + 03 cpm EMF-36H of EMF-31 (when aligned to WC or SHIO/B/2005/001. sustained for >3.4E+04cpm WWCB) of 2 9.174 E+03 cpm for > 15 minutes. sustained for

> 60 minutes or will likely continue for 4.3.A.1-3 Gaseous effluent being released >15 minutes.

> 60 minutes which indicates that the exceeds 200 times the level of 4.3.S.1-2 Dose assessment team release may have exceeded the initiating SLC 16.11-6 for > 15 minutes as calculations indicate 4.3.G.1-2 Dose assessment condition and indicates the need to assess determined by Radiation dose consequences team calculations the release with procedure Protection (RP) procedure. greater than 100 indicate dose HP/0/B/1009/010, HP/O/B/1009/029, or mRem TEDE or 500 consequences SH/0/B/2005/001. 4.3.A.1-4 Liquid effluent being released mRem CDE Adult greater than 1000 exceeds 200 times the level of Thyroid at the site mRem TEDE or 4.3.U.1-4 Gaseous effluent being released exceeds SLC 16.11-1 for> 15 minutes as boundary. 5000 mRem CDE two times SLC 16.11-6 for determined by Radiation Adult Thyroid at the

> 60 minutes as determined by Radiation Protection (RP) procedure. 4.3.S.1-3 Analysis of field site boundary.

Protection (RP) procedure. survey results or field (Continued) survey samples 4.3.G.1-3 Analysis of field 4.3.U.1-5 Liquid effluent being released exceeds indicates dose survey results or two times SLC 16.11-1 for consequences greater field survey samples

> 60 minutes as determined by Radiation than 100 mRem indicates dose Protection (RP) procedure. TEDE or 500 mRem consequences (Continued) CDE Adult Thyroid greater than 1000 at the site boundary. mRem TEDE or END 5000 mRem CDE Adult Thyroid at the site boundary.

END

(

Enclosure 4.J RP/O/A/5700/000 Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent Page 3 of 5 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.3.U.2 Unexpected Increase in Plant 4.3.A.2 Major Damage to Radiation or Airborne Concentration. Irradiated Fuel or Loss of Water Level that Has or OPERATING MODE: ALL Will Result in the Uncovering of Irradiated 4.3.U.2-1 Indication of uncontrolled water level Fuel Outside the Reactor decrease of greater than 6 inches in the Vessel.

reactor refueling cavity with all Does not apply to spent fuel in dry irradiated fuel assemblies remaining cask storage. Refer to EPLAN covered by water. section D basis document.

4.3.U.2-2 Uncontrolled water level decrease of OPERATING MODE: ALL greater than 6 inches in the spent fuel pool and fuel transfer canal with all 4.3.A.2-1 An unplanned valid trip II irradiated fuel assemblies remaining alarm on any of the covered by water. following radiation monitors:

4.3.U.2-3 Unplanned valid area EMF reading exceeds the levels shown in Enclosure Spent Fuel Building 4.10. Refueling Bridge IEMF-17 2EMF-4 END Spent Fuel Pool Ventilation IEMF-42 2EMF-42 Reactor Building Refueling Bridge IEMF-16*

2EMF-3

2EMF-39*

  • Applies to Mode 6 and No Mode Only.

(Continued)

( 7 (

Enclosure '-v. RP/O/A/5700/000 Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent Page 4 of 5 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.3.A.2.2 Plant personnel report that water level drop in reactor refueling cavity, spent fuel pool, or fuel transfer canal has or will exceed makeup capacity such that any irradiated fuel will become uncovered.

4.3.A.2-3 NC system wide range level

<358 inches after initiation of NC system make-up.

AND Any irradiated fuel assembly not capable of being lowered into spent fuel pool or reactor vessel, 4.3.A.2-4 Spent Fuel Pool or Fuel Transfer Canal level decrease of >2 feet after initiation of makeup.

AND Any irradiated fuel assembly not capable of being fully lowered into the spent fuel pool racks or transfer canal fuel transfer system basket.

(Continued)

(  !

Enclosure -... RP/O/A/5700/t000 Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent Page 5 of 5 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.3.A.3 Release of Radioactive Material or Increases in Radiation Levels Within the Facility That Impedes Operation of Systems Required to Maintain Safe Operations or to Establish or Maintain Cold Shutdown.

OPERATING MODE: ALL 4.3.A.3-1 Valid reading on EMF- 12 greater than 15 mR/hr in the Control Room.

4.3.A.3-2 Valid indication of radiation levels greater than 15 mR/hr in the Central Alarm Station (CAS) or Secondary Alarm Station (SAS).

4.3.A.3-3 Valid area EMF reading exceeds the levels shown in Enclosure 4.10.

END

( Enclosure -.

RP/O/A/5700/"OO Loss of Shutdown Functions Page 1 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY END 4.4.A.1 Failure of Reactor 4.4.S.1 Failure of Reactor 4.4.G.1 Failure of the Reactor Protection System Protection System Protection System to Instrumentation to Complete Instrumentation to Complete Complete an Automatic Trip or Initiate an Automatic or Initiate an Automatic and Manual Trip WAS NOT Reactor Trip Once a Reactor Trip Once a Successful and There is Reactor Protection System Reactor Protection System Indication of an Extreme Setpoint Has Been Exceeded Setpoint Has Been Exceeded Challenge to the Ability to and Manual Trip WAS and Manual Trip WAS NOT Cool the Core.

Successful. Successful.

OPERATING MODE: 1 OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3 OPERATING MODE: 1 4.4.G.1-1 The following conditions exist:

4.4.A.1-1 The following conditions exist: 4.4.S.1-1 The following conditions exist:

Valid reactor trip signal Valid reactor trip signal Valid reactor trip signal received or required and received or required and received or required and automatic reactor trip automatic reactor trip automatic reactor trip was not successful.

was not successful. was not successful.

AND AND AND Manual reactor trip from the Manual reactor trip from the Manual reactor trip from the control room was not control room is successful and control room was not successful in reducing reactor reactor power is less than 5% successful in reducing reactor power to less than 5% and and decreasing. power to less than 5% and decreasing.

decreasing.

(Continued) AND (Continued) EITHER of the following conditions exist:

  • Core Cooling CSF-RED
  • Heat Sink CSF-RED.

END

( Enclosure .4 RP/O/A/5700/OOO Loss of Shutdown Functions Page 2 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.4.A.2 Inability to Maintain Plant 4.4.S.2 Complete Loss of Function in Cold Shutdown. Needed to Achieve or Maintain Hot Shutdown.

OPERATING MODE: 5,6 OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 4.4.A.2-1 Total loss of ND and/or RN and/or KC. 4.4.S.2-1 Subcriticality CSF-RED.

AND 4.4.S.2-2 Heat Sink CSF-RED.

One of the following: 4.4.S.3 Loss of Water Level in the Reactor Vessel That Has or Inability to maintain Will Uncover Fuel in the reactor coolant temperature Reactor Vessel.

below 200'F OPERATING MODE: 5,6 OR 4.4.S.3-1 Failure of heat sink causes loss of cold shutdown conditions.

>180 0F.

Lower range Reactor Vessel END Level Indication System (RVLIS) decreasing after initiation of NC system makeup.

(Continued)

( (

Enclosure ..4

/

RP/O/A/5700/u00 Loss of Shutdown Functions Page 3 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.4.S.3-2 Failure of heat sink causes loss of cold shutdown conditions.

AND Reactor Coolant (NC) system narrow range level less than 6 inches and decreasing after initiation of NC system makeup.

4.4.S.3-3 Failure of heat sink causes loss of cold shutdown conditions.

AND Either train ultrasonic level indication less than 6 inches and decreasing after initiation of NC system makeup.

END

( Enclosure 4.z RP/O/A/5700/000 Loss of Power Page 1 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.5.U.1 Loss of All Offsite 4.5.A.1 Loss of All Offsite 4.5.S.1 Loss of All Offsite 4.5.G.1 Prolonged Loss of All Power to Essential Power and Loss of All Power and Loss of All (Offsite and Onsite) AC Busses for Greater Than Onsite AC Power to Onsite AC Power to Power.

15 Minutes. Essential Busses During Essential Busses.

Cold Shutdown Or OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 Refueling Mode. OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 4.5.G.1-1 Prolonged loss of all 4.5.U.1-1 The following conditions OPERATING MODE: 5,6, No 4.5.S.1-1 Loss of all offsite and offsite and onsite AC exist: Mode onsite AC power as power as indicated by:

indicated by:

Loss of offsite power to 4.5.A.1-1 Loss of all offsite and Loss of power on essential essential buses ETA and onsite AC power as Loss of power on essential buses ETA and ETB for ETB for greater than indicated by: buses ETA and ETB. greater than 15 minutes.

15 minutes.

Loss of power on essential AND AND AND buses ETA and ETB.

Failure to restore power to Standby Shutdown Both emergency diesel AND at least one essential bus Facility (SSF) fails to generators are supplying within 15 minutes. supply NC pump seal power to their respective Failure to restore power to injection OR CA supply essential busses. at least one essential bus to Steam Generators.

within 15 minutes. (Continued)

AND (Continued)

(Continued)

(Continued)

( Enclosure '.:S RP/O/A/5700/000 Loss of Power Page 2 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY OPERATING MODE: 5,6, No 4.5.A.2 AC Power to Essential 4.5.S.2 Loss of All Vital DC At least one of the Mode Busses Reduced to a Power. following conditions Single Power Source for exist:

4.5.U.1-2 The following conditions Greater Than 15 OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 exist: Minutes Such That An

  • Restoration of at least Loss of offsite power to Additional Single 4.5.S.2-1 The following conditions one essential bus essential buses ETA and Failure Could Result in exist: within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> is ETB for greater than Station Blackout. NOT likely 15 minutes. Loss of both unit related OPERA,TING MODE: 1, 2,3,4 EVDA and EVDD busses
  • Indication of AND as indicated by bus continuing 4.5.A.2- 1 The following condition voltage less than degradation of core One emergency diesel exists: I10 VDC. cooling based on generator is supplying Fission Product power to its respective AC power capability has AND Barrier monitoring.

essential bus. been degraded to one essential bus powered Failure to restore power to END from a single power at least one required DC source for > 15 min. due bus within 15 minutes Continued to the loss of all but one from the time of loss.

of:

END SATA SATB ATC ATD D/G A D/G B.

END

Enclosure . RP/O/A/5700/O000 Loss of Power Page 3 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.5.U.2 Unplanned Loss of Required DC Power During Cold Shutdown or Refueling Mode for Greater than 15 Minutes.

OPERATING MODE: 5,6 4.5.U.2-1 The following conditions exist:

Unplanned loss of both unit related EVDA and EVDD busses as indicated by bus voltage less than 110 VDC.

AND Failure to restore power to at least one required DC bus within 15 minutes from the time of loss.

END

I

( Enclosure -,.o RP/I/A/5700/000 Fire/Explosion and Security Events Page 1 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.6.U.1 Fire Within Protected Area 4.6.A.1 Fire or Explosion Affecting 4.6.S.1 Security Event in a Plant 4.6.G.1 Security Event Resulting in Boundary NOT the Operability of Plant Vital Area. Loss Of Ability to Reach and Extinguished Within Safety Systems Required to Maintain Cold Shutdown.

15 Minutes of Detection OR Establish or Maintain Safe OPERATING MODE: ALL Explosion Within the Shutdown. OPERATING MODE: ALL Protected Area Boundary. 4.6.S.1-1 Intrusion into any of the OPERATING MODE: 1, 2,3,4,5,6 following plant areas by a 4.6.G.1-1 Loss of physical control of the OPERATING MODE: ALL hostile force: control room due to security 4.6.A.1-1 The following conditions exist:

  • Reactor Building event.

4.6.U.1-1 Fire in any of the following (includes non-security events)

  • Auxiliary Building areas NOT extinguished Fire or explosion in any of the
  • Diesel Generator Rooms 4.6.G.1-2 Loss of physical control of the within 15 minutes of control following areas:
  • Control Room Standby Shutdown Facility and room notification or
  • Reactor Building
  • Standby Shutdown Facility Auxiliary Shutdown Panel due verification of a control room
  • Auxiliary Building
  • Doghouses to security event.

fire alarm.

  • Diesel Generator Rooms
  • Control Room
  • Reactor Building
  • Standby Shutdown Facility
  • Auxiliary Building
  • CAS 4.6.S.1-2 Security confirmed bomb
  • Diesel Generator Rooms
  • SAS discovered/exploded in a vital
  • Control Room
  • FWST area.
  • Standby Shutdown Facility
  • Doghouses (Applies in
  • CAS Mode 1, 2, 3, 4 only). 4.6.S.1-3 Security confirmed sabotage in
  • SAS a plant vital area.
  • Doghouses AND
  • FWST END
  • Turbine Building
  • Service Building (Continued)
  • Interim Radwaste Building
  • Equipment Staging Building

(Continued)

( Enclosure .o RP/O/A/5700/i00 Fire/Explosion and Security Events Page 2 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY One of the following:

4.6.U.1-2 Report by plant personnel of an unanticipated explosion Note: Only one train of a system within the protected area needs to be affected or boundary resulting in visible damaged in order to satisfy damage to permanent this condition.

structures or equipment or a loaded cask in the ISFSI.

  • Affected safety system 4.6.U.2 Confirmed Security Event parameter indications show Which Indicates a Potential degraded performance Degradation in the Level of Safety of the Plant or ISFSI.
  • Plant personnel report visible damage to OPERATING MODE: All permanent structures or equipment within the 4.6.U.2-1 Security confirmed bomb specified area.

device discovered within plant Protected Area including the 4.6.A.2 Fire or Explosion Affecting ISFSI and outside Vital the Operability of Plant Areas. Safety Systems Required to Establish or Maintain Safe 4.6.U.2-2 Hostage situation/extortion. Shutdown.

4.6.U.2-3 A violent civil disturbance OPERATING MODE: No Mode within the owner controlled area. 4.6.A.2-1 The following conditions exist:

(includes non-security events) 4.6.U.2-4 A credible terrorist threat as Fire or explosion in any of the determined by Security. following areas:

  • Spent Fuel Pool END
  • Auxiliary Building.

AND (Continued)

( Enclosure -w.o

(

RP/O/A/5700/000 Fire/Explosion and Security Events Page 3 of 3 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY One of the following:

Note: Only one train of a system needs to be affected or damaged in order to satisfy this condition.

  • Spent Fuel Pool level and/or temperature show degraded performance
  • Plant personnel report visible damage to permanent structures or equipment supporting Spent Fuel Pool Cooling.

4.6.A.3 Security Event in a Plant Protected Area.

OPERATING MODE: ALL 4.6.A.3-1 Intrusion into plant Protected Area by a hostile force.

END

(

Enclosure 4. l RP/O/A/5700/OOO Natural Disasters, Hazards, And Other Conditions Affecting Plant Safety Page 1 of 4 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.7.U.1 Natural and Destructive 4.7.A.1 Natural and Destructive 4.7.S.1 Control Room Evacuation 4.7.G.1 Other Conditions Existing Phenomena Affecting the Phenomena Affecting the Has Been Initiated and Plant Which in the Judgement of Protected Area. Plant Vital Area. Control Cannot Be the Emergency Established. Coordinator/EOF Director OPERATING MODE: ALL OPERATING MODE: ALL Warrant Declaration of OPERATING MODE: ALL General Emergency.

4.7.U.1-1 Tremor felt and valid alarm on 4.7.A.1-1 Valid "OBE Exceeded" Alarm the "strong motion on IAD-13, E-7 4.7.S.1-1 The following conditions OPERATING MODE: ALL accelerograph". exist:

4.7.A.1-2 Tornado or high winds: 4.7.G.1-1 Other conditions exist which 4.7.U.1-2 Tremor felt and valid alarm on Control Room evacuation has in the Judgement of the the "Peak shock annunciator". Tornado striking plant been initiated per Emergency Coordinator/EOF structures within the vital AP/1(2)/A/5500/017, or Director indicate:

4.7.U.1-3 Report by plant personnel of area: AP/1(2)/A/5500/024. {3]

tornado striking within (1) actual or imminent protected area

  • Reactor Building AND substantial core degradation boundary/ISFSI.
  • Auxiliary Building with potential for loss of FWST Control of the plant cannot be containment, 4.7.U.1-4 Vehicle crash into plant Diesel Generator Rooms established from the Auxiliary structures or systems within
  • Control Room Shutdown Panel or the OR protected area Standby Shutdown Standby Shutdown Facility boundary/ISFSI. Facility within 15 minutes. (2) potential for uncontrolled

. Doghouses radionuclide releases. These 4.7.U.1-5 Report of turbine failure

  • SAS. (Continued) expected to exceed or damage to turbine or Environmental Protection generator seals. OR Agency Protective Action Guideline levels outside the (Continued) Sustained winds 2 60 mph for site boundary.

> 15 minutes.

END (Continued)

( Enclosure a. /

RP/O/A/5700/OOO Natural Disasters, Hazards, And Other Conditions Affecting Plant Safety Page 2 of 4 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.7.U.1-6 Independent Spent Fuel Cask 4.7.A.1-3 Visible structural damage 4.7.S.2 Other Conditions Existing tipped over or dropped greater caused by either: Which in the Judgement of than 12 inches.

  • Vehicle crashes, OR the Emergency
  • Turbine failure generated Coordinator/EOF Director 4.7.U.1-7 Uncontrolled flooding in the missiles, OR Warrant Declaration of Site ISFSI area.
  • Other catastrophic events Area Emergency.

4.7.U.1-8 Tornado generated missile(s) on any of the following plant OPERATING MODE: ALL impacting the ISFSI. structures:

4.7.S.2-1 Other conditions exist which Reactor Building in the Judgement of the 4.7.U.2 Release of Toxic or

  • Auxiliary Building Emergency Coordinator/EOF Flammable Gases Deemed
  • FWST Director indicate actual or Detrimental to Safe
  • Diesel Generator Rooms likely major failures of plant Operation of the Plant.
  • Control Room functions needed for
  • Standby Shutdown protection of the public.

OPERATING MODE: ALL Facility END

  • Doghouses 4.7.U.2-1 Report or detection of toxic or
  • CAS flammable gases that could
  • SAS enter within the site area
  • Ultimate heat sink boundary in amounts that can (Standby Nuclear Service affect safe operation of the Water Pond Dam and Dikes plant. and Cowan's Ford Dam and associated Dikes).

4.7.U.2-2 Report by Local, County or State Officials for potential evacuation of site personnel based on offsite event.

(Continued)

(Continued)

(

Enclosure 4. / RP/0/A/5700/OOO Natural Disasters, Hazards, And Other Conditions Affecting Plant Safety Page 3 of 4 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.7.U.3 Other Conditions Existing 4.7.A.2 Release of Toxic or Which in the Judgement of Flammable Gases Within a the Emergency Facility Structure Which Coordinator/EOF Director Jeopardizes Operation of Warrant Declaration of an Systems Required to Unusual Event. Maintain Safe Operations or to Establish or Maintain OPERATING MODE: ALL Cold Shutdown.

4.7.U.3-1 Other conditions exist which OPERATING MODE: ALL in the judgement of the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Note: Structures for the below EALs:

Director indicate a potential Reactor Building degradation of the level of Auxiliary Building safety of the plant.

  • Diesel Generator Rooms
  • Control Room END
  • Standby Shutdown Facility
  • Doghouses

4.7.A.2-1 Report or detection of toxic gases within a Facility Structure in concentrations that will be life threatening to plant personnel.

4.7.A.2-2 Report or detection of flammable gases within a Facility Structure in concentra-tions that will affect the safe operation of the plant.

(Continued)

( (

Am Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/000 Natural Disasters, Hazards, And Other Conditions Affecting Plant Safety Page 4 of 4 UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT SITE AREA EMERGENCY GENERAL EMERGENCY 4.7.A.3 Control Room Evacuation Has Been Initiated.

OPERATING MODE: ALL 4.7.A.3-1 Control Room evacuation has been initiated per AP/1(2)/A/5500/017, or AP/1 (2)/A/5500/024. {3}

4.7.A.4 Other Conditions Existing Which in the Judgement of the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director Warrant Declaration of an Alert.

OPERATING MODE: ALL 4.7.A.4-1 Other conditions exist which in the Judgement of the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director indicate that plant safety systems may be degraded and that increased monitoring of plant functions is warranted.

END

Enclosure 4.8 RP/O/A15700/0 Definitions/Acronyms Page 1 of 3 ALERT- Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant. Any releases are expected to be limited to small fractions of the EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels.

ALL (As relates to Operating Mode Applicability) - At all times.

BOMB- A fused explosive device.

CIVIL DISTURBANCE - A group of ten (10) or more people violently protesting station operations or activities at the site. A civil disturbance is considered to be violent when force has been used in an attempt to injure site personnel or damage plant property.

CONFINEMENT BOUNDARY - The barrier(s) between areas containing radioactive substances and the environment.

EXPLOSION - A rapid, violent unconfined combustion, or a catastrophic failure of pressurized equipment (e.g., a steamline or feedwater line break) that imparts energy sufficient to potentially damage or creates shrapnel to actually damage permanent structures, systems or components. An electrical breaker flash that creates shrapnel and results in damage to other components beyond scorching should also be considered.

EXTORTION - An attempt to cause an action at the site by threat of force.

FIRE - Combustion characterized by heat and light. Sources of smoke such as slipping drive belts or overheated electrical equipment do not constitute fires. Observation of flames is preferred but is NOT required if large quantities of smoke and heat are observed. An electrical breaker flash that creates high temperatures for a short duration and merely localized scorching to that breaker and its compartment should not be considered a fire.

GENERAL EMERGENCY- Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity. Releases can be reasonably expected to exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels offsite for more than the immediate site areas.

HOSTAGE - A person or object held as leverage against the site to ensure demands will be met by the site.

HOSTILE FORCE - One of more individuals present in a protected area without authorization that may have or have threatened to use force in an attempt to injure site personnel or damage plant property.

IMMINENT - Expected to occur within 1-3 hours.

INABILITY TO DIRECTLY MONITOR - Operational Aid Computer data points are unavailable or gauges/panel indications are not readily available to the operator.

Enclosure 4.8 RP/O/A/5700/000 Definitions/Acronyms Page 2 of 3 INTRUSION/INTRUDER - Suspected hostile individual present in a protected area without authorization.

ISFSI - Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation.

NO MODE - Defueled.

PROLONGED - a duration beyond normal limits, defined as "greater than 15 minutes" or as determined by the judgement of the Emergency Coordinator.

PROTECTED AREA - Encompasses all owner controlled areas within the security perimeter fence.

REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM (RCS/NCS) LEAKAGE - RCS Operational Leakage as defined in the Technical Specification Basis B 3.4.13.

RUPTURED (As relates to Steam Generator) - Existence of primary to secondary leakage of a magnitude sufficient to require or cause a reactor trip and safety injection.

SABOTAGE - Deliberate damage, misalignment, or misoperation of plant equipment with the intent to render the equipment unavailable.

SECURITY EVENT - A security related emergency situation for which prompt response by the Security Force, immediate action by plant personnel, and/or assistance from offsite agencies may be required to apprehend intruders and mitigate the effects of or prevent radiological sabotage.

SIGNIFICANT TRANSIENT- An unplanned event involving one or more of the following: (l) automatic turbine runback >25% thermal reactor power, (2) electrical load rejection >25% full electrical load; (3) reactor trip, (4) safety injection, (5) thermal power oscillations >10%.

SITE AREA EMERGENCY - Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for the protection of the public. Any releases are NOT expected to result in exposure levels which exceed EPA Protective Action Guideline exposure levels except near the site boundary.

SITE BOUNDARY - That area, including the protected area, in which Duke Power Company has the authority to control all activities, including exclusion or removal of personnel and property.

SLC - Selected Licensee Commitments.

SUSTAINED - A duration of time long enough to confirm that the CSF is valid (not momentary).

TOTAL EFFECTIVE DOSE EQUIVALENT (TEDE) - The sum of external dose exposure to a radioactive plume, to radionuclides deposited on the ground by the plume, and the internal exposure from inhaled radionuclides deposited in the body.

Enclosure 4.8 RP/O/A/5700/000 Definitions/Acronyms Page 3 of 3 TOXIC GAS - A gas that is dangerous to life or health by reason of inhalation or skin contact (e.g.

chlorine).

UNCONTROLLED - Event is not the result of planned actions by the plant staff.

UNPLANNED - An event or action is UNPLANNED if it is not the expected result of normal operations, testing, or maintenance. Events that result in corrective or mitigative actions being taken in accordance with abnormal or emergency procedures are UNPLANNED.

UNUSUAL EVENT- Events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant. No releases of radioactive material requiring offsite response or monitoring are expected unless further degradation of safety systems occurs.

VALID - An indication or report or condition is considered to be VALID when it is conclusively verified by: (I ) an instrument channel check, or (2) indications on related or redundant instrumentation, or (3) by direct observation by plant personnel such that doubt related to the instrument's operability, the condition's existence or the report's accuracy is removed. Implicit in this definition is the need for timely assessment.

VIOLENT - Force has been used in an attempt to injure site personnel or damage plant property.

VISIBLE DAMAGE - Damage to equipment or structure that is readily observable without measurements, testing, or analyses. Damage is sufficient to cause concern regarding the continued operability or reliability of affected safety structure, system, or component. Example damage:

deformation due to heat or impact, denting, penetration, rupture, cracking, paint blistering.

VITAL AREA - Areas within the PROTECTED AREA that house equipment important for nuclear safety. Access to a VITAL AREA is allowed only if an individual has been authorized to be in that area per the Security plan, therefore VITAL AREA is a Security term.

Enclosure 4.9 RP/IOA/5700/000 Emergency Declaration Guidelines Page 1 of 2 THE FOLLOWING GUIDANCE IS TO BE USED BY THE EMERGENCY COORDINATOR IN ASSESSING EMERGENCY CONDITIONS.

  • The Emergency Coordinator shall review all applicable initiating events to ensure proper classification.
  • The BASIS Document (located in Section D of the McGuire Nuclear Site Emergency Plan) is available for review if any questions arise over proper classification.
  • If an event occurs on more than one unit concurrently, the event with the higher classification will be classified on the emergency notification form. Information relating to the problem on the other unit will be captured on the emergency notification form.
  • If an event occurs, and a lower or higher plant operating mode is reached before the classification can be made, the classification shall be based on the mode that existed at the time the event occurred.
  • The fission product barrier matrix is applicable only to those events that occur at hot shutdown or higher. An event that is recognized at cold shutdown or lower shall not be classified using the fission product barrier matrix. Reference would be made to the additional enclosures that provide emergency action levels for specific events (e.g. severe weather, fire, security).
  • If a transient event should occur, the following guidance is provided.
1. Some emergency action levels specify a specific duration. For these EALs, the classification is made when the Emergency Coordinator assessment concludes that the specified duration is exceeded or will be exceeded (i.e. condition cannot be reasonably corrected before the duration elapses), whichever is sooner.
2. If a plant condition exceeding EAL criteria is corrected before the specified duration time is exceeded, the event is NOT classified by that EAL. Lower Severity EALs, if any, shall be reviewed for possible applicability in these cases.
3. If a plant condition exceeding EAL criteria is not recognized at the time of occurrence, but is identified well after the condition has occurred (e.g. as a result of routine log or record review) and the condition no longer exists, an emergency shall NOT be declared. Reporting under 10CFR50.72 may be required. Such a condition could occur, for example, if a follow-up evaluation of an abnormal condition uncovers evidence that the condition was more severe than earlier believed.
4. If an emergency classification was warranted, but the plant condition has been corrected prior to declaration and notification, the following are applicable: {2}
a. For UNUSUAL EVENT, the emergency shall be declared and the condition shall be reported. The event should be terminated in a follow-up notification as soon as time permits, but within one hour.

Enclosure 4.9 RP/I/A/5700/OOO Emergency Declaration Guidelines Page 2 of 2

b. For ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, and GENERAL EMERGENCY, the emergency shall be declared and the Emergency Response Organization shall be activated. The TSC Emergency Coordinator shall be responsible for terminating the emergency as soon as time permits when appropriate.
c. The Control Room Emergency Coordinator (Operations Shift Manager) shall ensure that any required follow-up notifications are conducted as required prior to activation of the TSC.

DETERMINATION OF "EVENT TIME" (TIME THE 15 MINUTE OFFSITE NOTIFICATION CLOCK STARTS)

1. If plant conditions require implementation of EP/1 or 2/A15000/E-0 (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection), increased emphasis shall be given to evaluation of plant conditions for determination of EAL(s) when "kickout" of the diagnostic procedure occurs. "Event Time" is the time at which the EAL(s) is determined to be valid by the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director.
2. If plant conditions do not require implementation of EP/1 or 2/A15000/E-0 (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection), and conditions of a specific EAL are met, the "Event Time" is the time at which the EAL(s) is determined to be valid by the Emergency Coordinator/EOF Director.
3. The time the event is classified shall be entered on the initial emergency notification formn.

MOMENTARY ENTRY INTO A HIGHER CLASSIFICATION If, while in an emergency classification, the specified EALs of a higher classification are met momentarily, and in the judgment of the Emergency Coordinator are not likely to recur, the entry into the higher classification must be acknowledged. Acknowledgment is performed as follows:

If this condition occurs prior to the initial notification to the emergency response organization and off site agencies, the initial message should note that the site is currently in the lower classification, but had momentarily met the criteria for the higher classification. It should also be noted that plant conditions have improved and stabilized to the point that the criteria for the higher classification are not expected to be repeated.

(

Enclosure 4.10 RP/O/A/5700/000 Radiation Monitor Readings for Enclosure 4.3 EALs Page 1 of 1 Note: These values are not intended to apply to anticipated temporary increases due to planned events (e.g. incore detector movement, radwaste container movement, depleted resin transfers, etc.)

Detector Elevation Column Identifier Unusual Alert Event mrad/hr mrad/hr 1EMF-1 695' FF, GG-56 Aux. Bldg. Corridor 500 5000 IEMF-5 716' FF-54 Unit I NM Sample Room 600 5000 1EMF-8 733' HH-56 Aux. Bldg. Corridor 100 5000 lEMF-10 750' LL-56 Aux. Bldg. Corridor 100 5000 lEMF-13 775' QQ-56 Shift Lab/Count Room 100 5000 IEMF-17 786' N/A Unit 1 Spent Fuel Pool Refueling Bridge 100 5000 2EMF-1 716' EE, FF-58 Unit 2 NM Sample Room 300 5000 2EMF-4 786' N/A Unit 2 Spent Fuel Pool Refueling Bridge 100 5000 2EMF-9 767' JJ-59 Aux. Bldg. Corridor 100 5000

Enclosure 4.11 RP/O/A/5700/000 Commitment Reference for Emergency Action Levels Page 1 of I 1} PIP-M-00-2138, CA # 18

{2} PIP-M-02-0187, CA # 6

{3} PIP-M-01-2860, CA #2

(R04-01) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP/0/A/5700/001 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 020 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Notification of Unusual Event (4) Prepared By R -ot m Date ZZ/C/o V/

(5) Requires NSD 22YApplicability Determination?

E" Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes) l No (Revision with minor changes)

L1 No (To incorporate previousy aproved changes)

(6) Reviewed By _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (QR) Date '2 27 UZOP Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA _D Date Z2/1~7 U Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA Hi Date 2-t7 Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA ;jj Date 2- 1? 2O4 (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSM/QR) Date By AXt (QR) Date (9) Approved By Date 3 PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copydvery 14 calendar days while work is being performed.)

(10) Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (1 1) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12) Procedure Completion Verification C1 Yes LI NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

El Yes E1NA Required enclosures attached?

El Yes El NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

El Yes LI NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

E Yes E NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additional pages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A/5700/001 Revision No.

Notification of Unusual Event 020 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048M4

RP/0/A/5700/OO 1 Page 2 of 5 Unusual Event

1. Symptoms Events are in process or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant.
2. Immediate Actions NOTE: The Immediate Actions and part of the Subsequent Actions have been separated into position specific enclosures to enhance timely completion and consistent execution.

2.1 The following Enclosures should be given to the appropriate personnel:

  • The OSM should execute Enclosure 4.1 (OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.
  • The STA should execute Enclosure 4.2 (STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.

2.2 Have an SRO make offsite notifications PER RP/0/B15700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

RP/O1A/5700/00 1 Page 3 of 5

3. Subsequent Actions 3.1 Follow-up Notifications Follow-up messages of a lesser classification should never be approved after an upgrade to a new classification is declared. Emphasis should be placed on providing current information and not on providing a follow-up just to meet follow-up deadline.

3.1.1 IF a follow-up is due and an upgrade in classification is declared, THEN the Off-Site Agency Communicators should contact the agencies that the pending follow-up is being superseded by an upgrade in classification and information will be provided within 15 minutes of the upgrade.

3.1.2 The Emergency Coordinator shall make follow-up notifications to State and County authorities PER RP/01B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room):

- Every four hours until the emergency is terminated OR

- If there is any significant change to the situation OR

- As agreed upon with each individual agency. Documentation shall be maintained for any agreed upon schedule change.

RP/0/A15700/0O 1 Page 4 of 5 3.2 Ensure completion of Enclosure 4.3 (Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist) prior to turnover of Emergency Coordinator responsibilities.

NOTE: An EOF Director preprogrammed fax button is available on the control room fax machine.

A TSC preprogrammed fax button is available on the control room fax machine.

IF a classification change is recognized during turnover, the turnover should not be completed until after the Control Room declares and transmits the notification to the offsite agencies. {PIP-M-00-00541 }

3.3 IF the emergency situation prevents activating the TSC within 75 minutes of declaration, then turn over responsibility for classification and notification (state and county) to the EOF as follows:

  • Fax a completed copy of Enclosure 4.3 to the EOF Director.
  • Contact the EOF Director at 8-382-0760.
  • Perform a turnover to the EOF Director, using completed Enclosure 4.3.

AND Maintain responsibility for NRC Event Notification until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC, AND Maintain responsibility for continuous phone communications to the NRC Operations Center until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.

3.4 IF the TSC remains unavailable and the EOF cannot take responsibility for classification and notification (state and county), maintain these responsibilities until one of the facilities is capable of accepting turnover.

3.5 WHEN TSC Emergency Coordinator is ready to receive turnover, THEN perform one of the following to facilitate turnover:

  • Hand deliver turnover sheet to the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

OR

  • Fax turnover sheet to the TSC.

RP/O/A/5700/00 l Page 5 of 5 3.6 Using Section D of the Emergency Plan (EAL Basis), assess the emergency condition:

3.6.1 Remain in an Unusual Event.

3.6.2 Escalate to a more severe class.

3.6.3 Terminate the emergency.

3.7 Termination Notifications 3.7.1 Make termination notification to State and County authorities PER RP/0/B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

3.7.2 IF the Technical Support Center was not activated, THEN notify the NRC Operations Center that the event has been terminated using the ENS.

NRC Operations Officer Contacted Date Time 3.8 Assign an individual from the Emergency Planning Staff to follow up with an LER or written summary to the State and County authorities within 30 days.

Person assigned responsibility

4. Enclosures 4.1 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP 0-M97-4638}

4.2 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP 0-M97-46381 4.3 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist {PIP M-02-6113, C. A. 13 }

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/57001001 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

'. Immediate Actions Initial 1.1 The Operations Shift Manager or designee SHALL ANNOUNCE the event over the plant P.A.

system by performing the following:

1.1.1 Turn on the outside page speakers.

NOTE:

  • For drill purposes, state 'This is a drill. This is a drill."
  • Any plant phone in the Control Room horse shoe area or extension 4021 is programmed to access 710, site all call. [PIP 0-M98-2545}

1.1.2 Dial 710; pause, dial 80. Following the beep, announce "an Unusual Event has been declared". Provide a brief description of the event (may be written below).

_ 1.1.3 Repeat the preceding announcement one time.

1.1.4 Turn off the outside page speakers.

1.2 IF valid trip II alarm occurs on any one of the following:

1 OR 2 EMF36(L)

I EMF24, 25, 26, 27 2EMIF1O, 11, 12, 13 THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/O/B/1009/029, (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

1.3 IF box C (IS OCCURRING) or box D (HAS OCCURRED) on Line 10 (EMERGENCY RELEASE) on the Emergency Notification Form is checked, THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/013/1009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

Enclosure 4.1 RP/0/A/5700/001 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.4 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. (PIP-M-01-3711 1.5 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to perform the following:

a) Notify the agencies an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

b) Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted. {PIP-M-01-3711 }

2. Subsequent Actions NOTE: Site Assembly is a required on-site protective action in response to an Alert or higher declaration.

Site assembly for a Notification of Unusual Event is optional due to conditions and not expected as for an Alert or higher classification.

2.1 REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/01 1, (Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Evacuation) to evaluate and initiate a site assembly.

2.2 Augment shift resources to assess and respond to the emergency situation as needed.

'- 2.3 GO TO step 3.1 in the body of this procedure and continue with the prescribed subsequent actions.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/IOA/5700/001 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions None
2. Subsequent Actions Initial 2.1 Notify one of the NRC Resident Inspectors using RPIO/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.2.

2.2 Contact Duke Management using RP/O/AI5700/014, Enclosure 4.3 as soon as possible following event declaration.

2.3 Inform the OSM when steps 2.1 and 2.2 have been completed, reporting any deficiencies or problems.

NOTE: For an Unusual Event, the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) pagers, the Community Alert Network (CAN), and the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) are not normally activated.

2.4 For a security event, GO TO Step 2.7.

2.5 IF the decision is made to activate the Technical Support Center and the Operations Support Center, THEN activate the TSC/OSC by contacting Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900 and issue the following message:

2.5.1 For a Drill "Activate the TSC/OSC pagers, McGuire Delta, Unusual Event declared at _ _ (time)."

2.5.2 For an Emergency "Activate the TSC/OSC pagers, McGuire Echo, Unusual Event declared at _ _ (time)."

AND "Activate the CAN system."

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/001 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 2.6 IF the event is NOT a security event, GO TO Step 2.11 2.7 For a drill, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSC and OSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event drill.

2.8 For an actual emergency, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSCIOSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event emergency.

2.9 WHEN the security event is stabilized to the point that ERO members can come on site, GO TO Step 2.5.

2.10 IF a security event is in progress DO NOT perform step 2.11.

NOTE: For an Unusual Event, the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) pagers, the Community Alert Network (CAN), and the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) are not normally activated.

2.11 IF the decision is made to activate the Emergency Operations Facility, THEN activate the EOF by contacting Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900 and issue the following message:

2.11.1 ForaDrill "Activate the EOF pagers, McGuire Delta, Unusual Event declared at _ _ (time)."

2.11.2 For an Emergency "Activate the EOF pagers, McGuire Echo, Unusual Event declared at _ _ (time)."

AND "Activate the CAN system."

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A157001001 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist Page 1 of 1 UNIT(S) AFFECTED: Ul U2 18}

POWER LEVEL NCS TEMP NCS PRESS DATE:

U - I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

TIME: U _

U ~U -2 Z NOUE DECLARED AT: TSC ACTIVATED AT:_

ALERT DECLARED AT: EOF ACTIVATED AT:

SAE DECLARED AT:

G.E. DECLARED AT:

X .J1REASON FOR EMER CLASS:

YES NO TIME LOCATION OR COMMENTS SITE ASSEMBLY SITE EVAC. (NON-ESSEN.)

SITE EVAC. (ESSENTIAL) n< OTHER OFFSITE AGENCY INVOLVEMENT m MEDICAL FIRE POLICE NUMBER NUMBER ASSEM. DEPLOYED FIELD MON. TEAMS ZONES ZONES EVACUATED SHELTERED KI (General Public)

OFFSITE PARS __ _ _ _ _ _) )__

o Yes( No(

RELEASE IN PROGRESS YES( NO(

RELEASE PATHWAY CONTAINMENT PRESSURE PSIG WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED NUMBER TIME z0 LAST MESSAGE SENT:

o z NEXT MESSAGE DUE:

NOTE: EOF COMMUNICATION CHECKS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO ACTIVATING THE EOF.

O OTHER NOTES RELATED TO THE ACCIDENT/EVENT/PLANT EQUIPMENT FAILED OR OUT OF SERVICE

(R04-01 ) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RPIO/A/5700/002 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 020 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Alert (4) Prepared By ,-

LA) , Date Z//C/o0/

(5) Requires NSD[228 Applicability Determination?

E Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes) o No (Revision with minor changes) ol No (To incorpo ate previously aproved changes)

/2- 71idy (6) Reviewed By X  : 7. (QR)

Date Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA // Date Zig 7 ?9C Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA Date 2D 2712ede Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA_/~~ Date Zt Z 7/'?O70' (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSM/QR) Date n.. By itwK)LJdLe If% \ T%-.o (9) Approved By **I?/ Date PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Cop very 14 calendardays while work is being performed.)

(10) Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (I 1) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12) Procedure Completion Verification

[1 Yes Cl NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

l Yes [1 NA Required enclosures attached?

El Yes El NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

El Yes E1 NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

El Yes [1 NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additionalpages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A/5700/002 Revision No.

Alert 020 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048M5

RP/0/A/57001002 Page 2 of 5 Alert

1. Symptoms Events are in process or have occurred which involve an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant.
2. Immediate Actions NOTE: The Immediate Actions and part of the Subsequent Actions have been separated into position specific enclosures to enhance timely completion and consistent execution.

2.1 The following Enclosures should be given to the appropriate personnel:

  • The OSM should execute Enclosure 4.1 (OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.
  • The STA should execute Enclosure 4.2 (STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.

2.2 Have an SRO make offsite notifications PER RP101B157001029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

RP/O/A15700/002 Page 3 of 5

3. Subsequent Actions 3.1 Follow-up Notifications NOTE: Follow-up messages of a lesser classification should never be approved after an upgrade to a new classification is declared. Emphasis should be placed on providing current information and not on providing a follow-up just to meet follow-up deadline.

3.1.1 IF a follow-up is due and an upgrade in classification is declared, THEN the Off-Site Agency Communicators should contact the agencies that the pending follow-up is being superseded by an upgrade in classification and information will be provided within 15 minutes of the upgrade.

3.1.2 The Emergency Coordinator shall make follow-up notifications to State and County authorities PER RP/O/B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room):

- Every hour until the emergency is terminated OR

- If there is any significant change to the situation OR

- As agreed upon with each individual agency. Documentation shall be maintained for any agreed upon schedule change and the interval shall not be greater than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to any agency.

3.2 Ensure completion of Enclosure 4.3 (Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist) prior to turnover of Emergency Coordinator responsibilities.

RP/0/A/5700/002 Page 4 of 5 NOTE: An EOF Director preprogrammed fax button is available on the control room fax machine.

A TSC preprogrammed fax button is available on the control room fax machine.

IF a classification change is recognized during turnover, the turnover should not be completed until after the Control Room declares and transmits the notification to the offsite agencies. {PIP-M 005411}

3.3 IF the emergency situation prevents activating the TSC within 75 minutes of declaration, then turn over responsibility for classification and notification (state and county) to the EOF as follows:

  • Fax a completed copy of Enclosure 4.3 to the EOF Director.
  • Contact the EOF Director at 8-382-0760.
  • Perform a turnover to the EOF Director, using completed Enclosure 4.3.

AND Maintain responsibility for NRC Event Notification until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC, AND Maintain responsibility for continuous phone communication to the NRC Operations Center until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.

3.4 IF the TSC remains unavailable and the EOF cannot take responsibility for classification and notification (state and county), maintain these responsibilities until one of the facilities is capable of accepting turnover.

3.5 WHEN TSC Emergency Coordinator is ready to receive turnover, THEN perform one of the following to facilitate turnover:

  • Hand deliver turnover sheet to the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

OR

  • Fax turnover sheet to the TSC.

3.6 In the event that a worker's behavior or actions contributed to an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant (incidents resulting in an Alert or higher emergency declaration), the supervisor must consider and establish whether or not a for cause drug/alcohol screen is required. The FED Program Administrator or designee is available to discuss/assist with the incident.

RP/IOA/5700/002 Page 5 of 5 3.7 Using Section D of the Emergency Plan (EAL Basis), assess the emergency condition:

3.7.1 Remain in an Alert.

3.7.2 Escalate to a more severe class.

3.7.3 Reduce the Emergency Class.

3.7.4 Terminate the emergency.

3.8 Termination Notifications 3.8.1 Make termination notification to State and County authorities PER RP/0/B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

4. Enclosures 4.1 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP 0-M97-4638}

4.2 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP O-M97-4638}

4.3 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist {PIP M-02-6113, C. A. 131

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/002 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions Initial 1.1 The Operations Shift Manager or designee SHALL ANNOUNCE the event over the plant P.A.

system by performing the following:

1.1.1 Turn on the outside page speakers.

NOTE:

  • For drill purposes, state 'This is a drill. This is a drill."
  • Any plant phone in the Control Room horse shoe area or extension 4021 is programmed to access 710, site all call. {PIP 0-M98-2545}

1.1.2 Dial 710, pause, dial 80. Following the beep, announce "an Alert has been declared".

Provide a brief description of the event (may be written below) and announce "Activate the TSC/OSC and EOF'.

1.1.3 Repeat the preceding announcement one time.

1.1.4 Turn off the outside page speakers.

1.2 IF valid trip II alarm occurs on any one of the following:

1 OR 2 EMF36(L) 1 EMF24, 25, 26, 27 2 EMF10, 11, 12, 13 THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/0/B/1009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

1.3 IF box C (IS OCCURRING) or box D (HAS OCCURRED) on Line 10 (EMERGENCY RELEASE) on the Emergency Notification Form is checked, THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/0/B11009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/002 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.4 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP- M-01-37111 1.5 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to perform the following:

A. Notify the agencies that an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be printed within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted. {PIP-M-01-37 1l}

2. Subsequent Actions NOTE: Site Assembly is a required on-site protective action in response to an Alert or higher declaration.

2.1 REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/011 (Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Evacuation) to evaluate and initiate a site assembly.

2.2 Augment shift resources to assess and respond to the emergency situation as needed.

2.3 GO TO Step 3.1 in the body of this procedure and continue with the prescribed subsequent actions.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/0/A/5700/002 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions 1 Initial I NOTE: For a Drill, the Community Alert Network (CAN) is not activated.

1.1 For a security event, GO TO Step 1.5.

1.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization by contacting Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900 and issue the following message:

1.2.1 For a Drill "Activate the TSC/OSC/EOF pagers, McGuire Delta, Alert declared at (time)."

1.2.2 For an Emergency "Activate the TSC/OSCJEOF pagers, McGuire Echo, Alert declared at (time)."

AND "Activate the CAN system."

NOTE:

  • ERDS can only be activated / deactivated from designated computer terminals with SDS access.

These are located in the STA's office, the Data Coordinators' room in the TSC and all within the Control Room horseshoe area.

1.3 For an Emergency, activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) as soon as possible, but not later than one hour after the emergency declaration per the following:

1.3.1 Ensure SDS is running on the selected terminal.

1.3.2 Click on MAIN.

1.3.3 Click on GENERAL.

1.3.4 Click on ERDS.

1.3.5 Click on ACTIVATE.

1.3.6 Record the time and date ERDS was activated. TIME/DATE _ / /

Eastern mm dd yy 1.3.7 Inform the OSM that ERDS was activated.

1.3.8 IF ERDS failed to activate after five (5) attempts, THEN have an Offsite Agency Communicator notify the NRC via ENS or other available means.

1.4 IF the event is NOT a security event, GO TO Step 2.1

Enclosure 4.2 RP/0/A/5700/002 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.5 For a drill, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSC and OSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event drill.

1.6 For an actual emergency, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSCIOSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event emergency.

1.7 For an actual emergency activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) as soon as possible, but not later than one hour after the emergency declaration PER Step 1.3.

1.8 WHEN the security event is stabilized to the point that ERO members can come on site, GO TO Step 1.2.

2. Subsequent Actions 2.1 Notify one of the NRC Resident Inspectors using RP/0/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.2.

2.2 Contact Duke Management using RPIO/AI5700/014, Enclosure 4.3 as soon as possible following event declaration.

2.3 Inform the OSM when this enclosure has been completed, reporting any deficiencies or problems.

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A/5700/002 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist Page 1 of 1 UNIT(S) AFFECTED: Ul U2~

{81 POWER LEVEL NCS TEMP NCS PRESS DATE:_

U-1_

TIM:E:

U-2 Z NOUE DECLARED AT: TSC ACTIVATED AT:_

.° ALERT DECLARED AT: EOF ACTIVATED AT:_

SAE DECLARED AT:

G.E. DECLARED AT:

-  ; REASON FOR EMER CLASS:

YES NO TIME LOCATION OR COMMENTS SITE ASSEMBLY SITE EVAC. (NON-ESSEN.)

F SITE EVAC. (ESSENTIAL) cn ¢ OTHER OFFSITE AGENCY INVOLVEMENT MEDICAL FIRE POLICE NUMBER NUMBER ASSEM. DEPLOYED FIELD MON. TEAMS ZONES ZONES EVACUATED SHELTERED KI (General Public)

OFFSITE PARS I Yes( No(

0Ye o RELEASE IN PROGRESS YES( NO(

RELEASE PATHWAY CONTAINMENT PRESSURE PSIG WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED Z NUMBER TIME LAST MESSAGE SENT:

N" - NEXT MESSAGE DUE:

i NOTE: EOF COMMUNICATION CHECKS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO ACTIVATING THE EOF.

OTHER NOTES RELATED TO THE ACCIDENTIEVENT/PLANT EQUIPMENT FAILED OR OUT OF SERVICE

(R04-01) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP/O/A/5700/003 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 020 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Site Area Emergency (4) Prepared By Date Z/_V/d I (5) Requires NSD 8 Applicability Determination?

E4Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes) 0 No (Revision with minor changes) 0 No (To incorpor revioust io, approved changes)

(6) Reviewed By _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (QR) ,6Date 2 1/7712Or Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA v Date NA /<V Date Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA Date Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA ____ 7iDate ' -  ?-6 (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSM/QR) Date By _____(QR) Date (9) Approved By Date 3-PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copjrey 14 calendardays while work is being performed.)

(10) Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (1 1)Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12)Procedure Completion Verification o Yes n NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

o Yes 0 NA Required enclosures attached?

l Yes l NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

El Yes E NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

E Yes E NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additionalpages, if necessary)

i Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A/5700/003 Revision No.

Site Area Emergency 020 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048M6

RP//IAO5700/003 Page 2 of 5 Site Area Emergency

1. Symptoms Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or potential major failures of plant functions needed for protection of the public.
2. Immediate Actions NOTE: The Immediate Actions and part of the Subsequent Actions have been separated into position specific enclosures to enhance timely completion and consistent execution.

2.1 The following Enclosures should be given to the appropriate personnel:

  • The OSM should execute Enclosure 4.1 (OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.
  • The STA should execute Enclosure 4.2 (STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.

2.2 Have an SRO make offsite notifications PER RP10/B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

3. Subsequent Actions 3.1 Follow-up Notifications NOTE: 1. Follow-up messages of a lesser classification should never be approved after an upgrade to a new classification is declared. Emphasis should be placed on providing current information and not on providing a follow-up just to meet follow-up deadline.

3.1.1 IF a follow-up is due and an upgrade in classification is declared, THEN the Off-Site Agency Communicators should contact the agencies that the pending follow-up is being superseded by an upgrade in classification and information will be provided within 15 minutes of the upgrade.

RP/O/A/5700/003 Page 3 of 5

__ 3.1.2 The Emergency Coordinator shall make follow-up notifications to State and County authorities PER RP/01B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room):

- Every hour until the emergency is terminated OR

- If there is any significant change to the situation OR

- As agreed upon with each individual agency. Documentation shall be maintained for any agreed upon schedule change and the interval shall not be greater than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to any agency.

3.2 Ensure completion of Enclosure 4.3 (Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist) prior to turnover of Emergency Coordinator responsibilities.

NOTE: An EOF Director preprogrammed fax button is available on the Control Room fax machine.

A TSC preprogrammed fax button is available on the Control Room fax machine.

IF a classification change is recognized during turnover, the turnover should not be completed until after the Control Room declares and transmits the notification to the offsite agencies. {PIP-M-00-00541 }

3.3 IF the emergency situation prevents activating the TSC within 75 minutes of declaration, then turn over responsibility for classification and notification (state and county) to the EOF as follows:

  • Fax a completed copy of Enclosure 4.3 to the EOF Director.
  • Contact the EOF Director at 8-382-0760.
  • Perform a turnover to the EOF Director, using completed Enclosure 4.3.

AND Maintain responsibility for NRC Event Notification until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC, AND Maintain responsibility for continuous phone communication to the NRC Operations Center until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.

RP/O/A/5700/003 Page 4 of 5 3.4 IF the TSC remains unavailable and the EOF cannot take responsibility for classification and notification (state and county), maintain these responsibilities until one of the facilities is capable of accepting turnover.

3.5 WHEN TSC Emergency Coordinator is ready to receive turnover, THEN perform one of the following to facilitate turnover:

  • Hand deliver turnover sheet to the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

OR

  • Fax turnover sheet to the TSC.

3.6 In the event that a worker's behavior or actions contributed to an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant (incidents resulting in an Alert or higher emergency declaration), the supervisor must consider and establish whether or not a for cause drug/alcohol screen is required. The FFD Program Administrator or designee is available to discuss/assist with incident.

3.7 Protective Actions On-site 3.7.1 Consider evacuation of non-essential site personnel. REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/011 (Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Evacuation).

3.7.2 IF a situation which is immediately hazardous to life or valuable property exists, THEN evaluate potential dose rates by one of the following methods:

A. Contact RP Shift at Ext. 4282.

B. Assess area monitors.

3.7.3 Complete Enclosure 4.4 (Request for Emergency Exposure), prior to dispatch of emergency workers if emergency situation precludes documentation.

3.8 Using Section D of the Emergency Plan (EAL Basis), assess the emergency condition:

3.8.1 Remain in an Site Area Emergency.

3.8.2 Escalate to a more severe class.

3.8.3 Reduce the Emergency Classification.

3.8.4 Terminate the emergency.

RP/O/A/57001003 Page 5 of 5 3.9 Termination Notifications 3.9.1 Make termination notification to State and County authorities PER RP/I/B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

4. Enclosures 4.1 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP 0-M97-4638}

4.2 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP 0-M97-4638}

4.3 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist {PIP M-02-6113, C. A. 13) 4.4 Request for Emergency Exposure

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/003 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions Initial 1.1 The Operations Shift Manager or designee SHALL ANNOUNCE the event over the plant P.A. system by performing the following:

1.1.1 Turn on the outside page speakers.

NOTE:

  • For drill purposes, state "This is a drill. This is a drill."
  • Any plant phone in the Control Room horse shoe area or extension 4021 is programmed to access 710, site all call. {PIP 0-M98-2545}

1.1.2 Dial 710; pause, dial 80. Following the beep, announce "A Site Area Emergency has been declared". Provide a brief description of the event (may be written below) and announce "Activate the TSC/OSC and EOF".

1.1.3 Repeat the preceding announcement one time.

1.1.4 Turn off the outside page speakers.

1.2 IF valid trip II alarm occurs on any one of the following:

1 OR 2 EMF36(L) 1 EMF24, 25, 26, 27 2EvF10, 11,12, 13 THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/0/B/1009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

1.3 IF box C (IS OCCURRING) or box D (HAS OCCURRED) on Line 10 (EMERGENCY RELEASE) on the Emergency Notification Form is checked, THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/0/B1/1009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

Enclosure 4.1 RPIOIAI5700/003 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.4 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-0-MO1-3711 }

1.5 IF and upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN notify the Offsite Agency Communicator to perform the following:

A. Notify the agencies an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted. {PIP-M-01 -37111

2. Subsequent Actions NOTE: Site Assembly is a required on-site protective action in response to an Alert or higher declaration.

2.1 IF a site assembly has not already been initiated, THEN REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/011 (Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Evacuation) to evaluate and initiate a site assembly.

2.2 Augment shift resources to assess and respond to the emergency situation as needed.

2.3 GO TO Step 3.1 in the body of this procedure and continue with the prescribed subsequent actions.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O1A/5700/003 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions Initial I NOTE: For a Drill, the Community Alert Network (CAN) is not activated.

1.1 For a security event, GO TO Step 1.5.

1.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization by contacting Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900 and issue the following message:

1.2.1 For a Drill "Activate the TSC/OSCIEOF pagers, McGuire Delta, Site Area Emergency declared at _ _ (time)."

1.2.2 For an Emergency "Activate the TSC/OSC/EOF pagers, McGuire Echo, Site Area Emergency declared at _ _ (time)."

AND "Activate the CAN system."

NOTE:

  • ERDS can only be activated / deactivated from designated computer terminals with SDS access. These are located in the STA's office, the Data Coordinators' room in the TSC and all within the Control Room horse shoe area.

1.3 For an Emergency, activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) as soon as possible, but not later than one hour after the emergency declaration per the following:

1.3.1 Ensure SDS is running on the selected terminal.

1.3.2 Click on MAIN.

1.3.3 Click on GENERAL.

1.3.4 Click on ERDS.

1.3.5 Click on ACTIVATE.

1.3.6 Record the time and date ERDS was activated. TIME/DATE ___/_

Eastern mm dd yy 1.3.7 Inform the OSM that ERDS was activated.

1.3.8 IF ERDS failed to activate after five (5) attempts, THEN have an Offsite Agency Communicator notify the NRC via ENS or other available means.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/0/A/5700/003 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.4 IF the event is NOT a security event, GO TO Step 2.1

.. 1.5 For a drill, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSC and OSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event drill.

1.6 For an actual emergency, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSC/OSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event emergency.

1.7 For an actual emergency activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) as soon as possible, but not later than one hour after the emergency declaration PER Step 1.3.

_ 1.8 WHEN the security event is stabilized to the point that ERO members can come on site, GO TO Step 1.2.

2. Subsequent Actions 2.1 Notify one of the NRC Resident Inspectors using RP/0/A!5700/014, Enclosure 4.2.

2.2 Contact Duke Management using RP/0/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.3 as soon as possible following event declaration.

2.3 Inform the OSM when this enclosure has been completed, reporting any deficiencies or problems.

Enclosure 4.3 RP/1/A/5700/003 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist Page 1 of I UNIT(S) AFFECTED: Ul U2

{81 POWER LEVEL NCS TEMP NCS PRESS DATE:_

U-1 TIME:

U-2_

Z NOUE DECLARED AT: TSC ACTIVATED AT:_

V p ALERT DECLARED AT: EOF ACTIVATED AT:

SAE DECLARED AT:

G.E. DECLARED AT:

REASON FOR EMER CLASS:

YES NO TIME LOCATION OR COMMENTS SITE ASSEMBLY z SITE EVAC. (NON-ESSEN.)

Z SITE EVAC. (ESSENTIAL) e< OTHER OFFSITE AGENCY

> INVOLVEMENT MEDICAL FIRE --

POLICE NUMBER NUMBER ASSEM. DEPLOYED FIELD MON. TEAMS ZONES ZONES EVACUATED SHELTERED KI (General Public) o OFFSITE PARS Yes( No(

RELEASE IN PROGRESS YES NO(

RELEASE PATHWAY CONTAINMENT PRESSURE PSIG WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED NUMBER TIME z

LAST MESSAGE SENT:

NEXT MESSAGE DUE:

NOTE: EOF COMMUNICATION CHECKS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO ACTIVATING THE EOF.

OTHER NOTES RELATED TO THE ACCIDENT/EVENT/PLANT EQUIPMENT FAILED OR OUT OF SERVICE

Enclosure 4.4 RP/0/A/5700/003 Request for Emergency Exposure (a) Page 1 of I l _ , ,

Other Organs (b) i Activity Total Effective Dose Lens of Eye Equivalent (TEDE)

All 5 rem 15 rem 50 rem Protecting Valuable 10 rem 30 rem 100 rem Property Lifesaving or Protection 25 rem 75 rem 250 rem of Large Populations Lifesaving or Protection >25 rem >75 rem >250 rem of Large Populations (c)

(a) Excludes declared pregnant women.

(b) Includes skin and body extremities.

(c) Only on a volunteer basis to persons fully aware of the risks involved. All factors being equal, select volunteers above the age of 45 and those who normally encounter little exposure.

RP Badge No Name Age Employer Signature of Individual

+/- 4-My signature indicates my acknowledgement that I have been informed that I may be exposed to the levels of radiation indicated above. I have been fully briefed on the task to be accomplished and on the risks of this exposure.

I, acknowledge this planned Emergency Exposure (RPM or designee, signature or note of verbal authorization) Dateriime I, approve this planned Emergency Exposure at (Emergency Coordinator or EOF Director, signature or note verbal authorization) Date&Time Subsequent Radiation Protection Action:

- Determine need of medical evaluation

- Initiate reporting requirements per 10CER 20

- Copy to Individual's Exposure History File

(R04-01) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP/01A/5700/004 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 020 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title General Emergency (4) Prepared By ,( J. J Ad Date 2/,

(5) Requires NSD Applicability Determination?

'Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes)

El No (Revision with minor changes)

El No (To incorpo te previously approved changes)

(6) Reviewed By /___ _ (QR) Date 2/2 7/0 Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA v Date 27i7 /'W0 y Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA _D Date gZ7/zi6?5 Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA _____ Date Of42_~

(7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSM/QR) Date By (QR) Date (9) Approved By Date Date 3 -7q PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copy evW14 calendar days while work is being performed.)

(10)Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (it) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12)Procedure Completion Verification E Yes El NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

El Yes E NA Required enclosures attached?

El Yes El NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

El Yes E NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

El Yes El NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additional pages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A/5700/004 Revision No.

General Emergency 020 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048M7

RP/O/A/5700/004 Page 2 of 5 General Emergency

1. Symptoms Events are in process or have occurred which involve actual or imminent substantial core degradation or melting with potential for loss of containment integrity.
2. Immediate Actions NOTE:
  • The Immediate Actions and part of the Subsequent Actions have been separated into position specific enclosures to enhance timely completion and consistent execution.

2.1 The following Enclosures should be given to the appropriate personnel:

  • The OSM should execute Enclosure 4.1 (OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.
  • The STA should execute Enclosure 4.2 (STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions) in a timely manner.

2.2 Have an SRO make offsite notifications PER RP/0/B/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

3. Subsequent Actions 3.1 Follow-up Notifications NOTE: IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recognized and approved by the Emergency Coordinator, these changes shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes. {PIP-M-00-02138}

3.1.1 Assess protective action recommendations made to the State and Counties in the previous notification.

RP/O/A15700/004 Page 3 of 5 3.1.2 The Emergency Coordinator shall make follow-up notifications to State and County authorities utilizing PER RP/OJB/5700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room):

- Every hour until the emergency is terminated OR

- If there is any significant change to the situation OR

- As agreed upon with each individual agency. Documentation shall be maintained for any agreed upon schedule change and the interval shall not be greater than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to any agency.

3.2 Ensure completion of Enclosure 4.3 (Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist) prior to turnover of Emergency Coordinator responsibilities.

NOTE: An EOF Director preprogrammed fax button is available on the control room fax machine.

A TSC preprogrammed fax button is available on the Control Room fax machine.

IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recognized during the turnover, the turnover should not be completed until the Control Room transmits this notification to the offsite agencies. {PIP-M-0-00541 }

3.3 IF the emergency situation prevents activating the TSC within 75 minutes of declaration, then turn over responsibility for classification and notification (state and county) to the EOF as follows:

  • Fax a completed copy of Enclosure 4.3 to the EOF Director.
  • Contact the EOF Director at 8-382-0760.
  • Perform a turnover to the EOF Director using completed Enclosure 4.3.

AND Maintain responsibility for NRC Event Notification until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC, AND Maintain responsibility for continuous phone communications to the NRC Operations Center until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.

3.4 IF the TSC remains unavailable and the EOF cannot take responsibility for classification and notification (state and county), maintain these responsibilities until one of the facilities is capable of accepting turnover.

RP/O/A/5700/004 Page 4 of 5 3.5 WHEN TSC Emergency Coordinator is ready to receive turnover THEN perform one of the following to facilitate turnover:

__ 0* Hand deliver turnover sheet to the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

OR

  • Fax turnover sheet to the TSC.

3.6 In the event that a worker's behavior or actions contributed to an actual or potential substantial degradation of the level of safety of the plant (incidents resulting in an Alert or higher emergency declaration), the supervisor must consider and establish whether or not a for cause drug/alcohol screen is required. The FFD Program Administrator or designee is available to discuss/assist with the incident.

3.7 Protective Actions Onsite 3.7.1 Evacuate non-essential personnel from the site after all personnel have been accounted for via Site Assembly. REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/011 (Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Evacuation).

3.7.2 IF a situation which is immediately hazardous to life or valuable property exists, THEN evaluate potential dose rates by one of the following methods:

a. Contact RP Shift at Ext. 4282
b. Assess area monitors 3.7.3 Complete Enclosure 4.4 (Request for Emergency Exposure), prior to dispatch of emergency workers if emergency situation precludes documentation.

3.8 Using Section D of the Emergency Plan (EAL Basis), assess the emergency condition:

3.8.1 Remain in a General Emergency, OR 3.8.2 Terminate the emergency. REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/012 (Activation of the Technical Support Center {TSC}), Enclosure 4.19 for termination criteria.

RP/O/A157001004 Page 5 of 5 3.9 Termination Notifications 3.9.1 Make termination notification to State and County authorities PER RP/O/B15700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room).

4. Enclosures 4.1 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP O-M974638}

4.2 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions {PIP O-M97-40638}

4.3 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist {PIP M-02-6113, C. A. 13 }

4.4 Request for Emergency Exposure

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/004 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions Initial 1.1 The Operations Shift Manager or designee SHALL ANNOUNCE the event over the plant P.A.

system by performing the following:

1.1.1 Turn on the outside page speakers.

NOTE:

  • For drill purposes, state "This is a drill. This is a drill."
  • Any plant phone in the Control Room horse shoe area or extension 4021 is programmed to access 710, site all call. {PIP 0-M98-2545}

1.1.2 Dial 710; pause, dial 80. Following the beep, announce "a General Emergency has been declared". Provide a brief description of the event (may be written below) and announce "Activate the TSC/OSC and EOF".

1.1.3 Repeat the preceding announcement one time.

1.1.4 Turn off the outside page speakers.

NOTE: IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recognized and approved by the Emergency Coordinator, these shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes. {PIP-M-00-01238}

1.2 Ensure Protective Action Recommendations to the Offsite Agencies are made and transmitted within 15 minutes PER RP/0B/15700/029 (Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room), Enclosure 4.4 (Protective Action Recommendations).

Enclosure 4.1 RPIO/A/5700I004 OSM Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.3 IF valid trip II alarm occurs on any one of the following:

1 OR 2 EMF36(L) 1 EMF24, 25, 26, 27 2EM[F10, 11,12,13 THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HPIO/B/1009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

1.4 IF box C (IS OCCURRING) or box D (HAS OCCURRED) on Line 10 (EMERGENCY RELEASE) on the Emergency Notification Form is checked, THEN immediately contact RP shift at 4282 to perform HP/0/B/1009/029 (Initial Response On-Shift Dose Assessment).

2. Subsequent Actions NOTE: Site Assembly is a required on-site protective action in response to an Alert or higher declaration.

2.1 IF a site assembly has not already been initiated, THEN REFER TO RP/0/A15700/011 (Conducting a Site Assembly, Site Evacuation or Containment Evacuation) to evaluate and initiate a site assembly.

2.2 Augment shift resources to assess and respond to the emergency situation as needed.

2.3 GO TO Step 3.1 in the body of this procedure and continue with the prescribed subsequent actions.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/AI5700/004 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 1 of 2

1. Immediate Actions Initial I NOTE: For a Drill, the Community Alert Network (CAN) is not activated.

1.1 For a security event, GO TO Step 1.5.

1.2 Activate the Emergency Response Organization by contacting Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900 and issue the following message:

_ 1.2.1 For a Drill "Activate the TSC/OSC/EOF pagers, McGuire Delta, General Emergency declared at (time)."

1.2.2 For an Emergency "Activate the TSC/OSC/EOF pagers, McGuire Echo, General Emergency declared at (time)."

AND "Activate the CAN system."

NOTE:

  • ERDS can only be activated / deactivated from designated computer terminals with SDS access.

These are located in the STA's office, the Data Coordinators' room in the TSC and all within II the Control Room horseshoe area.

1.3 For an Emergency, activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) as soon as possible, but not later than one hour after the emergency declaration per the following:

1.3.1 Ensure SDS is running on the selected terminal.

1.3.2 Click on MAIN.

1.3.3 Click on GENERAL.

1.3.4 Click on ERDS.

1.3.5 Click on ACTIVATE.

1.3.6 Record the time and date ERDS was activated. TIME/DATE _ __ /_/_

Eastern mm dd yy 1.3.7 Inform the OSM that ERDS was activated.

1.3.8 IF ERDS failed to activate after five (5) attempts, THEN have an Offsite Agency Communicator notify the NRC via ENS or other available means.

1.4 IF the event is NOT a security event, GO TO Step 2.1.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/004 STA Immediate and Subsequent Actions Page 2 of 2 1.5 For a drill, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSC and OSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event drill.

1.6 For an actual emergency, IF a security event exists and offsite ERO staging is desired before giving instructions to report to the TSC/OSC, THEN contact Security via the ringdown phone to the CAS/SAS, or at extension 2688 or 4900, and give instructions to activate the TSC/OSC/EOF, according to the Emergency Response Pager Instructions for a security event emergency.

1.7 For an actual emergency activate the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) as soon as possible, but not later than one hour after the emergency declaration PER Step 1.3.

1.8 WHEN the security event is stabilized to the point that ERO members can come on site, GO TO Step 1.2.

2. Subsequent Actions 2.1 Notify one of the NRC Resident Inspectors using RP/0/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.2.

2.2 Contact Duke Management using RP/0/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.3 as soon as possible following event declaration.

2.3 Inform the OSM when this enclosure has been completed, reporting any deficiencies or problems.

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A15700/004 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist Page 1 of 1 UNIT(S) AFFECTED: UW U2_

(8, POWER LEVEL NCS TEMP NCS PRESS DATE:

U-1 TIME:_

U-2 Z NOUE DECLARED AT: TSC ACTIVATED AT:

U p ALERT DECLARED AT: EOF ACTIVATED AT:

i SAE DECLARED AT:

E G.E. DECLARED AT:

rS e REASON FOR EMER CLASS:

YES NO TIME LOCATION OR COMMENTS SITE ASSEMBLY

> SITE EVAC. (NON-ESSEN.)

SITE EVAC. (ESSENTIAL)I va < OTHER OFFSITE AGENCY

> INVOLVEMENT MEDICAL FIRE POLICE NUMBER NUMBER ASSEM. DEPLOYED FIELD MON. TEAMS ZONES ZONES KI (General Public)

EVACUATED SHELTERED Yes( ) No( )

OFFSITE PARS __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

O RELEASE IN PROGRESS YES ( ) NO(

RELEASE PATHWAY CONTAINMENT PRESSURE PSIG WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED NUMBER TIME 0

LAST MESSAGE SENT:

NEXT MESSAGE DUE:

NOTE: EOF COMMUNICATION CHECKS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO ACTIVATING THE EOF.

OTHER NOTES RELATED TO THE ACCIDENTIEVENTIPLANT EQUIPMENT FAILED OR OUT OF SERVICE

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/004 Request for Emergency Exposure (a) Page 1 of 1 11 Total Effective Dose Lens of Eye Other Organs (b)

Activity Equivalent (TEDE)

All 5 rem 15 rem 50 rem Protecting Valuable 10 rem 30 rem 100 rem Property Life saving or 25 rem 75 rem 250 rem Protection of Large Populations Life saving or > 25 rem > 75 rem > 250 rem Protection of Large Populations (c)

(a) Excludes declared pregnant women.

(b) Includes skin and body extremities.

(c) Only on a volunteer basis to persons fully aware of the risks involved. All factors being equal, select volunteers above the age of 45 and those who normally encounter little exposure.

RP Badge No. Name Age Employer Signature of Individual I I___

My signature indicates my acknowledgement that I have been informed that I may be exposed to the levels of radiation indicated above. I have been fully briefed on the task to be accomplished and on the risks of this exposure.

I, acknowledge this planned Emergency Exposure (RPM or designee, signature or note of verbal authorization) Date/Time I, approve this planned Emergency Exposure at (Emergency Coordinator or EOF Director, signature or note of verbal authorization) Date/Time Subsequent Radiation Protection Action:

- Determine need for medical evaluation

- Initiate reporting requirements per 10CFR20

- Copy to Individual's Exposure History File

(R04-01) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP10/A/57001012 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 024 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC)

(4) Prepared By A /a i_ HeDate e-//

C/a (5) Requires NSD 2A Applicability Determination?

13/es (New procedure or revision with major changes) l No (Revision with minor changes)

[1 No (To incorporate reviously appr ved changes)

(6) Reviewed By __ (QR) Date 31 / tv-Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA Date 3 (

Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA Date 3 / 240Y Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA _ Date / 2-O tSC (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSM/QR) Date By (QR) Date (9) Approved By

  • Date,!-

PERFORMANCE (Compare with Contro opy every 14 calendardays while work is beingperformed.)

(10) Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (I 1) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12)Procedure Completion Verification 11 Yes O NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

l Yes [1 NA Required enclosures attached?

O Yes El NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

El Yes El NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

U Yes O NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additionalpages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A15700/0 12 Revision No.

Activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC) 024 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048MF

RP/0/A/5700/012 Page 2 of 5 Activation of the Technical Support Center (TSC)

1. Symptoms Conditions exist where events are in progress or have occurred which indicate a potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant and activation of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) has been initiated.

NOTE: If the emergency situation prevents activating the TSC within 75 minutes of declaration, the Control Room will:

  • turn over responsibility for classification and notification (state and county) to the EOF.
  • maintain responsibility for NRC Event Notification until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.
  • maintain responsibility for continuous phone communications to the NRC until relieved by the NRC Communicator in the TSC.
2. Immediate Actions None
3. Subsequent Actions NOTE: This procedure is not intended to be followed in a step-by-step sequence. Sections of the procedure are to be implemented as the applicable action becomes necessary.

3.1 The TSC is required to be activated for an ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or GENERAL EMERGENCY declaration. It may also be activated for an UNUSUAL EVENT if deemed necessary by the Operations Shift Manager/Emergency Coordinator.

3.2 The TSC must be activated within ONE (1) HOUR AND 15 MINUTES (75 MINUTES) of an ALERT, SITE AREA EMERGENCY, or GENERAL EMERGENCY declaration.

This time frame must be met anytime it is deemed necessary to activate the TSC.

3.3 Upon notification to activate, the Station Manager or designee shall report and notify Operations Shift Manager in the Control Room of arrival.

3.3.1 Personnel in the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) assigned to the TSC shall report to the facility upon notification to activate.

Rev. 24

RP/O/A/5700/0 12 Page 3 of 5 3.3.2 The initial responders shall be responsible for completing their appropriate group enclosures and reviewing their Operational Responsibilities where provided.

3.4 Each represented group is responsible for ensuring their appropriate initial checklist is completed.

3.5 The following definitions are applicable to the Emergency Notification Form for "Plant Condition":

Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither degrading nor improving.

Rev. 24

RP/9/A/5700/012 Page 4 of 5 3.6 The following definition is applicable to the Emergency Notification Form, item 10.

Emergency Release: Any unplanned, quantifiable discharge to the environment of radioactive effluent ATTRIBUTABLE TO A DECLARED EMERGENCY EVENT.

A release is considered to be in progress if any one or more of the following occurs:

  • Reactor Building EMF monitors reading indicate an increase in activity (McGuire 38, 39, or 40).

OR Containment High Range EMF monitors reading greater than 1.5 R/hr. (McGuire 51A or 51B).

AND Pressure inside the containment building is greater than Tech. Spec. (McGuire 0.3 psig).

OR An actual containment breach is determined.

  • Increase in activity monitored by Unit Vent EVF (McGuire 35, 36, or 37).
  • Field Monitoring Team results.
  • Knowledge of the event and its impact on system operation and resultant release pathways. {PIP M-03-0688, C.A.8}

3.7 Upon termination of the drill/emergency, the Emergency Coordinator/designee shall assume responsibility for ensuring the proper resolutions to all completed copies of the McGuire Operations Configuration Control Card(s) prior to the TSC/OSC being deactivated. The Emergency Coordinator/designee shall have overall responsibility for ensuring all cards are properly resolved or items logged prior to plant turnover to the Operations Shift Manager. Once the items/cards have been properly resolved, the TSC/OSC may be deactivated. All completed cards shall be filed by Emergency Planning with other drill/emergency paperwork.

Rev. 24

RP/O/A/5700/012 Page 5 of 5

4. Enclosures 4.1 Emergency Coordinator TSC Activation Checklist 4.2 Assistant Emergency Coordinator TSC Activation Checklist 4.3 Radiation Protection Manager TSC Activation Checklist 4.4 Offsite Dose Assessor TSC Activation Checklist 4.5 Offsite Agency Communicator TSC Activation Checklist 4.6 NRC Communicator TSC Activation Checklist 4.7 Reactor Engineer TSC Activation Checklist 4.8 Operations Manager in the TSC Activation Checklist 4.9 Operations Procedure Support TSC Activation Checklist 4.10 System Engineering Manager TSC Activation Checklist 4.11 Emergency Planner TSC Activation Checklist 4.12 Status Coordinator TSC Activation Checklist 4.13 IAE Communications TSC Activation Checklist 4.14 Operations Manager in the Control Room Activation Checklist 4.15 Data Coordinator TSC Activation Checklist 4.16 Site Assembly Coordinator TSC Activation Checklist 4.17 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist {PIP M-02-6113, C.A. 13}

4.18 Emergency Classification Termination Criteria 4.19 Fitness For Duty Questionnaire 4.20 Site Evacuation Coordinator TSC Activation Checklist 4.21 Establishing Communications Links Between SAMG Evaluators Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.1 RPIO/A1570010 12 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR Page 1 of 5 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

NOTE: The TSC Status Coordinator will maintain the official TSC log. The following step may be N/A'd.

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

NOTIFY the Operations Shift Manager in the Control Room of arrival.

NOTE: If a classification change is recognized during turnover, the turnover should not be completed until after the Control Room declares and transmits the notification to the offsite agencies. {PIP-M-00-00541 }

_ IF nearing the 75-minute activation requirement and an upgrade in emergency classification is recognized, THEN suspend turnover and allow the activated facility to declare and transmit the upgrade. {PIP-M-00-00541 }

- RECEIVE turnover from the Control Room as soon as practical utilizing Enclosure 4.17.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/012 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR Page 2 of 5 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST ASSURE, prior to declaring TSC activated:

1. The following TSC positions as a minimum are filled and prepared to assume their function:
  • Emergency Coordinator
  • Offsite Dose Assessor
  • Offsite Agency Communicator (2)
  • NRC Communicator
  • Reactor Engineer.

OR

2. Less than the above listed minimum TSC positions are filled, AND The 75-minute activation requirement is near, AND An extra person(s) is available whom the EC believes is capable of filling a missing position(s),

AND An appropriate log entry is made. {PIP-M-00-00541 }

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, THEN swipe your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96- 1869 }

CONDUCT a Time Out prior to activating the TSC.

DECLARE the TSC activated and announce the following via the TSC/OSC public address system: "This is . I am the Emergency Coordinator. The TSC is officially activated as of . The plant status is as follows:

OR "This is . I am the Emergency Coordinator. The TSC is officially activated as of . I will give an update in _ minutes."

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/012 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR Page 3 of 5 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST ANNOUNCE over the TSC/OSC public address system the following:

"Anyone who is reporting to this facility outside of your normal work hours and has consumed alcohol within the past five (5) hours, notify either the Emergency Coordinator in the TSC or the OSC Coordinator in the OSC."

l NOTE: The following step should be repeated following each shift turnover.

ANNOUNCE to TSC a reminder to complete a "Work Hour Extension Form" if applicable.

{PIP 0-M98-2099}

ANNOUNCE to TSC to synchronize all time pieces to the satellite time display. {PIP M 5037}

TURN OFF the plant page volume in TSC.

DISCUSS with the Radiation Protection Manager any radiological release or offsite radiological concerns.

ANNOUNCE over the TSC/OSC Public Address System the following if a release has occurred:

  • Assume areas are contaminated until surveyed by RP.
  • No eating or drinking until the TSC and OSC are cleared by RP.

NOTE: 1. Evacuation will be coordinated by the Site Assembly/Site Evacuation Coordinator if the TSC is activated. Evacuation will be conducted according to RP/O/A/5700/01 1.

2. Evacuation will be conducted by the Operations Shift Manager if the TSC is not activated. Evacuation will be conducted according to RP/O/A/5700/01 1.

EVALUATE with TSC personnel and the Radiation Protection Manager the need to conduct evacuation at this time based on the following criteria.

  • Alert- determine by actual plant conditions.
  • Site Area Emergency- consider evacuation/relocation of non-essential personnel.
  • General Emergency- evacuate all non-essential personnel.

NOTIFY EOF anytime personnel are relocated onsite or evacuated from the premises.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700/012 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR Page 4 of 5 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: Offsite Protective Action Recommendations are defined in Enclosure 4.4.

UPON declaration of a General Emergency the Emergency Coordinator shall IMMEDIATELY make Protective Action Recommendations to offsite authorities.

NOTE:

  • If changes to the Initial Protective Action Recommendations are recognized and approved by the Emergency Coordinator, these changes shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes. {PIP-M-00-02138}

Evaluate specific plant conditions, offsite dose projections, field monitoring team data, and assess the need to update Protective Action Recommendations made to states and counties in the previous notification.

Review dose projections with Radiological Assessment Manager to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

IF Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond 10 miles, THEN notify the states and counties and request they consider sheltering/evacuation of the general population located beyond the affected 10-mile EPZ.

DIRECT the Assistant Emergency Coordinator to FAX the turnover checklist (Enclosure 4.17) to the EOF Director (if time and situation permit). {PIP-0-M97-4112}

NOTE: If a classification change is recognized during turnover, the turnover should not be completed until after the TSC declares and transmits the notification to the offsite agencies. {PIP-M-00-00541 }

CONDUCT turnover to the EOF Director (EOFD) utilizing Enclosure 4.17.

[NOTE: Provide periodic updates to the EOFD concerning plant status and request EOFD to l provide assessment and field monitoring data on a periodic basis.

-REQUEST the NRC Communicator to notify the NRC the EOF is activated.

ANNOUNCE to the TSC and OSC the EOF is activated.

ENSURE ALL completed copies of the McGuire Operations Configuration Control Cards are properly resolved prior to deactivation of the TSC/OSC.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A15700/012 EMERGENCY COORDINATOR Page 5 of 5 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF the TSC becomes environmentally uninhabitable due to radiological or other conditions and the Control Room remains secure (habitable), THEN:

SELECT individuals to move inside the Control Room or to alternate facilities.

INSTRUCT all other TSC personnel to go to the EOF.

IF the Control Room also becomes uninhabitable due to radiological or other conditions, THEN:

INSTRUCT TSC personnel to report to the alternate TSC, the Simulator at the Training and Technology Center, or the EOF (select the most appropriate site).

CONDUCT a "Time-out", approximately every thirty (30) minutes, with the TSC staff to obtain current plant status. Ensure the OSC is aware of when "Time-outs" will take place.

ENSURE all unnecessary communications are put on hold during "Time-outs". IPIP 0-M95-0160}

ESTABLISH priorities.

ANNOUNCE immediately, to the TSC and OSC, any emergency classification changes, including classification changes made by the EOF. {PIP M-02-2562, C.A. 111.

ANNOUNCE, following time out, to the TSC and OSC the emergency classification, plant status, and priorities via the TSC/OSC public address system.

ESTABLISH a Recovery Organization PER (RP/0/A/5700/024, Recovery and Reentry Procedure) once the Emergency has been terminated. This applies primarily to Site Area Emergency and General Emergency classifications. Refer to Enclosure 4.18 for Termination Criteria.

SERVE as Lead Decision Maker upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG).

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/012 ASSISTANT EMERGENCY COORDINATOR Page 1 of 1 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST

,-NMl1AL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.{ PIP 0-M96-1869}

NOTE: The TSC Status Coordinator will maintain the official TSC log. The following step may be N/A'd.

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

OBTAIN time out forms from the procedure cabinet.

ASSIST the Emergency Coordinator in gathering information to facilitate the activation of the Technical Support Center.

FAX turnover checklist (Enclosure 4.17) to the EOF Director when directed by the Emergency Coordinator. {PIP-0-M97-4112}

ACT as a receiver of information when the Emergency Coordinator is unavailable and relay the information to the Emergency Coordinator in a timely manner.

PROACTIVELY seek information when the Emergency Coordinator is in a reactive mode.

_MAKE face-to-face confirmation of information provided when the Emergency Coordinator is unavailable.

ASSIST in making decisions on emergency classifications, mitigation strategies, contingency plans and protective actions for plant personnel and the general public.

ASSIST Emergency Coordinator as a Decision Maker upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG).

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A15700/012 RADIATION PROTECTION MANAGER Page 1 of 3 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST I-- INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

ENSURE all Radiation Protection personnel reporting to the TSC also sign the attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96- 18691 ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ESTABLISH communications with RP personnel in the OSC, Shift Lab and EOF using the cell phone, dial 4980. (Let it ring until you hear a beep. This connects you to the bridge line.)

COMMUNICATE through Emergency Coordinator that dosimetry is required and a dose card shall be filled out if necessary (drill RWP is 33). {PIP 0-M94-1495}

DISCUSS the following with Emergency Coordinator:

1) Any release in progress including dose rates (especially at the site boundary).
2) Field Team status/data.
3) Onsite radiological concerns.

ESTABLISH contamination control in the TSC, OSC and Control Room as necessary.

1. COMMUNICATE through the Emergency Coordinator that frisking of hands and feet is required prior to entry.{ PIP 0-M94-1495}
2. ESTABLISH smear survey frequency with OSC RP Supervisor (i.e., every 30 minutes).

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A/5700/012 RADIATION PROTECTION MANAGER Page 2 of 3 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: Do not N/A the following step, even if there has been no release of Iodine. A log entry must be made concerning this required evaluation for drill matrix documentation purposes.

EVALUATE the need to administer Potassium Iodide to emergency workers on site and to Field Monitoring teams in accordance with SHI//B/2005/003.

EVALUATE the need to administer Potassium Iodide to Control Room Operators due to radiological conditions caused by control room unfiltered in-leakage.

_ _MAKE log entries to describe any Potassium Iodide evaluations and subsequent decisions. {PEP M-99-5031 }

EVALUATE with the Emergency Coordinator the need to:

1) Move any Assembly Points in the release path (include Site Evacuation Coordinator).
2) Conduct site and/or area evacuation (include Site Evacuation Coordinator).
3) Recommend protective actions for emergency workers.
4) Recommend protective actions for the public.

NOTE: Offsite Protective Action Recommendations are defined in Enclosure 4.4.

UPON declaration of a General Emergency the Emergency Coordinator shall IMMEDIATELY make Protective Action Recommendations to offsite authorities.

NOTE: IF changes to the Initial Protective Action Recommendations are recognized and approved by the Emergency Coordinator, these changes shall be transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes. {PIP-M-00-02138}

Evaluate specific plant conditions, offsite dose projections, field monitoring team data, and assess need to update Protective Action Recommendations made to states and counties in the previous notification.

Review dose projections to determine if Protective Action Recommendations for KI are required for the General Public. {PIP-G-03-606}

Review dose projections with Radiological Assessment Manager to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

IF Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond 10 miles, THEN notify the states and counties and request they consider sheltering/evacuation of the general population located beyond the affected 10-mile EPZ.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.3 RP/0/A/5700/012 RADIATION PROTECTION MANAGER Page 3 of 3 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF SAMGs are implemented AND offsite releases approach or exceed l00mRem TEDE or 500 mRem Thyroid CDE THEN notify the TSC Lead SAMG Evaluator. {PIP M-03-3294}

IF SAMGs are implemented AND offsite releases approach or exceed lRem TEDE or 5 Rem Thyroid CDE, THEN notify the TSC Lead SAMG Evaluator. (PIP-M-99-5381 }

NOTE: For assistance in determining dose rates inside the plant during a SAMG event, contact NGO Nuclear Radiological Engineering Group. {PIP-M 1572}

IF a situation, which is immediately hazardous to life or valuable property, exists, THEN evaluate potential dose rates by one of the following methods:

1. Contact RP shift at Ext. 4282.
2. Assess area monitors.

AND Ensure a Request for Emergency Exposure is completed in the OSC prior to dispatch of emergency workers.

REVIEW RP/0/A/5700/000 (Classification of Emergency) criteria (EMFs, offsite dose, etc.) for emergency classification changes and discuss with OPS Procedure Support position.

ENSURE all TSC personnel are wearing dosimetry and using dose cards (RWP 33).

ENSURE responders are aware of the need for frisking prior to entry into the TSC as conditions dictate.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

DETERMINE if persons with special radiological exposure limits need to be evacuated (e.g.,

declared pregnant women, people with radio-pharmaceutical limitations).

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A15700/012 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 1 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST

,41TIAL

{PIP M-02-6113, C.A. 38}

NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

TURN ON dose assessment and data acquisition computers and acquire necessary information. Plant data used for offsite dose projections is found in Group Display, ERORD5. If data acquisition programs are unavailable, information may be obtained from SDS or the Control Room (EMF and Met data). {PIP M-02-2412, C.A. 16}

OBTAIN copies of the following procedures:

  • RP/01A15700/000 (Classification Of Emergency).
  • SH/01B12005/001 (Emergency Response Offsite Dose Projections).

IF a loss of power, LAN, printer, etc., occurs, THEN perform Dose Calculations via the Lap Top Computer PER instructions on page 10 of 10 of this enclosure.

NOTE: Be aware of the effects of loss of power on critical EMFs.

_ VERIFY operability and validity of EMFs through the Shift Lab responsibility for dose assessment.

__ VERIFY effluent discharge alignment with Shift Lab, RPM, or RP Support as necessary.

_ VERIFY the status of on-shift Dose Assessment with the shift lab and accept responsibility for dose assessment.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/012 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 2 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF the TSC is not activated and the EC has not received turnover from the Control Room, THEN:

Establish contact with and inform the OSM that the Duty Dose Assessors in the TSC have assumed responsibility for Dose Assessment AND Provide offsite dose calculations and resultant protective action recommendations for radioactive material release to the OSM until the TSC is activated.

ESTABLISH communications with dose assessment personnel at the EOF. Compare information, projections and strategies with the EOF. Turn over dose assessment for offsite communication purposes to EOF Dose Assessors as soon as the EOF becomes officially activated.

CHECK operability of the HPN telephone by listening for a dial tone. If no dial tone is heard, notify the IAE Communications Specialist to pursue repairs. {PIP-M-99-38003 NOTE: 1. The NRC Regional Office will request activation of the HPN phone through Emergency Notification System (ENS) telephone if desired.

2. Information that may be requested over the HPN line could include, but is not limited to the following:

- Is there any change to the classification of the event? If so, what is the reason?

- Have toxic or radiological releases occurred or been projected (including changes in the release rate)?

- If so, what are the actual or currently projected onsite and offsite releases, and what is the basis for this assessment?

- What are the health effects or consequences to onsite and offsite people?

- How many onsite or offsite people are being or will be affected and to what extent?

- Is the event under control? When was control established, or what is the planned action to bring the event under control?

- What mitigative actions are currently underway or planned?

- What onsite protective measures have been taken or are planned?

- What offsite protective actions are being considered or have been recommended to state and local officials?

- What are the current meteorological conditions?

- What are the dose and dose rate readings onsite and offsite?

IF requested during a drill or actual event, THEN activate the HPN phone by placing a call to the NRC using the number listed on the HPN phone. {PIP M-03-22863 Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/012 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 3 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST RETAIN all computer printouts or manually calculated enclosures.

TURN ON the EMFs (54A and 54B) in the TSC from the OAC computer room by pressing the start button on each EMF control.

ENSURE EMZF22 (TSC Area Monitor) is functional.

NOTE: If a safety injection has occurred, the TSC air intakes sampled by EMF-54A and 54B will open and the filter train is placed in service. One of the air intakes must be reopened if both EMws are in trip 2.

{PIP 0-M97-4278}

IF EMF54A and 54B exceed the trip 2 setpoint, THEN raise the trip 2 setpoint on the lowest reading EMP to reopen the air intake.

PERFORM offsite dose projections and determine Protective Action Recommendations. Dose projections shall be run at least every 30 minutes or as directed by the RPM.

McGuire Offsite Protective Actions

{PIP M-02-3086, C.A. 32}

NOTE: Protective Action Guides (PAGs) are levels of radiation dose at which prompt protective actions should be initiated and are based on EPA-400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents. The offsite Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) specified in this enclosure are based on the PAGs listed below. PAG for KI taken from Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies, FDA Guidance, November 2001 and Guidance for Industry KI in Radiation Emergencies, Questions and Answers, FDA Guidance, December 2002. {PIP-G-03-606 }

PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDES (PAGs)

Projected Dose Total Effective Dose Committed Dose Recommendation Equivalent (TEDE) Equivalent (CDE)

Thyroid

<*1 Rem < 5 Rem No Protective Action is required based on projected dose.

> 1 Rem > 5 Rem Evacuate affected zones and shelter the remainder of the 10-mile EPZ not evacuated.

N/A > 5 Rem Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Rev. 24

EnclosT 4.4

( RP/O/A/570( 2 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 4 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Flowchart {PIP-G-03-606}

+

Recommend evacuation of 2 mile radius and zones 5 URGENT Recommend: miles downwind.

Evacuate zones: Recommend shelter-in-place L, B, M, C, N, A, D, 0, R remaining zones. Refer to Shelter-in-place zones: Encl 4.4 pg 5 of 9.

E, F, G, H, I, J, K, P, 0,S L +

Recommend the consideration INITIAL PAR DETERMINATION . . - - - I of KI use by the public.

_ __ _ _ _ ~~ _ ~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

UPGRADE PAR Continue monitoring parameters in this flowchart loop to recommend PAR upgrades:

DETERMINATION 1. Assess containment conditions for a large fission product inventory, dose projection calculations, 14

_-I- wind speed, wind direction and field monitoring team data to determine the need to update PARs.

2. Review dose projections to determine if protective actions are required beyond the 10 mile EPZ.

Recommend evacuation of Recommend evacuation of Recommend evacuation Recommend the consideration 5 mile radius and 10 miles affected zone(s) with dose projections of 2 mile radius and additional of KI use by the public.

downwind. Shelter-in-place e 1 rem TEDE and/or zone(s) 5 miles downwind.

all other zones not previously 2 5 rem CDE thyroid. Shelter-in-place for any evacuated. Refer to Encl. 4.4, Shelter remainder of 10 mile EPZ remaining zones not previously pg7of 9. not previously evacuated. evacuated. Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/012 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 5 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Immediate Protective Action Recommendations Steps NOTE: 1. If necessary, obtain needed data from one of the following sources in order of sequence:

A. DPC Meteorological Lab (8-382-0139)

B. National Weather Service in Greer, S.C. (864-879-1085 or 1-800-268-7785)

Upon declaration of a General Emergency, make immediate PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) within 15 minutes to be entered on Line 15 of the Emergency Notification Form (ENE). Determine the PARs based on the 15 minute average lower wind speed (computer point MIP0848) and the 15 minute average upper wind direction ( computer point M1P0847) as below:

WIND SPEED LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 MPH Evacuate zones: L, B, M, C, N, A, D, 0, R AND Shelter-in-place zones: E, F, G, H, I, J, K, P, Q, S OR WIND SPEED GREATER THAN 5 MILES PER HOUR Wind Direction (deg from N)

Chart Recorder 1EEBCR9100 l Evacuate Point # 8 Average Upper Wind Direction 2-Mile Radius and 5 Miles Downwind Shelter 0 - 22.5 LBMCDOR AEFGHIJ ,KNPQS 22.6 - 45.0 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,JK,N,P,Q,S 45.1 - 67.5 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 67.6 - 90.0 L,B,M,C,D,O,RN A,E,F,G,H,I,JK,P,Q,S 90.1 - 112.5 LB,M,C,O,R,N A,D,E,F,G,H,IJ,K,P,Q,S l_112.6- 135.0 L,B,M,C,O,N,R,A D,E,F,G,H,I,JK,P,Q,S 135.1 - 157.5 L,B,M,C,O,A,N D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,R,S 157.6- 180.0 L,B,M,C,A,N D,E,FG,H,I,JK,O,P,Q,R,S 180.1 - 202.5 L,B,M,C,A,N D,E,FG,H,I,J,K,O,P,Q,R,S 202.6 - 225.0 L,B,M,C,A,N,D E,F,G,H,I,J,KO,P,Q,R,S 225.1 - 247.5 LBMCAD EFGHIJKNOPQRS 247.6 - 270.0 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,KN,O,P,Q,R,S 270.1 - 292.5 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,KN,O,P,Q,R,S 292.6 - 315.0 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 315.1 - 337.5 L,B,M,C,D,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,S 337.6 - 359.9 L,B,M,C,D,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,S Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/012 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 6 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps

____ IF does projections indicate that Thyroid dose will be > 5 Rem, KI use by the General Public must be recommended in accordance with State Plans and Policy. {PIP-G-03-606}

NOTE: 1. IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recommended, these changes must be transmitted to the offsite agencies with 15 minutes.

2. IF the containment radiation level exceeds the levels in the EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table (below), fission product inventory inside containment is greater than gap activity.

After the Initial PARS are transmitted to offsite agencies, check for large fission product inventory in containment as follows:

EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table Time After EMF Containment Monitor Reading (RIHR)

Shutdown (Hours) EMIF51A and/or 51B (100% gap activity release) 0-2 864 2-4 624 4-8 450

>8 265 Evaluate large fission product inventory in the containment as follows:

_ IF the OAC is available, call up the following computer points to determine containment radiation levels.

Unit 1 OAC Unit 2 OAC M1A0829 -------- lEMF51A M2A0829 -------- 2EMF51A M1A0835 -------- 1EMF51B M2A0835 -------- 2EMF51B

_ IF the OAC is unavailable, get the EMF containment monitor readings from the control room.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/0 12 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 7 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps IF containment radiation levels exceed the levels in the EMF Containment Monitor Reading Table, THEN:

_ Evacuate the 5-mile radius AND 10 miles downwind as shown in the Protective Action Zones Determination Table, using wind direction.

AND

_ Shelter remaining zones as shown in the Protective Action Zones Determination Table, using wind direction.

Protective Action Zones Determination Table (For Containment Radiation Levels Exceeding GAP Activity)

(For Any Wind Speed)

Wind Direction (deg from N)

Chart Recorder IEEBCR9100 Point # 8 Average Upper Wind Evacuate Direction {20) 5-Mile Radius and 10 Miles Downwind Shelter 0 - 22.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,S,F G,H,I,J,K,P,Q 22.6 -45.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,Q,S F,G,H,I,J,K,P 45.1 - 67.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,Q,S F,G,H,I,J,K,P 67.6 - 90.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,I,J,K 90.1 - 112.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,K,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,I,J 112.6 - 135.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,I,K,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,J 135.1- 157.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,I,K,P,Q E,F,G,H,J,S 157.6- 180.0 LBMCNADORIJKP E,F,G,H,Q,S 180.1 - 202.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,G,H,I,J,K,P E,F,Q,S 202.6 - 225.0 L,B,MC,N,A,D,O,R,G,H,I,JK,P E,F,Q,S 225.1 - 247.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,RFG,H,I,J E,K,P,Q,S 247.6 - 270.0 LBMCNADORFGHI,J E,K,P,Q,S 270.1 - 292.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,G,H,J I,K,P,Q,S 292.6 - 315.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,G H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 315.1 - 337.5 LB,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,G H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 337.6 - 359.9 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,S G,H,I,J,K,P,Q

_ On a continuous basis, evaluate specific plant conditions (including large fission product inventory in containment), offsite dose projections, wind speed and wind direction, field monitoring team data and assess the need to update Protective Action Recommendations made to the states and counties in the previous notification.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/012 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 8 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST McGuire Offsite Protective Actions Subsequent Protective Action Recommendations Steps IF dose projections indicate that Thyroid dose will be > 5 Rem, KI use by the General Public must be recommended in accordance with State Plans and Policy. {PIP-G-03-606 }

Review dose projections with the Radiological Assessment Manager to determine if Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond the 10-mile EPZ.

IF Protective Action Recommendations are required beyond 10 miles, THEN notify the states and counties and request that they consider sheltering/evacuating the general population located beyond the affected 10-mile EPZ.

ENSURE EMF54A and B are secured after drill/event is terminated.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Operation of Backup Laptop Computer NOTE: This computer shall be used only when no other dose assessment computers are functional.

  • In the TSC Dose Assessment area, open the wall cabinet containing the Raddose Back-up Computer.

The key for the wall cabinet is in the Dose Assessment cabinet.

  • Place laptop on desk under cabinet.
  • IF yellow LAN cable is NOT attached to laptop, connect LAN cable to back of laptop.
  • Turn the laptop on.
  • WHEN prompted, press ctrl-alt-delete.
  • When prompted, enter your user ID and personal domain password.
  • Perform dose projections in accordance with procedure.
  • WHEN laptop computer is no longer needed, shutdown computer.
  • Return laptop to wall storage cabinet.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.4 RP/0/A/5700/0 12 OFFSITE DOSE ASSESSOR Page 9 of 9 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST McGuire Offsite Protective Actions McGUIRE PROTECTIVE ACTION ZONES (2 and 5 mile radius, inner circles) 10-MILE EPZ 0

N a70a w

1608 enadotto Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.5 RP/O/A/5700/012 OFFSJTE AGENCY COMMUNICATOR Page 1 of I TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-1869}

START printer so that it can warm up and be ready to print ENF forms.

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

NOTE: ANY information sent to the EOF other than ENF FORMS (TSC/EOF Turnover Sheet, SAMG Strategy Sheets, etc.) should be faxed to Fax Machine in EOF Director Area. Fax number 8-382-1825. {PIP 0-M98-2065}

OBTAIN a copy of RP/O/A/5700/018, (Notifications to the State and Counties from the Technical Support Center) from the procedures cabinet.

EXECUTE RP/O/A15700/018, (Notifications to the State and Counties from the Technical Support Center).

INFORM Emergency Coordinator of status of offsite communications (e.g., next message due).

_ PREPARE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.6 RPIO/A/5700/012 NRC COMMUNICATOR Page 1 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.{PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

OBTAIN a copy of the current classification procedure from the procedure cabinet:

-Notification Of Unusual Event, RP/O/A/5700/001

-Alert, RP/0/A/5700/002

-Site Area Emergency, RP/O/A/5700/003

-General Emergency, RP/O/A15700/004.

NOTE: The only turnover from the Control Room the TSC NRC Communicator takes is responsibility for communications to the NRC. {PIP 0-M94-1496}

WHEN the TSC is activated, THEN pickup and monitor the NRC ENS telephone (Located on NRC Communicator's table). {PIP-M-99-3800}

IF the Control Room Communicator is on line with the NRC, inform the parties that the TSC is activated and you are ready to assume continuous communication requirements.

_IF continuous communication with the NRC is not established, notify the Control Room Communicator that you are available to perform this function, if required. {PIP-M 3800}

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.6 RP/O/A/5700/012 NRC COMMUNICATOR Page 2 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF not previously established, THEN establish continuous communications upon request by the NRC. {PIP-M-99-3800}

INFORM NRC of TSCIEOF activations and plant status as requested.

PROVIDE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

INFORM the NRC when the TSC is deactivated. This requires an additional call using ENS when the NRC does not require continuous communications to be maintained.

CONTACT Regulatory Compliance Duty Person if the NRC is going to arrive on site.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.7 RP/O/A/5700/012 REACTOR ENGINEER Page 1 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST I INITIAL NOTE: You are ony required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.{PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

OBTAIN a copy of RP/O/A/5700/019 (Core Damage Assessment) from the procedure cabinet.

OBTAIN a copy of affected Unit(s) Data Book. {PIP 0-M98-3522}

MONITOR core conditions as appropriate using either APD, SDS or the OAC Critical Points and Steam Tables as follows:

NOTE: If the OAC is not available, core conditions may need to be obtained from the Operations Manager in the TSC who is in contact with the Control Room.

1. Core Subcooling.
2. Reactor Vessel Water Level (RVLIS).
3. Power level if Reactor not tripped.
4. Ask the Operations Liaison to verify all rods at bottom on reactor tripped.
5. Source Range Trends following Reactor Trip.
6. Compare each loop T-hot, T-cold and T-avg.
7. What is the most recent boron concentration, and has there been any safety injection?
8. Reactor coolant pumps On/Off Natural or Forced circulation.
9. Pressurizer Level.
10. Containment EMFs.
11. Injection flow and letdown flow (NC inventory).
12. Containment Pressure.
13. Current burnup and previous 2 cycles EFPD.
14. The number of failed rods and DEI prior to transient.
15. Fuel Pool Temperature (Phase A or Phase B Isolation).

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.7 RP/O/A/5700/012 REACTOR ENGINEER Page 2 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST REVIEW the previous parameters with an immediate focus on the trends of the following:

1. State of criticality and shutdown margin.
2. Core voiding.
3. Core uncovery.
4. Challenge to the fuel pellet fission product barrier.
5. Challenge to the cladding fission product barrier.
6. Challenge to the NCS pressure boundary.
7. NC cooldown rate.
8. Fuel Pool Heatup.

On a Safety Injection Signal the Auxiliary Building KC cooled loads are isolated by a phase A containment isolation signal. This includes KC cooling of the KF heat exchangers. A conservative estimate of the time for the spent fuel pool to reach saturation without forced cooling is approximately 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />. Within approximately 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> following a loss of forced cooling of the spent fuel pool, contact Accident Assessment (Nuclear Engineering General Office) in the EOF for a recommendation regarding initiating KC cooling to KF or alternate means of supplying fuel pool cooling.

PREPARE for 24-hour staffing as necessary.

ASSIST Operations Procedure Support as an Evaluator upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG).

REFER to Enclosure 4.21 of this procedure for guidance on establishing communications links between SAMG evaluators.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the Emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.8 RP/O/A/5700/0 12 OPERATIONS MANAGER IN THE TSC Page 1 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

- IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-1869)

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ESTABLISH communications with the Control Room, OSC and EOF using the cell phone by dialing 4500 (let it ring until you hear a beep).

NOTE: If a Security event occurs while the TSC is activated, the OPS Manager in the TSC will serve as the focal point for the coordination of activities between the OSC, TSC and Security. The information and actions decided upon should be handled through the normal communication channels with the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

IF a Security event occurs (i.e., bomb threat, sabotage, etc.) or additional communications are needed with Security personnel, have the OSC Security Officer request the SAS Security Officer to dial into the OPS bridge line (4500).

NOTIFY the Control Room crew, via the Operations Manager in the Control Room, of any event classification changes. {PJP-M-00-2138 }

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.8 RP/O/A/5700/012 OPERATIONS MANAGER IN THE TSC Page 2 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF a loss of OAC occurs, or if for some reason SDS data becomes unavailable in the TSC, select a data taker from the control room crew or some other resource. INSTRUCT the data taker to complete the six page "Loss of OAC Data Collection" checklist kept on file in the TSC procedure file cabinet. (The TSC Emergency Planner also has electronic access to this checklist via "Emgplan on Mnsf2"/"Forms"/"Loss of OAC Data Collection.doc".) SPECIFY to the data taker how frequently this checklist needs to be completed and forwarded to the OPS Manager in the TSC.

FAX number 4722 in the TSC Site Assembly/Evacuation Coordinators' office may be used if deemed necessary for transmittal. PROVIDE copies of the completed checklist to the TSC staff as needed. {PIP M-99-5381 }

PROVIDE main communication link between the TSC and Control Room.

PROVIDE accurate and current status information to Emergency Coordinator and during time-outs.

ASSIST in making decisions on emergency classifications, mitigation strategies, and contingency plans.

SUPPORT Control Room personnel by providing resources and consultation as required.

EVALUATE and prioritize requests for information from the TSC staff, EOF staff, NRC and others.

EVALUATE and consult with Control Room personnel on suggested mitigation strategies.

COORDINATE with the Operations Liaison requested priorities of activities in the plant.

IF necessary, OVERRIDE the normal controls on activities directed by the OSC.

ASSIST Emergency Coordinator as a Decision Maker upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG).

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the Emergency Facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.9 RP/O/A/5700/012 OPERATIONS PROCEDURE SUPPORT Page 1 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-18691 ESTABLISH a log of activities.

OBTAIN a copy of RP/O/A/5700/000 (Classification of Emergency) from the procedures cabinet.

OBTAIN a copy of the current classification procedure from the procedure cabinet:

-Notification Of Unusual Event, RP/O/AJ5700/001

-Alert, RP/O/A/5700/002

-Site Area Emergency, RP/1/A/5700/003

-General Emergency, RP/O/A/5700/004.

OBTAIN a copy of RP/0/A/5700/026 [Operations/Engineering Required Actions In The Technical Support Center (TSC)] from the procedure cabinet and begin system/plant parameter evaluation.

NOTE: The following step provides a listen only connection. Leave head set switch in the "mute" position (position is taped).

ESTABLISH communications with OPS bridge line using the cell phone by dialing 4500. (Let it ring until you hear a beep.)

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.9 RP/O/A/5700/012 OPERATIONS PROCEDURE SUPPORT Page 2 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST ENSURE correct emergency classifications are made by following the current plant status and procedures in use.

PROVIDE back-up service to Control Room personnel ensuring the correct procedural flowpath is followed.

ADVISE Emergency Coordinator on the anticipated course of the event.

PREPARE Control Room personnel of possible difficult points in the procedures by a look ahead.

CONSULT the EOF for possible solutions if procedural adequacy becomes a concern.

PROVIDE information to Offsite Agency Communicator and the NRC Communicator as requested regarding changes in plant conditions.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

SERVE as Lead Evaluator upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG).

This duty shall include providing leadership and guidance to the other available SAMG Evaluators specifically concerning what they should be doing. {PIP-M-99-5381 }

5-REFER to Enclosure 4.21 of this procedure for guidance on establishing communications links between SAMG evaluators.

PROVIDE completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the Emergency facility.

Rev- 24

Enclosure 4.10 RP/O/A/5700/012 SYSTEM ENGINEERING MANAGER Page 1 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.{ PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ENSURE PC is on and displaying plant status.

ESTABLISH communications with the following and provide the SEM phone number:

  • TSC Engineering Support, Ext. 4917
  • EOF Accident Assessment,8-382-0762
  • OSC Equipment Engineering, Ext. 4971.

NOTE: The following step provides a listen only connection. Leave head set switch in the "mute" position.

ESTABLISH communication with the OPS bridge line, using the cell phone by dialing 4500.

(Let it ring until you hear a beep.)

OBTAIN a copy of RP/O/A/5700/026 [Operations/Engineering Required Actions In The Technical Support Center (TSC)] from the procedure cabinet and begin system/plant parameter evaluation.

VERIFY Engineering Support Group is connected to the Operations headset network (listen only) after the Operations Manager in the TSC ties in the OSC and EOF.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.10 RPIOIAI5700/012 SYSTEM ENGINEERING MANAGER Page 2 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST COORDINATE accident mitigation strategy and engineering support through effective communications with the Engineering Support Group, Accident Assessment in the EOF, and the OSC.

CONTACT the on-duty EP Support Leader and request appropriate duty personnel MSE/CEN when outside of normal hours.

CONTINUALLY communicate with TSC personnel, identifying areas needing Engineering support.

REPORT all accident mitigation strategies to the Emergency Coordinator.

ASSIST Operations Procedure Support as an Evaluator upon entry into Severe Accident Management Guidelines (SAMG).

REFER to Enclosure 4.21 of this procedure for guidance on establishing communications links between SAMG evaluators.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.11 RP/0/A/5700/012 EMERGENCY PLANNER Page 1 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ASSIST the Emergency Coordinator as required to achieve a timely turnover to the EOF. {PIP 0-M98-3522}

ESTABLISH communications with EOF Emergency Planner using the cell phone by dialing 8-831-4010, or another available bridge line.

APPRISE Emergency Coordinator of TSC/OSC announcements.

IF Emergency Planning support is needed in the OSC, THEN contact additional Emergency Planning personnel and request they respond to the OSC.

SUPPORT Emergency Coordinator activity (e.g., keep in procedure).

PROVIDE support for the activation and operation of the TSC.

PROVIDE necessary NRC/State/County interface.

ASSIST Off-site Agency Communicators in preparation of emergency notifications as needed.

SHARE copy of NRC Notification forms, and Emergency Notification forms with the Status Coordinator. {PIP-0-M-99-0911}

UPDATE the PARS board to reflect the protective actions identified in item 15 of the Emergency Notification form as each Emergency Notification form is approved.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.11 RP/01A/5700/012 EMERGENCY PLANNER Page 2 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: The Site Assembly Coordinator may request assistance from the Emergency Planner when calling/receiving information from the site assembly points outside the protected area.

{PIP M-03-3918, C.A.7}

PROVIDE support to other members of the TSC as requested.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

___COMPLETE the 24-Hour TSC Position Staffing Log (page 4 of 4 of this enclosure).

MONITOR the Public Affairs telephone (4520) in TSC and place off hook if requested.

COLLECT all completed procedures and log notes upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

CONTACT the EP Manager to ensure that the appropriate critiques are held with the Offsite Agencies. {PIP-G-00-00209 }

ASSIGN an individual from Emergency Planning staff to follow up with an LER or written summary to the State and County authorities within 30 days.

Person assigned responsibility:

RESTORE the TSC and OSC for drills and actual events as follows:

Leave on:

Fax machines ERDS computers in Data Coordinator's Office Cell phones.

Turn off:

All computers (except video conferencing computers and ERDS computers)

__ Copiers

__ Public address components (except site PA for the TSC)

Projectors.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.11 RP/O/A/5700/012 EMERGENCY PLANNER Page 3 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Perform:

Clean tables off Put all trash in containers Wipe down status boards Verify all Fax machines have paper supply replenished.

Verify all copiers have paper supply replenished.

Replenish the following:

Position specific notebooks (1 copy of procedure body and minimum 3 copies of applicable enclosures).

Procedure and forms cabinet files per PT/O/A14600/091, Enclosures 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, and 13.5.

Check TSC and OSC EP and AP notebooks, IF any book(s) seal(s) are broken, THEN notify the Operations Shift Support Technicians.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.11 RP/O/A/5700/0 12 EMERGENCY PLANNER Page 4 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST 24-HOUR TSC POSITION STAFFING LOG Primary Relief Position Name *Shift Name *Shift Schedule Schedule Emergency Coordinator Assistant Emergency Coordinator Operations Manager in the TSC Operations Manager in the Control Room Operations Procedure Support System Engineering Manager Reactor Engineer Radiation Protection Manager Status Coordinator Status Coordinator Emergency Planner NRC Communicator Site Assembly Coordinator Site Evacuation Coordinator Data Coordinator IAE Communications Offsite Agency Communicator Offsite Agency Communicator Offsite Dose Assessor Offsite Dose Assessor

  • List hours of coverage: i.e., 0800-2000, or 8am-8pm.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/OIA/5700/012 STATUS COORDINATOR Page I of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST

{PIP O-M94-1491 } {PIP M-03-1596, C.A. 12}

INITIAL NOTE: 1. Pages 1-3 of this enclosure are for use only by the keeper of the Plant Status Board using the S/C computer on the left.

2. You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for drills.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.{PIP 0-M96-1869}

OBTAIN the remote controls for the overhead projector and the electronic message board from the TSC supply cabinet.

lNOTE: The overhead projector takes several minutes to warm up.

POINT small remote to overhead projector and depress power on button.

NOTE: The following allows the plant status sheet to be viewed in the OSC.

LOG ON to the Plant Status Computer (S/C computer to the left) using your ID and password.

ENSURE computer time is in sync with TSC satellite display.

DOUBLE CLICK on the Plant Status.doc icon.

MINIMIZE the Plant Status.doc.

START Net Meeting by double clicking on the OSC Status Board icon. {M-01-4276}

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/O/A/5700/012 STATUS COORDINATOR Page 2 of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST WHEN Net Meeting starts and displays:

_ SELECT the tools pull down menu.

_ SELECT "Sharing".

_ SELECT "Plant Status.doc" - Microsoft under "Sharing Programs".

CLICK on the "Share" button.

_ CLOSE the "Sharing Program".

_ MINIMIZE Net Meeting.

MAXIMIZE Plant Status.doc.

SAVE as current date.doc (e.g., 010103.doc).

ENTER initial information on the Plant Status document:

Complete date and time.

_ Mark emergency or drill.

Obtain established priorities from Emergency Coordinator.

_ Document classification, unit status, and equipment status as it becomes available.

Obtain RWP number from RP Manager.

PRINTOUT plant status sheet after all initial entries are complete.

CONTINUE to update the Plant Status document as conditions and priorities change, especially during time-outs or round table updates, remembering to make date and time changes as required.

PRINTOUT plant status sheets after each significant change and prior to announced timeouts.

IN the absence of the Emergency Planner, ANSWER the Public Affairs telephone (ext. 4520), and lay off hook if required.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/O/A/5700/012 STATUS COORDINATOR Page 3 of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INPUT classification information on the electronic message board using the remote control as follows:

1. To turn "ON": Press Shift and Program simultaneously.
2. To select programmed messages:
a. Unusual Event Press Program then Run then "1" then RUN.
b. Alert Press Program then Run then "2" then RUN.
c. Site Area Emergency Press Program then Run then "3" then RUN.
d. General Emergency Press Program then Run then "4"then RUN.
3. To Turn "OFF": Press Shift and Program simultaneously.

ENSURE the status board is maintained with current information:

  • 3 or 4 highest priority "recovery actions" set by the Emergency Coordinator.
  • capture relevant plant status information under "Equipment Status."

TRACK established priorities.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage.

WHEN the drill/event is terminated by Emergency Coordinator announcement:

PRINTOUT final plant status sheet after documenting termination time.

SHUTDOWN Plant Status Computer.

SHUTDOWN overhead projector.

SHUTDOWN electronic message board.

RETURN remote controls to supply cabinet.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork (Activation checklist and plant status board printouts) to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/O/A15700/012 STATUS COORDINATOR Page 4 of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: 1. Pages 4-7 of this enclosure are for use only by the keeper of Autolog using the S/C computer on the right.

2. You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for drills.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96- 1869)

LOG ON to the Autolog Computer (S/C computer to the right) using your ID and password.

NOTE: The Emergency Planner is provided copies of all NRC Notification forms and Emergency Notification forms. These may be useful in maintaining the TSC log. {PIP-0-M-99-091 11 NOTE: Log errors cannot be deleted.

CORRECT any log errors by making a new entry and stating in the entry that this corrects a previously entered error. {PIP M-02-6113, C.A. 32)

TO ACCESS "Autolog", perform the following:

Click on DAE icon.

Click on "Search DAE".

Type in autolog and click on search.

Select Autolog CNS-MNS ERO.

NOTE: Do Not check the box to "log in as current SS".

__LOG ON to "Autolog" using your logon ID and "password" as the password.

CHECK the top of the screen to verify that McGuire log is displayed (i.e. Autolog-McGuire).

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/O/A/57001012 STATUS COORDINATOR Page 5 of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF the McGuire log is not displayed, SELECT McGuire log by performing the following:

Select file.

Select open.

Select McGuire.

Click OK.

Close any other autolog databases that are open.

VERIFY "Filter" pulldown field is set to "All".

VERIFY "Sort" puildown field is set to Log Date / Time.

EDIT date and time as necessary.

TO add a new log entry, SELECT the "add" button from the toolbar.

ENSURE entry type on pulldown is set on "standard" and that sub-log pulldown is set to "TSC'.

NOTE: The rubber stamp feature on log entry screen has designated predefined entries (Alert, Site Area, Drill, TSC activated, etc.) that can be selected for specific log entries. To select a rubber stamp entry, select pulldown button beside rubber stamp icon, then select the desired stamp.

ESTABLISH a log to serve as official log for TSC as follows:

  • Record all significant activities.
  • Record all TSC EC decisions.
  • Record the time of entry.
  • List entries in chronological order and include enough detail to reconstruct event series at a later date.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/O/A/5700/012 STATUS COORDINATOR Page 6 of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST LOG entries should include but are not limited to the following examples:

- Emergency Coordinator and any change in Emergency Coordinator

- Time at which the TSC is activated.

- Present emergency classification, changes in classification, time of declaration

- Plant Conditions (Unit 1 and 2):

- Core Cooling information (i.e., Time To Boiling, etc.)

- Safety Systems Degraded

- Power Supply Status

- Fission Product Barrier Degradation

- Radiation Releases.

- Procedures in effect and any transition to another procedure.

- Actions taken that are not a part of an approved procedure.

- Any abnormal or unexpected plant response.

- Major equipment manipulations.

- Major mitigation actions taken.

- Site assembly or evacuation of all or any part of the plant.

- Personnel Injuries.

- Recovery Action(s) in Progress.

- Expected time of next Time-Out.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage.

WHEN the drill/event is terminated by Emergency Coordinator announcement:

DOCUMENT termination time.

PRINT copy of TSC Autolog for record-keeping.

ARCHIVING will be performed in the EOF. If the EOF was not activated, request the Emergency Planner in the TSC to perform archiving.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.12 RP/O/A/5700/0 12 STATUS COORDINATOR Page 7 of 7 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST SHUTDOWN Autolog Computer.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork (Activation checklist and autolog printout) to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.13 RP101A157001012 IAE COMMUNICATIONS Page 1 of 1 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. { PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ENSURE all necessary equipment needed to support the TSC is operable.

  • Video Conferencing
  • Phones
  • Faxes
  • Headsets
  • Page System.

IF IAE Communications support is needed in the OSC, THEN contact additional IAE Communications personnel and request they respond to the OSC.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.14 RPIO/A/5700/012 OPERATIONS MANAGER IN THE Page 1 of 2 CONTROL ROOM TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC Staffing board and put on position badge. (N/A for drills)

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

RECEIVE a verbal report from the OSM detailing plant status, emergency class, and shift staffing level.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the Control Room for personnel accountability. (N/A for drills.)

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-1869} (N/A for drills.)

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ESTABLISH communications with the TSC, OSC and EOF using the cell phone by dialing 4500. (Let it ring until you hear a beep.) (Each time a party connects, a beep will be heard.)

EXPEDITE time critical tasks for the OSM by clear communication to the OSC via the OPS Liaison. The OSM is responsible for designating time critical tasks originating from the Control Room. Once a task originating from the Control Room is designated time critical, the OSM, or designee, shall direct the OPS Manager in the Control Room to request the OSC OPS Liaison to immediately make available an operator (or team) from the OSC contingent for prompt dispatch into the plant via hand held radio. Completion of OSC Task Work Sheet paperwork shall not delay time critical task dispatches. Such time critical dispatches shall receive prior verbal approval from the OSC Coordinator. Time critical task dispatches originating from the Control Room shall remain under direct control of the Control Room crew until the subject task is complete and the person (or team) has returned to the OSC and completed debriefing. {PIP 0-M96-1576} {PIP 0-M98-3522}

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.14 RP/O/A/5700/012 OPERATIONS MANAGER IN THE Page 2 of 2 CONTROL ROOM TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST PROVIDE main communication link from the Control Room or Simulator to the TSC, OSC and EOF.

PROVIDE accurate and current task status information to the OSM as needed for non-time critical tasks.

ASSIST in making decisions on emergency classifications, mitigation strategies and contingency plans.

SUPPORT Control Room personnel by directing resources and providing consultation as required.

EVALUATE and prioritize for the Control Room requests for information from TSC, OSC, EOF, NRC and others.

EVALUATE and consult with Control Room personnel on suggested mitigation strategies.

COORDINATE with the Operations Liaison requested priorities of activities in the plant.

OVERRIDE normal controls on activities directed by the OSC as necessary.

AFTER the shift NLOs have been dispatched to the OSC, inform the OSM of your responsibility to make NLOs available to the Control Room for time critical tasks as needed.

NOTIFY the TSC OPS Procedure Support position of all Emergency Procedure transitions.

{PIP 0-M97-41 12}

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.15 RP/O/A/5700/0 12 DATA COORDINATOR Page 1 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

- SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point and report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.{PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ACCESS SDS in the TSC.

NOTE: ERDS is not activated for drills unless directed to do so by Emergency Planning. {PIP-M 561}.

ERDS can only be activated / deactivated from designated computer terminals with SDS access.

These are located in the STA's Office, the Data Coordinators' room in the TSC and all within the Control Room horse shoe area.

ERDS is NOT activated for a Notification of Unusual Event. {PIP-0-M-99-2929 }

IF the Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) is not activated, THEN activate ERDS as follows:

Ensure SDS is running on the selected terminal.

Click on MAIN.

Click on GENERAL.

Click on ERDS.

Click on ACTIVATE.

Record the date and time ERDS was activated in the log section of the Data Coordinator notebook located at the OAC terminals in the TSC.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.15 RP/O/A/5700/012 DATA COORDINATOR Page 2 of 2 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INFORM the OSM that ERDS was activated.

INFORM the EC that ERDS was activated.

IF ERDS failed to activate after five (5) attempts, THEN have the NRC Communicator notify the NRC via ENS or other available means. {PIP-M-99-5381 }.

TERMINATE ERDS once the event is over by clicking on Terminate.

PROVIDE support in the area of Computer Services and data acquisition.

PROVIDE computer support for both software and hardware applications of data review in the TSC and the transfer of data to offsite locations.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage as necessary.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to Emergency Planning upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.16 RP/01A/5700/012 SITE ASSEMBLY COORDINATOR Page 1 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress, or is conducted, SWIPE your ID badge in the badge reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point, report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm.IPIP 0-M96-18691 ESTABLISH a log of activities.

ESTABLISH and maintain communications with the SAS by calling Ext. 2191 to obtain status of the site assembly.

lNOTE: Extension 4458 and 4977 are forwarded to Security at 4550 when the TSC is not activated. I CLEAR the forward feature from extension 4458 and 4977 (located in the Site Assembly Coordinator office) by following the instructions located on the desk.

RECORD site assembly start time (announced from Control Room or available through the Operations Manager in the TSC).

NOTE: Approximately 15 to 20 minutes into the site assembly, the assembly locations inside the protected area will contact the Site Assembly Coordinator with names and badge numbers of personnel who were unable to swipe at the assembly locations. {PIP M-03-3918 }

WHEN Security provides a printout of unaccounted personnel, THEN CHECK OFF personnel who could not swipe at their assembly point (request this from Security, ext. 2191, about 20 to 25 minutes into the site assembly). (PIP M-03-3918}

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.16 RP/0/A1570010 12 SITE ASSEMBLY COORDINATOR Page 2 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: 1. During drills, the number of personnel at each assembly point inside the protected area should be determined only if time permits. This information is necessary in the event of an evacuation.

2. It is not necessary to contact the control room, TSC, and OSC assembly points to gather personnel numbers information. {PIP M-03-3918, C.A. 9}

CONTACT the various site assembly points inside the protected area to determine the approximate number of personnel at each location.

NOTE: Securing personnel numbers from site assembly points inside the protected area should receive priority over calling outside site assembly points for personnel numbers. However, gathering inside and outside numbers may occur simultaneously if the TSC Emergency Planner is available to assist.

Request assistance from the TSC Emergency Planner (if available) to make calls to gather personnel numbers at assembly points outside the protected area. {PIP M-03-3918, C.A.7)

During an actual event, CONTACT all site assembly points to determine the approximate number of personnel at each location.

RECORD the approximate number of personnel at each assembly point inside the protected area on the board located in the Site Assembly Coordinators office.

RECORD the approximate number of personnel at each assembly point outside the protected area on the form listing the outside site assembly points (form located in the Site Assembly Coordinator's office).

NOTE: During a TSC "time out" a Site Assembly or Evacuation Coordinator SHALL report to the designated location at the Emergency Coordinator's Table to provide status/updates. {PIP M98-2065 }

__ RECORD site assembly completion time

_ REQUEST the OPS Manager in the TSC have the Control Room to STOP site assembly alarms and announcements.

DISCUSS standing down from site assembly with the Emergency Coordinator. If okay to stand down, REQUEST OPS Manager in the TSC have the Control Room to give the stand down from site assembly. If NOT okay to stand down from site assembly, Site Evacuation Coordinator will make announcements as directed by Enclosure 4.20.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.16 RP/0/A/5700/012 SITE ASSEMBLY COORDINATOR Page 3 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: 1. The following message will be communicated to the site at the conclusion of site assembly by the control room.

2. If there is a need to use the public address system to convey a message to an individual location, refer to page 4 of 4 in this enclosure for the number of the individual location.

IF requested to do so by the control room, ANNOUNCE the stand down message below:

Drill Message for standing down from Site Assembly: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all personnel. This is a drill message. This is a drill message. You have been assembled as part of an emergency exercise. If this were an actual emergency, you would be asked to remain assembled waiting on further information, or given instructions to leave the site in accordance with our site evacuation plan. You may now return to your normal work assignments. Thank you for your participation."

Actual Event Message for standing down from Site Assembly: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all personnel. Conditions have stabilized (or have been downgraded) so that site assembly is no longer required. You may now return to your normal work assignment."

AFTER the drill message for standing down from site assembly is announced, EVALUATE the need to initiate search and rescue of missing personnel and discuss with Emergency Coordinator.

POST periodic site assembly updates on site assembly/evacuation board as needed.

PROVIDE periodic updates to the Emergency Coordinator, as needed and during time outs, concerning site assembly status.

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage for your position as necessary.

NOTE: If the Site Assembly portion of the Emergency / Drill is complete. The Site Assembly Coordinator should assist the Site Evacuation Coordinator with Emergency/ Drill message updates and evacuation coordination.

WHEN the TSC is deactivated, then FORWARD extensions 4458 and 4977 to Security at extension 4550.

REPLACE the signs on extensions 4458 and 4977 warning personnel about using the two extensions.

PROVIDE all completed paperwork to the Emergency Planner upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.16 RP/O/A/5700/012 SITE ASSEMBLY COORDINATOR Page 4 of 4 TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST SITE PAGING SYSTEM INDIVIDUAL PAGING NUMBERS NOTE: 1. 710 covers all of these areas.

2. Call numbers for individual locations are listed below.

711 then speak MOC 712 , then speak Garage, Switchyard, Firing Range, & Ball field 713 , then speak Medical 714 , then speak NAB 715, then speak MTF 718 , then speak Cowans Ford 719 , then speak Plant 720 , then speak Island Training Center 721 , then speak Island Environmental Center 722 , then speak Island Tech Services Center 723 , then speak Island Energy Explorium Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.17 RP1O0A/570010 12 Emergency Coordinator Turnover Checklist Page 1 of 1 UNIT(S) AFFECTED: Ul_ U2 181 POWER LEVEL NCS TEMP NCS PRESS DATE:

U-I TIME:

U-2_

Z NOUE DECLARED AT: TSC ACTIVATED AT:

U P ALERT DECLARED AT: EOF ACTIVATED AT:

SAE DECLARED AT:

G.E. DECLARED AT:

x. REASON FOR EMER CLASS:

YES NO TIME LOCATION OR COMMENTS SITE ASSEMBLY SITE EVAC. (NON-ESSEN.)

0 SITE EVAC. (ESSENTIAL) uA ., OTHER OFFSITE AGENCY

> INVOLVEMENT MEDICAL FIRE POLICE NUMBER NUMBER ASSEM. DEPLOYED FIELD MON. TEAMS ZONES ZONES EVACUATED SHELTERED KI (General Public)

OFFSITE PARS Yes( I No(

O RELEASE IN PROGRESS YES )(

RELEASE PATHWAY CONTAINMENT PRESSURE PSIG WIND DIRECTION WIND SPEED NUMBER TIME I- LAST MESSAGE SENT:

O NEXT MESSAGE DUE:

NOTE: EOF COMMUNICATION CHECKS SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO ACTIVATING THE EOF.

0 OTHER NOTES RELATED TO THlE ACCI]DENT/EVENT/PLANT EQUIPMENT FARLED OR OUT OF SERVICE T-~

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.18 RPIO/A/5700/012 Emergency Classification Termination Page 1 of 2 Criteria Page 2 Page 2 Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.18 RPIO/A1570010 12 Emergency Classification Termination Page 2 of 2 Criteria Terminate the current

<euirement o Table > Yes classification and declare the plant in recovery 1ensaif Continue with the current dassifkatinm until a recovely can be declared I,

Table 1 Recovery Conditions

__ No new evacuation or sheltering protective actions are anticipated.

Containment pressure is less than design pressure.

-- Decay heat rejection to the ultimate heat sink has been established and either:

  • Injection and heat removal have redundancy available (2 trains of injection/DHR or a train of DHR and S/G cooling)

OR

  • No additional fission product release or fission product barrier challenges would be expected for at least 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> following interruption of injection. (PIP O-M96-1645)

__The risks from recriticality are acceptably low.

__ Radiation Protection is monitoring access to radiologically hazardous areas.

__ Offsite conditions do not limit plant access.

___The News Manager, NRC officials, and State representatives have been consulted to determine the effects of termination on their activities.

__The recovery organization is ready to assume control of recovery operations Go to RP/IOA/5700/024, (Recovery and Reentry).

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.19 RPIO/AI5700/0 12 Fitness for Duty Questionnaire Page 1 of 1 Print Name: Employee ID #:

Sign Name: ERO Position:

HAVE YOU CONSUMED ALCOHOL IN THE LAST FIVE (5) HOURS?

MARK THE APPROPRIATE BOX No 1 If No, stop here and fold this form and drop it in the box provided.

YES If your answer is Yes, take this form to a member of management for observation.

OBSERVATION DETERMINATION What did you have?

How much did you have?

Can you perform your function unimpaired? YES LI1 NO L In my opinion, observation of this individual indicates the individual is capable of performing his/her ERO function.

Signature of Management Observer Date Fold the form and drop it in the box provided.

Rev 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/O/A/5700/012 Page 1 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INITIAL NOTE: You are only required to complete Enclosure 4.19 (Fitness for Duty Questionnaire) when reporting to the facility outside of your normal work hours.

SIGN in on the TSC staffing board and put on position badge.

SIGN the TSC attendance sheet for a drill.

IF a site assembly is in progress or is conducted SWIPE your ID badge in the badge reader located in the TSC for personnel accountability.

CONTACT your site assembly point, report your location upon activation of the site assembly alarm. {PIP 0-M96-1869}

ESTABLISH a log of activities.

DISCUSS with the Site Assembly Coordinator the status of the site assembly in preparation for emergency/drill message updates and possible site evacuation.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/0/A/5700/0 12 Page 2 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: If the Site Assembly portion of the Emergency / Drill is complete, the Site Assembly Coordinator should assist the Site Evacuation Coordinator with Emergency! Drill message updates and evacuation coordination.

IF site assembly is still in progress ANNOUNCE the following Initial communication over the P.A. for the appropriate situation by dialing 710, at the beep, dial 80 and begin speaking:

For an Actual Emergency: "Attention all site personnel. This is an emergency message. This is an emergency message. At the present time, we have a (emergency classification). (Report general information of the event/information of importance. Obtain this informationfrom the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

All personnel shall remain at their site assembly location until further instructions are given.

Information will be provided to you as conditions change."

For a Drill: "Attention all site personnel. This is a drill message. This is a drill message. At the present time, we have a (emergency classification). (Report general information of the event/information of importance. Obtain this informationfrom the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

All personnel shall remain at their site assembly location until further instructions are given."

RECORD time of announcement Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/O/A/5700/0 12 Page 3 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST INOTE: An additional worksheet for Emergency/Drill Message Updates is on page 8 of 8.

I OBTAIN off-site notification information from the Off-site Agency Communicator each time an off-site notification is made and prepare an Emergency/ Drill Message Update as follows:

NOTE: If it is determined that an announcement should be made to the plant outside of the normal offsite agency communication, get the Emergency/ Assistant Emergency Coordinator's approval prior to the announcement. Use the message format as follows. After the notification is made, provide a copy of the announcement to the Offsite Agency Communicators.

Emergency Message/Drill Message Update: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all site personnel. This is an/a emergency/drill message. This is an/a emergency/drill message. (General Information of the event/information of importance. Obtain this information from the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

t, RECORD time of announcement Emergency Message/Drill Message Update: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all site personnel. This is an/a emergency/drill message. This is an/a emergency/drill message. (GeneralInformation of the event/information of importance. Obtain this information from the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

RECORD time of announcement Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/01A/5700/0 12 Page 4 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST EVALUATE with the Radiation Protection Manager, the Emergency Coordinator and other TSC personnel the need to conduct a site evacuation or relocation of on-site personnel based on the following Event Classification criteria:

Alert- determine by actual plant conditions.

Site Area Emergency- consider evacuation/relocation of non-essential personnel.

General Emergency- evacuate all non-essential personnel.

NOTE: 1. Security sweep priorities are outlined in Security Procedure EXAC-12 and are based on sweeping areas in the direction of the prevailing winds first, such as the discharge canal fishing area.

2. The owner controlled area patrol will perform sweeps and evacuate visitors without site contacts, such as fishermen along the discharge canal and persons at the Nature Trail and beach, at the ALERT level.
3. For owner controlled areas outside the protected area that must be evacuated, evacuation wardens will perform sweeps of their assigned building areas during regular working hours, Monday thru Thursday. Security will provide sweeps of all other areas, including buildings where evacuation wardens are not assigned during regular and non-regular working hours. Security will provide sweeps of all buildings during non-regular working hours.
4. Radiological conditions, wind direction, and the degree of protection provided (outside or inside a building) are examples that might influence sweep priority changes.

PROVIDE guidance to the OSC Coordinator for the priority of evacuation sweeps by Site Services and Security and if priorities are different than normal priorities.

NOTE: The following information may be provided to the EOF via the Offsite Agency Communicators. {PIP-0-M-99-091 1)

NOTIFY EOF anytime personnel are relocated onsite or evacuated from the premises. {PIP-M-01-42761 Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/O/A/5700/01 2 Page 5 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: 1. Evacuations planned inside the Protected Area should be made by contacting Security in the OSC with instructions. Evacuations outside the protected area should be made by contacting Security in the OSC and instructing them to coordinate activities with Site Services representatives in the OSC. When giving evacuation instructions be sure to identify the area for evacuees to relocate to, according to procedure RP/O/A/5700/01 1.

2. The OSC Security phone is 4956. The OSC Site Services phone is 4963.

EVALUATE with the Radiation Protection Manager, Emergency Planner and Emergency Coordinator the following:

  • Recommendations on the need, path, and transportation options for relocation of on-site personnel.
  • Recommendations on need, path, and transportation options for evacuation of non-essential personnel off-site (Training Center lobby / Cowans Ford Dam or offsite I home.)
  • Recommendations on need to restrict vehicle (site transportation shuttle, etc.) movement on site. {PIP 0-M97-2871 }
  • Recommendations on need to use a forklift or other appropriate equipment to remove obstacles so that the main entrance across the SNSW dam can be used as a contingency evacuation route.

NOTE: During a TSC "time out" a Site Assembly or Evacuation Coordinator SHALL report to the designated location at the Emergency Coordinator's Table to provide status/updates. {PIP M98-2065 }

PROVIDE periodic updates to Emergency Coordinator as needed and during time outs on site evacuation or on site relocation of personnel.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/O/A157001012 Page 6 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST NOTE: OSC Site Services and EOF Services personnel will arrange for alternate transportation.

PREPARE for turnover of site personnel (TSC, OSC and other essential personnel).

The following items should be discussed with RP Manager and Emergency Planner several hours in advance of anticipated turnover time.

  • Are parking lots and personal vehicles contaminated?
  • Will buses or other alternate transportation be needed to transport personnel to and from the site?
  • Will pickup/drop off points outside the EPZ need to be established?

IF the decision is made to evacuate personnel from the site, THEN INFORM Offsite Agency Communicators (or the EOF if activated) to notify appropriate offsite agencies:

  • Approximate number of people to be evacuated
  • Evacuation destination:
  • Home
  • Technical Training Center
  • Cowans Ford
  • Others PROVIDE to the EOF an estimate of the number of people to be evacuated.

NOTE: Security may need to notify the Mecklenburg Police (911) requesting them to assist in traffic control, if deemed necessary by the Emergency Coordinator or Security Shift Supervisor.

IF the decision is made to evacuate, NOTIFY Security to assist with traffic control as needed.

IF evacuation of non-essential personnel is planned, REQUEST Managers, during a time out, to identify and inform their own essential personnel to remain, as all others will be evacuated.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/0/A/5700/012 Page 7 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST IF the decision is made to evacuate, NOTIFY the chosen Evacuation-Relocation site of the expected arrival of personnel.

Technical Training Center 9-704-579-3210. This is a cellular telephone carried by an industrial security guard who roams the site seven days a week, 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> a day.

Powerhouse at Cowans Ford Dam - 4335. This phone rings throughout the dam site. This location is staffed Monday through Friday, 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> per day. IF no answer at 4335, call the Hydro Central Operations Office at 8-382-6838 or 8-382-6836 and request that the security gates at the plant entrance at highway NC73 and the Cowans Ford Power House be unlocked so that the Cowans Ford service bay can be used as an evacuation site.

NOTE: Inform Control Room that you have already contacted Security and the Evacuation site with information about the evacuation of personnel.

IF the decision is made to evacuate, DIRECT the Control Room to evacuate the site per (RP/0/A/5700/01 1) by calling the Control Room SRO at extension 4138 (then select option 3) and giving the following evacuation route information for non-essential personnel:

Non-essential personnel should:

A. Proceed to (Training Center lobby / Cowans Ford Dam / Home / Other)

RECORD the time the site evacuation begins . Ends_

PREPARE for 24-hour coverage for your position as necessary.

POST updates to the site assembly / evacuation board located in the Site Assembly Coordinators office as needed.

PROVIDE completed paperwork to the Emergency Planner upon deactivation of the emergency facility.

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.20 RP/O/Af57001012 Page 8 of 8 SITE EVACUATION COORDINATOR TSC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST ADDITIONAL WORKSHEET FOR EMERGENCY/DRILL MESSAGE UPDATES Emergency Message/Drill Message Update: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all site personnel. This is an/a emergency/drill message. This is an/a emergency/drill message. (GeneralInformation of the event/information of importance. Obtain this information from the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

RECORD time of announcement . Initial Emergency Message/Drill Message Update: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all site personnel. This is an/a emergency/drill message. This is an/a emergency/drill message. (General Information of the event/information of importance. Obtain this information from the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

RECORD time of announcement . Initial_

Emergency Message/Drill Message Update: Dial 710; at the beep, dial 80, begin speaking "Attention all site personnel. This is an/a emergency/drill message. This is an/a emergency/drill message. (GeneralInformation of the event/information of importance. Obtain this information from the Offsite Agency Communicator.)

RECORD time of announcement _______. Initia_______

Rev. 24

Enclosure 4.21 RP/O/A/5700/012 Page 1 of I ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATIONS LINKS BETWEEN SAMG EVALUATORS NOTE: OPS Procedure Support in the TSC will serve as the lead SAMG evaluator and will be assisted by Reactor Engineer and Systems Engineer in the TSC, as well as Accident Assessment Interface in the EOF. OPS Procedure Support is expected to direct the other evaluators in what they should be looking at strategically, plus ensure that SAEG-I is completed appropriately as directed by the guidelines.

ESTABLISH communications links between the SAMG evaluators (TSC OPS Procedure Support, TSC Reactor Engineer, TSC System Engineering Manager, and EOF Accident Assessment Interface) by dialing on to the RP controller bridge at 875-4833. This is a 6-party bridge line.

EVALUATE using an alternate bridge line listed below if for some reason the RP Controller bridge is unavailable or if other communications links are desired or needed. Dial the number listed as desired to determine if that bridge is currently being used. If the desired bridge line is not being used, then the appropriate parties may dial in to use it.

EP Controller bridge (12 - party) 875-4575 McGuire site bridge (6 - party) 875-3030 McGuire site bridge (6 - party) 875-3200 Rev. 24

(R04-01) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP/0/A/5700/018 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 013 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Notifications to the State and Counties from the Technical Support Center (4) Prepared By G /2

  • Date (5) Requires NSD Applicability Determination?

e Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes)

El No (Revision with minor changes)

El No (To incorpora, p eviously approved changes)

(6) Reviewed By /'c /% 4 (QR) Date 22/2-7120eX Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA / Date 2- 7 2~

Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA I Date 2/Z2_ Z 0 Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA Date 2-12 7J tZiL9 (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSM/QR) Date By (QR) Date (9) Approved By ,; ,44%4 P 3y Date  ?-3 -&

PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copy4vry 14 calendar days while work is being performed.)

(10) Compared with Control Copy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Compared with Control Copy Date Compared with Control Copy Date (1 1)Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12) Procedure Completion Verification El Yes El NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

El Yes El NA Required enclosures attached?

E Yes El NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

El Yes El NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

El Yes El NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13)Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additional pages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/A/5700/O 18 Revision No.

Notifications to the State and Counties 013 from the Technical Support Center Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MC0048MNL I

RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Page 2 of 6 Notifications to the State and Counties from the Technical Support Center

1. Symptoms An emergency has been declared and Offsite Agency Communicators have been called to staff the Technical Support Center.
2. Immediate Actions Initial 2.1 Obtain a copy of the authentication code word list and copies of the Emergency Notification Form from the procedures cabinet.

NOTE: 1. If selective signaling system fails, attempt to contact offsite agencies via bell lines.

2. If primary communication system fails, go to Enclosure 4.6, County Emergency Response Radio.
3. Report any failures to IAE Communications and the Emergency Planner.

- 2.2 Go to RPIO/A57001014, (Emergency Telephone Directory), Enclosure 4.1 to obtain Emergency Response Numbers.

3. Subsequent Actions 3.1 Provide copies of previously transmitted message forms to the following:{PIP 0-M 0911}:
  • Emergency Coordinator
  • Emergency Planner
  • NRC Communicator
  • Offsite Dose Assessors
  • Site Evacuation Coordinators
  • Drill Coordinator (During drills only).

RP/O/A/570010 18 Page 3 of 6 3.2 Power up the Offsite Agency Communicator computer and log on to the network using the instructions in the back of the Offsite Agency Communicator's notebook in the TSC.

3.3 Verify that the electronic version of the Emergency Notification Form (ENF) can be accessed. Reference Enclosure 4.2 for logon instructions if needed.

3.4 IF the Electronic Notification Form (ENF) is NOT operational, THEN, refer to Enclosure 4.3 and 4.4 for manual completion and transmission of the notification form. Notify TSC Data Coordinator of any computer problems.

NOTE: If the Control Room is ready to provide a follow-up notification, advise the Emergency Coordinator to have the Control Room transmit that notification before turning over to the TSC.

3.5 Notify the Emergency Coordinator that you are ready to take over communications to the states and counties. Also, tell him/her when the next notification is due.

3.6 Immediately after the Emergency Coordinator declares that the TSC is activated:

  • Notify the Control Room Offsite Agency Communicator that the TSC is now responsible for notifications and will transmit the next message.
  • Obtain from the Control Room Offsite Agency Communicator which offsite agencies will not be participating. (DRILL OR EXERCISE ONLY)

NOTE: The Electronic ENF program automatically puts the Technical Support Center activation time in line 7 of the ENF.

3.7 Notify the state and counties that the TSC has been activated. This may be accomplished by writing in the description/remarks section on the next transmitted Emergency Notification Form; "Technical Support Center activated at (time)."

- 3.8 If the emergency class is upgraded to a higher classification (e.g., from Alert to Site Area Emergency) or an upgrade in the Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) is made, state and counties must be notified as soon as possible and within 15 minutes after the change is declared by the Emergency Coordinator.

3.9 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-3711 1

RP/O/A/5700/018 Page 4 of 6 3.10 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting the initial message, THEN:

A. Notify the agencies an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be provided within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

{PIP-M-01-3711 }

- 3.11 IF any situation occurs that affects the offsite agencies, (i.e., potentially contaminated individual is transported offsite, site evacuation is ordered), THEN the state and counties must be notified as soon as possible.

- 3.12 Certain events could occur at the plant site such that both units are affected. These may include: Enclosure 4.3 (Abnormal Rad Levels/Radiological Effluent), Enclosure 4.6 (Fire/Explosion and Security Events) and Enclosure 4.7 (Natural Disasters, Hazards and Other Conditions Affecting Plant Safety) from RP/O/A/5700/000, (Classification of Emergency). Consider this when completing the "unit designation" on line 2 of the Emergency Notification Form. {PIP 0-M97-4638 }

3.13 Notifications 3.13.1 Initial notifications (The first emergency class declaration and then any change in an emergency classification): Refer to Enclosure 4.2 for electronic Emergency Notification Form completion/transmission instructions or Enclosure 4.3 for manual Emergency Notification Form completion/transmission instructions.

RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Page 5 of 6 NOTE: Follow-up messages of a lesser classification should never be approved after an upgrade to a new classification is declared. Emphasis should be placed on providing current information and not on providing a follow-up just to meet follow-up deadline. IF a follow-up is due and an upgrade in classification is declared, THEN the Offsite Agency Communicators should contact the agencies that the pending follow-up is being superseded by an upgrade in classification and information will be provided within 15 minutes of the upgrade.

3.13.2 Follow-up notifications (anything other than a change in classification): Refer to Enclosure 4.2 for electronic Emergency Notification Form completion/transmission instructions or Enclosure 4.4 for manual follow-up Emergency Notification Form completion/transmission instructions. Make follow-up notifications according to the following schedule:

Unusual Event Alert, Site Area and General Every 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> until the emergency is closed out Every hour until the emergency is closed out OR OR If there is any significant change to the situation If there is any significant change to the situation OR OR As agreed upon with each individual agency As agreed upon with each individual agency and documentation shall be maintained for any and the interval shall not be greater than agreed upon schedule change. 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to any agency.

3.13.3 Termination notification: Refer to Enclosure 4.2 for electronic Emergency Notification Form completion/transmission instructions or Enclosure 4.5 for manual Emergency Notification Form completion/transmission instructions.

3.14 IF any calls are received requesting information about the emergency which is not contained on the notification form, THEN:

- 3.14.1 Authenticate the request to ensure the person is a state or county official.

- 3.14.2 Have the Emergency Coordinator approve transmittal of the information.

- 3.14.3 Document the question, answer, and the time the answer was transmitted on the log sheet in the Offsite Agency Communicator's notebook.

RP/IOA/5700/01 8 Page 6 of 6

-3.15 Notify Dose Assessment when responsibility for offsite communications has been transferred to the EOF

4. Enclosures 4.1 Emergency Notification Form 4.2 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Completion/Transmission 4.3 Manual Initial Notification Completion/Transmission 4.4 Manual Follow-up Notification Completion/Transmission 4.5 Manual Termination Notification Completion/Transmission 4.6 County Emergency Response Radio 4.7 Operation of the FAX

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A/5700IOI 8 Emergency Notification Form Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY NOTIFI CATION

1. 1 THIS IS A DRILL [] ACTUAL EMERGENCY [INITIAL C FOLLOW-UP MESSAGE NUMBER_
2. SITE McGuire Nuclear Station UNIT: REPORTED BY:_
3. TRANSMITTAL TIME/DATE: ________ / / CONFIRMATION PHONE NUMBER: (704) 875-1951 (E--~) mm DD YY
4. AUTHENTICATION (If Reouired):
5. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

[3NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT ALERT 1 SITE AREA EMERGENCY ED GENERAL EMERGENCY

6. Al Emergency Declaration At: E1 Termination At: TIME/DATE:_

MM I

DD

/

YY (IfB,gotoitem16-)

7. EMERGENCY DESCRIPTION/REMARKS: _
8. PLANT CONDITION IA IMPROVING E STABLE [F1 DEGRADING
9. REACTOR STATUS: A1 SHUTDOWN: TIME/DATE: M[ -% POWER
10. EMERGENCY RELEASE(S): IlI L NONE (Go to item 14.) ( 1 JPOTENTIAL (Go to item 14.) LJ IS OCCURRING [DI HAS OCCURRED
    • II. TYPEOFRELEASE: C] ELEVATED l] GROUND LEVEL AIRBORNE: Started:_ ___________ M I Stopped: Time;E.st) M m LIQUID: Started: d ____ I I_ Stopped:_ _ _ _I I/

lTi(E-e) MM DD YY Ti.. MM DD YY

    • 12. RELEASE MAGNITUDE LI CURIES PER SEC. IURIES NORMAL OPERATING LIMITS C ] BELOW HAlL' ABOVE W NOBLE GASES B 103NE W PARTICULATES_ D OIER
    • 13. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE: F] NEW UNCHANGED PROJECTION TIME:-_____

ERN)

TEDE Thyroid CDE mrem mrem SITE BOUNDARY _ ESTIMATED DURATION: _H RS.

2 MILES 5 MILES -

10 MILES

    • 14. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: Al WIND DIRECTION (from)_ B [ED (MPH) _

Il STABILITY CLASS D E+ECIPITATION (type)

Is. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS EA NO RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS B EVACUATE_

C SHELTER IN-PLACE_

E OTHER___

Emergency

16. APPROVED BY: Coordinator TIME/DATE:__ / /

(Na..) (Taik) (E-nr) MM DO ST

  • If items 8-14 have not changed, only items 1-7 and 15-16 are required to be completed.
    • Information may not be available on Initial Notifications.

Form 34888 (RI-94)

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/A15700/018 Emergency Notification Form Page 2 of 2

.GOVERNMENT AGENCIES NOTIFIEI)

Record the name, date, time and agencies notified: -

1.

(nme)

NC Sttate (date (time) (agency) EOC Sel. Sig. 314 EOC Bell Lin. 1-919- 733-3943 2.

(name)

MeCkle buhn

% Cnunt (date) (time) (agency) e' S. Sig. 116 WP Bell Line 704-943-6200 3.

(name) t-aGntnn Co(l n nt (date) (time) (agency) WP Scl Sig 112 WP Bell Line 1-704- 866-3300 4.

(name) 1A mcIn County (dale) (time) (agency) W'%Se.Sig. 113 WP Bell Line 1-704- 735-8202 5.

(nMme)

Iredell County (daft) (time) (agency) WP Sel.Sig. 114 WP Bell Line 1-704- 878-3039 6.

(name)

Cntnwhq Cot (dale) (time) (:gency) WPSe. Sig. f18 WP Bell Line 1-82S-464-3112 7.

(name)

(date) (lime) ( y'rSe (1onn11 i, WP Bell Line 1-704- 920-3000

'- Form 34888 (Rl-94)

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 1 of 30 Completion/Transmission I- 1. Electronic Notification Form Logon NOTE: In order to be able to FAX the ENF you must log on as per the instructions in the back of the Offsite Agency Communicator's notebook. DO NOT log on to the computer with your LAN ID.

1.1 IF not already performed, THEN ensure Offsite Communicator Computer is operational.

  • Power up the Offsite Agency Communicator computer and log on to the network using the instructions in the back of the Offsite Agency Communicator's notebook in the TSC.
  • Verify the computer internal clock is synchronized with the facility clock in the Emergency Coordinator's Area. (Adjust as necessary.)

NOTE: If the computer or Electronic Notification Form is not operational, report it to the TSC Data Coordinator. Refer to Enclosures 4.3, 4.4 and 4.5 for manual completion and standard transmission of the Notification Form.

1.2 If not already performned, log on to the Electronic Notification Form by performing one of the following:

  • Select the (ERO) Emergency Response Organization option from the DAE My Application.

OR

  • Go to the DAE and search for "Nuclear Generation".
  • Select the (ERO) Emergency Response Organization option.
  • Login the Program entering the following information:

User Name: Your Network Logon ID (i.e., JSM7327)

Password: Your Network Password Domain: NAM

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 2 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: The Plant Status, Plant Summary, Protective Actions, Release, and Met/Offsite Dose indicators at the bottom of the screen are color coded to assure information is being routinely updated.

Indicator information is as follows:

Black - information and time conflict.

Green - information is 0 to 10 minutes old.

Yellow - information is 10 to 15 minutes old.

Red - information is greater than 15 minutes old.

Information for the various Electronic ENF screens should come from the following areas:

Plant Status Screen: Operations Procedure Support.

Plant Summary Screen: TSC Emergency Coordinator/Off Site Agency Communicator.

Release Screen: Operations/TSC Dose Assessors (RadDose V data).

MetlOffsite Dose Screen: TSC Dose Assessors (RadDose V data).

Protective Actions Screen: Operations/Radiation Protection Manager/TSC Dose Assessors.

Communications Screen: Offsite Agency Communicator.

2. Electronic Notification Form Completion (Create Event)

~~2.1 Highlight the appropriate station (McGuire) for the event.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 3 of 30 Completion/Transmission 2.2 Create a new event by performing the following: Select Site from the menu, then New Event.

2.3 On the Create Event screen, fill in the information from the previous message as follows:

  • For Event Information -Select Drill or Actual Emergency.
  • For Description - Indicate the type of Event (i.e., Loss of Offsite Power, 03/08/99 1st Quarter Drill).
  • For Emergency Classification - Select the appropriate Emergency Classification and time of declaration.

For Message Information - Has previous message been sent? (Yes or No)

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 4 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: The last message information is used to set the automatic functions of the program (i.e.,

number, transmittal times, etc.).

NOTE: For Last Message Information - If previous message has not been sent this field is automatically disabled.

2.3.1 For Last Message Information - If previous message has been sent:

  • Select (Initial or Follow-up).
  • Number (Last Message Number).
  • Transmittal Date/Time (Last Message Transmittal Time).

2.4 Select Create Event button at the bottom of the screen. (Event Screen should be created.)

2.5 If all information is correct select "Yes" at the prompt "Are you sure you are ready to create this event?".

NOTE: For the "Next Msg Due" indicator panel all indicator information is as follows:

Initial Messages: Follow Up Messages:

Black - information and time conflict. Black - information and time conflict.

Green - Next message due in 10 - 15 minutes. Green - Next message due in 30 - 60 minutes.

Yellow - Next message due in 5 - 9 minutes. Yellow - Next message due in 15 - 29 minutes.

Red - Next message due in < 5 minutes or past due. Red - Next msg due in <15 minutes or past due.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 5 of 30 Completion/Transmission

3. Plant Status Screen 3.1 Select the "Plant Status" Tab (First Tab on the Event screen) and perform the following:
  • Verify and update as necessary the "Emergency Classification" and "Declared At:" time field.
  • Click on the Emergency Action Level (EAL) pull down menu and select the appropriate Emergency Action Level.
  • Once the appropriate EAL has been highlighted, click on the "Select" button.
  • In the "Reactor Status" section, select the appropriate unit(s) and status.
  • If the Unit(s) is shutdown, verify that the shutdown time and date(s) are correct.

NOTE: If you indicate that Gap Activity has been exceeded then you must be in a General Emergenc

  • Update the "Gap Activity" status as necessary. If "yes" is selected, confirm correct with TSC Dose Assessors, Radiation Protection Manager and TSC Emergency Coordinator. {PIP-M 4908, C/A #3 }.
  • When all information is completed select the "Save" button.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 6 of 30 Completion/Transmission

4. Plant Summary Screen 4.1 Select the "Plant Summary" Tab (Second Tab on the Event screen).

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/0l8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 7 of 30 Completion/Transmission 4.2 Under the "Plant Conditions" section select the appropriate condition.

Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither degrading nor improving.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 8 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: 1. Remember to "close the loop" on items from previous notifications.

2. EAL information will automatically be included on JINITIAL messages.
3. Facility activation information will automatically be included on the appropriate message.

4.3 Under the "Description" section add description of changes since last notification or significant information for the current message. Items to be considered for inclusion are as follows: { O-M98-2065 }

  • Other unrelated classifiable events (for example, during an Alert, an event which, by itself would meet the conditions for an Unusual Event)
  • Major/Key Equipment Out of Service
  • Emergency response actions underway
  • Fire(s) onsite
  • Flooding related to the emergency
  • Explosions
  • Loss of offsite Power
  • Core Uncovery
  • Core Damage
  • MERT activation related to the emergency
  • Extraordinary noises audible offsite
  • Personnel injury related to the emergency or death
  • Transport of injured individuals offsite - specify whether contaminated or not
  • Site Evacuation/relocation of site personnel
  • Saboteurs/Intruders/Suspicious devices/Threats
  • Chemical or Hazardous Material Spills or Releases
  • Any event causing/requiring offsite agency response
  • Any event causing increased media attention.

4.4 When input is complete select the "Save" button.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 9 of 30 Completion/Transmission

5. Release Screen

_ 5.1 Select the "Release" Tab (Fourth Tab on the event screen).

  • Select the appropriate Emergency Release condition (i.e., None, Potential, etc.).
  • If "None" is selected select the "Save" button and Go To section 6 (Met/Offsite Dose Screen).
  • Verify that "Ground Level" Release is selected.
  • Verify with the TSC Dose Assessors that the RadDose data is ready to be loaded.
  • After verification select "Load From RadDose" button.
  • At the confirmation prompt verify that the time and date for the Radose information is correct and select "Yes".
  • After data verification select the "Save" button.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/01A/5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 10 of 30 Completion/Transmission

6. Met/Offsite Dose Screen 6.1 Select the "Met/Offsite Dose" Tab (Fifth Tab on the Event screen).
  • Verify with the TSC Dose Assessors that the RadDose data is ready to be loaded.
  • After verification select "Load From RadDose" button.
  • At the confirmation prompt verify that the time and date for the RadDose information is correct and select "Yes".

0 After data verification select the "Save" button.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 11 of 30 Completion/Transmission

7. Protective Actions Screen NOTE: The Protective Actions Screen is only enabled when you are in a General Emergency Classification.

7.1 Select the "Protective Actions" Tab (Third Tab on the Event screen.)

  • If the Emergency Classification IS NOT a General Emergency select the "Validate" button and GO TO Step 8.
  • If the Emergency Classification IS a General Emergency select "Load Protective Action Recommendations".
  • If the TSC Dose Assessors recommend a protective action for KI, it must be added after the message is built. Refer to step 9.2. {PIP-G-03-606}
  • After the protective action recommendations are verified select the "Save" button.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 12 of 30 Completion/Transmission

8. Communications Screen 8.1 Select Communications tab at the top right of the Event Screen. (Last Tab on the Event screen).

8.2 Complete the Communicator "Name:" information. (This is the individual performing the communications with the State and County agencies.)

8.3 Complete the applicable information in the "Event Management" section as follows:

  • Select the "Managing Site".
  • Select and validate the appropriate facility (TSC or EOF) activation time.

NOTE: Last Message information should be automatically populated if a previous message has been sent. If a previous message has not been sent this portion of the screen should be disabled.

  • Once all applicable information has been completed select "Save".

8.4 Periodically validate information on the screens by reviewing the screen information and selecting the Validate button on the bottom right of the screen. (This will update the screens to Green Status.)

8.5 If information needs to be updated, make the appropriate changes and then select the Save button on the bottom right of the screen. (This will also update the Communicator Indicator.)

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 13 of 30 Completion/Transmission

9. Building a Message 9.1 When it is time to develop a message to be communicated to the Offsite Agencies, perform the following:

NOTE: Contact the responsible group if information needs to updated or validated.

  • Verify Status indicators for the various screens at the bottom of the screen are current.
  • Select the Communications screen, then select the Build New Message bar at the bottom of the screen. Information from the various screens will be incorporated into the message.
  • Review the form to verify information is correct.

9.2 If information needs to be revised, select Message from the Toolbar, then Edit.

  • If instructed by the TSC Dose Assessors based on projected Thyroid dose, on Line 15, check the box "D" for "other" and type "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy." {PIP-G-03-606}
  • Make changes as necessary and inform the responsible group of those changes.
  • When editing is complete, select Save.
  • To return to the message form, select Message from the Toolbar, then Preview Message.
  • If message is correct, print out a copy by selecting Message from the Toolbar, then Print.

9.3 Have the TSC Emergency Coordinator review and sign the form.

10. Transmitting Message 10.1 Locate a copy the Authentication Code Word List.

10.2 For Initial Notifications (15 Minutes), proceed to Section 11.

10.3 For Follow-up Notifications, proceed to Section 12.

10.4 For Termination Notifications, proceed to Section 13.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/570010 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 14 of 30 Completion/Transmission

11. Transmission of Initial Notifications

_ 11.1 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-3711 }

11.2 IF an upgrade to a higher classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN:

A. Notify agencies that an upgrade has occurred, and that new information will be supplied within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

{PIP-M-01-3711 }

NOTE: 1. All initial notifications shall be communicated verbally within 15 Minutes of Emergency Classification declaration. Avoid using abbreviations or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to states and counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, say "Not available" or "Not Applicable". Do not abbreviate "N.A." because this is ambiguous.

2. If Selective Signaling is not operational, the bell telephones lines may be used to call agencies individually or see Enclosure 4.6 for radio instructions.
3. If the ENF Fax program is not operational refer to Enclosure 4.7 for additional instructions.

11.3 Once the ENF has been approved, one Offsite Agency Communicator shall perform steps 11.4 - 11.7 while another Offsite Agency Communicator establishes contacts as per step 11.8.

NOTE: The "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes will be either checked or unchecked. Unless directed otherwise, leave the "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes as they are when the "Fax Message" Prompt appears.

11.4 To fax the electronic form, Select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Fax.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 15 of 30 Completion/Transmission

  • Enter the Name, Title, and Date/Time from Line 16 of the ENF.
  • Select the Fax Button on this panel.

11.5 Select "Yes" on confirmation panel if ready to fax the form.

l NOTE: The AT&T Fax Sender Panel should now be initialized and appear on the screen.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 16 of 30 Completion/Transmission 11.6 On ATT Fax Sender Panel, Type -mcguire in the Name block.

11.7 Perform the following:

4

  • Click the Green colored "check mark symbol" ( ) at the right of the block at the top of the panel. (The Name block information will be transferredto the Recipient block.)
  • Then, select the Send button at the top of the panel. (The ENF will be Faxed to the agencies simultaneously.)
  • Select "OK" on reminder panel for setting the transmittal time and date.
  • IF desired, monitor the fax status by clicking the AT&T Mail button at the bottom of the screen (i.e., maximize the program).
  • IF the fax program does not appear to be working, (i.e., fax not being transmitted), refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate fax instructions.

NOTE: Allow 4 to 5 minutes if it is desired that the Notification form be received by the agencies prior to contacting them by phone.

11.8 Establish communications with the Offsite Agencies via the Selective Signaling Phone per the following:

  • Activate the Group Call function by dialing
  • 1 and verify that all available agencies answer. At least one attempt using the individual selective signaling code must be made for the missing agencies. Proceed with the notification promptly after an attempt to get the missing agencies on the line.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 17 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF that the Emergency Coordinator has previously signed.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).
  • When all available parties are verified on the line, document the time when the first party answered in Item #3 on the front of the form (copy sign by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).
  • Read the following statement "This is McGuire Nuclear Station TSC. This is a drill or actual emergency (whichever applies)".
  • Verify that all Agencies have received the Faxed ENF. (If ENF has not been received ask agencies to get a blank ENF and tell them that you will provide the information.)
  • Read the information on the ENE, line-by-line, to the Offsite Agencies.

NOTE: Authentication Code should be handwritten into the signed ENF form.

  • For Initial Notifications, when you reach item #4, ask the State or a County to authenticate the message. The agency should give you a number to which you will reply with the appropriate code word. Write the number and code word on the form.
  • After the information has been covered, inform the agencies the following: "This concludes message # . Are there any questions?"
  • Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF or use a copy of page 2 of Enclosure 4.1.
  • Continuous attempts to contact missing agencies must be made using commercial lines, radio, etc., if unable to complete the notifications as per 11.8. Document the times these agencies were contacted on the back of the notification form.
  • After message transmission is complete, select Message from the toolbar, then choose "Set Transmittal Date/Time".
  • Select "Yes" at the prompt if the Fax was successfully sent.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page I8 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: The transmittal date and time will be automatically populated on the message.l

  • Complete the message transmittal Date and Time and select "Save".
  • At the confirmation prompt select "Yes" if you are ready to update this message.

11.9 Write the authentication Number and Codeword on the ENF.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 19 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: Authentication of a request is only required if a separate call is received. If information is requested while still on Selective Signaling no authentication is required.

11.10 If a question is outside of ENF information, do not answer the question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call, you give the number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.
  • Document the question, answer, and have the TSC Emergency Coordinator sign.
  • Document the time the answer was provided to the Offsite Agency.

11.11 Provide copies of the transmitted message form to the following:{PIP 0-M-99-0911 }:

  • Emergency Coordinator
  • NRC Communicator
  • Site Evacuation Coordinators
  • Offsite Dose Assessors
  • Emergency Planner
  • Drill Coordinator (During drills only).

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 20 of 30 Completion/Transmission 11.12 To perform follow-up messages, or new initial messages once an event has been created, select the desired event title and return to Section 3 of this enclosure.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/AI5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 21 of 30 Completion/Transmission

12. Transmission of Follow-up Notification NOTE: The "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes will be either checked or unchecked. Unless directed otherwise, leave the "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes as they are when the "Fax Message " Prompt appears.

12.1 To fax the electronic form, Select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Fax.

  • Enter the Name, Title, and Date/Time from Line 16 of the ENF.
  • Select the Fax Button on this panel.
  • Select "Yes" on confirmation panel if ready to fax the form.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/01A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 22 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: The AT&T Fax Sender Panel should now be initialized and appear on the screen.

12.2 Perform the following:

  • On ATT Fax Sender Panel, Type -mcguire in the Name block.
  • Click the Green colored " check mark symbol" ( i ) at the right of the block at the top of the panel. (The Name block information will be transferred to the Recipient block.)
  • Then, select the Send button at the top of the panel. (The ENF will be Faxed to the agencies simultaneously.)
  • Select "OK" on reminder panel for setting the transmittal time and date.

Enclosure 4.2 RPIO/A/5700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Formn (ENF) Page 23 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: Allow 4 to 5 minutes if it is desired that the Notification form be received by the agencies prior to contacting them by phone.

  • IF desired, monitor the fax status by clicking the AT&T Mail button at the bottom of the screen (i.e., maximize the program).
  • IF the fax program does not appear to be working, (i.e., fax not being transmitted), refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate fax instructions.

12.3 Establish communications with the Offsite Agencies via the Selective Signaling Phone per the following:

  • Activate the Group Call function by dialing
  • 1 and verify that each agency answers. (If all agencies do not answer the group call, dial the specific agency individually.)

NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the ENF form.
  • Verify that all available agencies are on the line. Document the time when the first party answers in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).
  • Verify that all Agencies have received the Faxed ENF. (If ENF has not been received ask agencies to get a blank ENF and tell them that you will provide the information.)
  • Ask if there are any questions, regarding the Follow-up ENF information.
  • Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF or use a copy of page 2 of Enclosure 4.1.
  • After message transmission is complete, select Message from the toolbar, then choose "Set Transmittal Date/Time".
  • Select "Yes" at the prompt if the Fax was successfully sent.

Enclosure 4.2 RPIO/AI5700!018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 24 of 30 Completion/Transmi ssion MOTE: The transmittal date and time will be automatically populated on the message.l

  • Complete the message transmittal Date and Time and select "Save".
  • At the confirmation prompt select "Yes" if you are ready to update this message.

NOTE: Authentication of a request is only required if a separate call is received. If information is requested while still on Selective Signaling no authentication is required.

12.4 If a question is outside of ENF information, do not answer the question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call, you give the number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.
  • Document the question, answer, and have the TSC Emergency Coordinator sign.
  • Document the time the answer was provided to the Offsite Agency.

12.5 Repeat the previous step as necessary to communicate answers to questions concerning other Follow-up notifications.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 25 of 30 Completion/Transmission 12.6 Provide copies of the transmitted message form to the following: {PIP 0-M-99-0911 }:

  • Emergency Coordinator
  • NRC Communicator
  • Site Evacuation Coordinators
  • Offsite Dose Assessors
  • Emergency Planner
  • Drill Coordinator (During drills only).
13. Termination Message NOTE: 1. Termination notifications are communicated verbally.
2. Termination notification is marked as a Follow-up.

13.1 From the Menu bar for the specific Event, Select Event, Then select Terminate Event.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 26 of 30 Completion/Transmission 13.2 Enter Termination Time and Date, then Click OK.

13.3 Confirm that event is ready to be Terminated by clicking "Yes".

13.4 Message will be generated with appropriate information.

  • If information needs to be revised, select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Edit.
  • Make changes as necessary and inform the responsible group of those changes.
  • When editing is complete, select Save.
  • To return to the message form, select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Preview.

13.5 Review the form to verify information is correct.

  • If message is correct, print out a copy by selecting Message from the Toolbar, then Print.
  • Have the TSC Emergency Coordinator review and sign the form.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 27 of 30 Completion/Transmission NOTE: The "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes will be either checked or unchecked. Unless directed otherwise, leave the "Export to Web" and "Send E-Mail" boxes as they are when the "Fax Message" Prompt appears.

13.6 Once approved, fax the Electronic form by performing the following:

  • Select Message from the Toolbar, THEN Fax.
  • Enter the Name, Title, and Date/Time from Line 16 of the ENF.
  • Select the Fax Button on this panel.
  • Select "Yes" on confirmation panel if ready to fax the form.

I NOTE: If the Electronic Notification Form Fax process is not operational, refer to Enclosure 4.7 for alternate Fax instructions.

  • On ATT Fax Sender Panel, Type -mcguire in the Name block.

4

  • Click the Green colored " check mark symbol" ( ) at the right of the block at the top of the panel. (The Name block information will be transferredto the Recipient block.)
  • Then, select the Send button at the top of the panel. (The ENF will be Faxed to the agencies simultaneously.)

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 28 of 30 Completion/Transmission

  • Select "OK" on reminder panel for setting the transmittal time and date.

l NOTE: Allow 4 to 5 minutes if it is desired that the Notification form be received by the agencies prior to contacting them by phone.

  • IF desired, monitor the fax status by clicking the AT&T Mail button at the bottom of the screen (i.e., maximize the program).
  • IF the fax program does not appear to be working, (i.e., fax not being transmitted), refer to Enclosure 4.4 for alternate fax instructions.

13.7 Establish communications with the Offsite Agencies via the Selective Signaling Phone per the following:

  • Activate the Group Call function by dialing
  • 1 and verify that each agency answers. (If all agencies do not answer the group call, dial the specific agency individually.)

NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the ENF form.
  • Verify that all available agencies are on the line. Document the time when the first party answers in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).
  • Verify that all Agencies have received the Faxed ENF and verbally communicate the message to the Offsite Agencies. (If ENF has not been received ask agencies to get a blank ENF and that you will provide the information.)
  • Ask if there are any questions, regarding the Termination ENF information.
  • Obtain the names of the agency representatives. Record the names on the back of the hard copy of the ENF or use a copy of page 2 of Enclosure 4.1.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 29 of 30 Completion/Transmission

  • After message transmission is complete, select Message from the toolbar, then choose "Set Transmittal Date/Time".
  • Select "Yes" at the prompt if the Fax was successfully sent.

NOTE: The transmittal date and time will be automatically populated on the message.l

  • Complete the message transmittal Date and Time and select "Save".
  • At the confirmation prompt select "Yes" if you are ready to update this message.

NOTE: Authentication of a request is only required if a separate call is received. If information is I requested while still on Selective Signaling no authentication is required.

13.8 If a question is outside of ENF information, do not answer the question but perform the following:

  • Authenticate the request (if question is a return call, you give the number).
  • Have the request evaluated by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.
  • Document the question, answer, and have the TSC Emergency Coordinator sign.
  • Document the time the answer was provided to the Offsite Agency.

Enclosure 4.2 RPIO/A/5700/018 Electronic Emergency Notification Form (ENF) Page 30 of 30 Completion/Transmission 13.9 Provide copies of the transmitted message form to the following:{PIP 0-M-99-091 1}:

  • Emergency Coordinator
  • Emergency Planner
  • NRC Communicator
  • Offsite Dose Assessors
  • Site Evacuation Coordinators
  • Drill Coordinator (During drills only).

Enclosure 4.3 RP/IOA/5700/01 8 Manual Initial Notification Page 1 of 5 Completion/Transmission

1. COMPLETION OF THE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE: ONLY items 1 - 10, 15 and 16 are required. Items 11 - 14 may be skipped.

1.1 Complete the Emergency Notification Form as follows:

Item # Action Source of Information

l. Check the appropriate blocks.

NOTE: Message #'s are sequentially numbered throughout the drill/emergency. l

2. Write in the unit or units affected.

NOTE: REPORTED BY: is the communicator's name.

3. Write in the transmittal time and date. The transmittal time is the time the first party answers when verifying all agencies are on the line.
4. Authentication will be completed while transmitting the notification to the state and counties.
5. Check the appropriate classification. OPS Procedure Support
6. Write the time and date the current classification is declared. OPS Procedure Support
7. NOTE: Reference RP/0/A157001000, (Classification of OPS Procedure Emergency). Support Enter a brief description of the reason for declaring the emergency classification (in layman's terms if possible). DO NOT use system abbreviations, acronyms or jargon that may cause confusion.

Instead, write out the description in long hand. Be sensitive to the fact that certain descriptive technical terms may elicit unanticipated reactions from others. {PIP 0-M98-2065}

Enclosure 4.3 RPIO/A15700/018 Manual Initial Notification Page 2 of 5 Completion/Transmission

8. Mark appropriate plant condition. OPS Procedure Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the Support following:
  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither deg~rading nor improving.

9. Write the time and date of Reactor Shutdown or Reactor Power OPS Procedure level as applicable. Support

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A/5700/01 8 Manual Initial Notification Page 3 of 5 Completion/Transmission NOTE: 1. An emergency release is any unplanned, quantifiable discharge to the environment associated with a declared emergency event.

(This definition is based on an NRC commitment made on 11/30/90 following McGuire's Steam Generator Tube Rupture.) {PIP 0-M97-4256}

2. Notify the OSM if box C or Box D is checked.
3. Base the determination of emergency release on:
  • containment pressure and other indications,
  • field monitoring results,
  • knowledge of the event and its impact on systems operation and resultant release paths.
4. An emergency release is occurring if any one or more of the following bulleted conditions are met associated with declared emergency:
  • Either containment particulate, gaseous, iodine monitor (EMFs 38, 39 and/or 40) readings indicate an increase in activity, OR Containment monitor (EMFs 51A and/or 51B) readings indicate greater than 1.5 RIhr, AND Either containment pressure is greater than 0.3 psig, OR An actual containment breach is known to exist.
  • Unit vent particulate, gaseous, iodine monitor (EMFs 35,36, and/or 37) readings indicate an increase in activity.
  • Condenser air ejector exhaust monitor (EMF 33) or other alternate means indicate Steam Generator tube leakage.
  • Confirmed activity in the environment reported by Field Monitoring Teams(s).
  • Knowledge of the event and its impact on systems operation and resultant release paths
10. Check the appropriate box for emergency release. R.P. Shift/Dose Assessors
  • A. NONE: clearly no emergency release is occurring or has occurred.
  • B. POTENTIAL: discretionary option for the EC or EOFD.
  • C. IS OCCURRING: meets the specified conditions.
  • D. HAS OCCURRED: previously met the specified conditions.

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A/5700/018 Manual Initial Notification Page 4 of 5 Completion/Transmission

15. Mark appropriate recommended protective actions. R.P. Shift/Dose If instructed by RP Shift/Dose Assessors based on projected Thyroid Assessors dose, check box "D" and write "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy." {PIP-G-03-606 }
16. Have the Emergency Coordinator approve the message. Emergency Coordinator
2. TRANSMISSION OF THE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE: 1. All initial notifications are verbal. Avoid using abbreviation or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to the state and counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, write out "Not Available" or "Not Applicable" in the margin or other space as appropriate. Do not abbreviate "N.A.".
2. The back-up means of communications are the Bell line or County Emergency Response Radio. Go to RP/O/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.1 for back-up numbers.
3. Go to Enclosure 4.6 for instructions on how to use the County Emergency Response Radio if Selective Signaling or Bell line is not available.

2.1 IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, THEN discard ENF paperwork and proceed to higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-371 11 2.2 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, THEN:

A. Notify agencies that an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be supplied within 15 minutes.

B. Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

{PIP-M-O1-3711 }

2.3 Use the Selective Signal telephone by dialing *1 and depressing the push-to-talk button.

2.4 IF the Selective Signaling Group Call fails, THEN GO TO RP/O/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.1 for manual Selective Signaling numbers.

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/A/5700101 8 Manual Initial Notification Page 5 of 5 Completion/Transmission NOTE: The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).

2.5 As the State and counties answer, check them off on the back of the notification form. At least one attempt using the individual selective signaling code must be made for the missing agencies. Proceed with the notification promptly following an attempt to get missing agencies on the line.

- 2.6 Verify all available State and Counties are on the line, document the time when the first party answered in item #3 on the form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).

This time should not exceed 15 minutes from the time of declaration (Item # 6).

2.7 Tell them you have an emergency notification from the McGuire TSC and to get out the Emergency Notification Form.

2.8 Read the complete message, line-by-line, beginning with item # 1 allowing time to copy.

- 2.9 When you reach item #4, ask the State or a County to authenticate the message. The agency should give you a number in which you will reply the appropriate code word. Write the number and codeword on the form.

1_ 2.10 After communicating the message, ask if there are any questions. Record individuals' names and time on the back of the form. This time is the same time as item #3.

2.11 Whenever practical, after verbally transmitting the message, FAX (front page only) to the appropriate agencies. Refer to Enclosure 4.7 for FAX operation.

2.12 Continuous attempts to contact missing agencies must be made if unable to complete the notification per step 2.3. Document the time these agencies were contacted on the back of the notification form.

2.13 Provide copies of the transmitted message form to the following: {PIP 0-M-99-091 1 }:

  • Emergency Coordinator
  • Emergency Planner
  • NRC Communicator

_ 0* Offsite Dose Assessors

  • Site Evacuation Coordinators
  • Drill Coordinator (During drills only).

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Manual Follow-Up Notification Page 1 of 6 Completion/Transmission

1. COMPLETION OF THE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM 1.1 Complete the Emergency Notification Form as follows:

NOTE: If items 8 - 14 have not changed from the previous message, only items 1 - 7 and 15 and 16 are required to be completed. Avoid using abbreviations or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to the state and counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, write out "Not Available" or "Not Applicable" in the margin or other space as appropriate.

Do not abbreviate "N.A.".

Item # Action Source of Information

1. Check the appropriate blocks. NOTE: Message #'s are sequentially numbered throughout the drilllemergency.
2. Write in the unit or units affected. NOTE: REPORTED BY: is the communicator's name.
3. Write in the transmittal time. NOTE: This is the time when the first party answers as you call the State and Counties to verify that they received the FAX. Write in the date.
4. Authentication is not necessary when FAXing to the state and counties.
5. Check the appropriate classification. OPS Procedure Support
6. Write the time and date the current classification is declared. OPS Procedure f_ Support

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Manual Follow-Up Notification Page 2 of 6 Completion/Transmission

7. NOTE: Reference RP/O/A/5700/000, (Classification of Emergency). OPS Procedure Support Enter EAL Number and Emergency Description of the reason of the reason for declaring the emergency classification (in layman's terms, if possible). DO NOT use system abbreviations, acronyms or jargon which may cause confusion. Instead, write out the description in long hand.

Be sensitive to the fact that certain descriptive technical terms may elicit unanticipated reactions from others. {PIP 0-M98-20651 In addition, provide a description of changes in plant conditions since the last notification. Items to be considered for inclusion are as follows: { 0-M98-2065)

  • Other unrelated classifiable events (for example, during an Alert, an event which, by itself would meet the conditions for an Unusual Event)
  • Major/Key Equipment Out of Service
  • Emergency response actions underway
  • Fire(s) onsite
  • Flooding related to the emergency
  • Explosions
  • Loss of offsite Power
  • Core Uncovery
  • Core Damage
  • Medical Emergency Response Team activation related to the emergency
  • Personnel injury related to the emergency or death
  • Transport of injured individuals offsite - specify whether contaminated or not
  • Site Evacuation/relocation of site personnel
  • SaboteurstIntruders/Suspicious Devices/Threats
  • Chemical or Hazardous Material Spills or Releases
  • Extraordinary noises audible offsite
  • Any event causing/requiring offsite agency response
  • Any event causing increased media attention
  • Remember to "close the loop" on items from previous notifications.

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A15700/018 Manual Follow-Up Notification Page 3 of 6 Completion/Transmission

8. Mark appropriate plant condition. (PIP O-M974210 NRC-1 } OPS Procedure Degrading: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following: Support
  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Improving: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

Stable: Plant conditions are neither degrading nor improving.

9. Write the time and date of Reactor Shutdown or Reactor Power Level as applicable. OPS Procedure Support

Enclosure 4.4 RPIO/A/5700/01 8 Manual Follow-Up Notification Page 4 of 6 Completion/Transmission NOTE: 1. An emergency release is any unplanned, quantifiable discharge to the environment associated with a declared emergency event.

(This definition is based on an NRC commitment made on 11/30/90 following McGuire's Steam Generator Tube Rupture.) {PIP 0-M97-4256)

2. Notify the OSM if box C or Box D is checked.
3. Base the determination of emergency release on:
  • EMN readings,
  • containment pressure and other indications,
  • field monitoring results,
  • knowledge of the event and its impact on systems operation and resultant release paths.
4. An emergency release is occurring if any one or more of the following bulleted conditions are met associated with declared emergency:
  • Either containment particulate, gaseous, iodine monitor (EMFs 38,39 and/or 40) readings indicate an increase in activity, OR Containment monitor (EMFs 5 1A and/or 51B) readings indicate greater than I.5R/hr, AND Either containment pressure is greater than 0.3 psig, OR An actual containment breach is known to exist.
  • Unit vent particulate, gaseous, iodine monitor (EMFs 35,36, and/or 37) readings indicate an increase in activity.
  • Condenser air ejector exhaust monitor (EMF 33) or other alternate means indicate Steam Generator tube leakage.
  • Confirmed activity in the environment reported by Field Monitoring Teams(s).
  • Knowledge of the event and its impact on systems operation and resultant release paths.
10. Check the appropriate box for emergency release. R.P. Shift/Dose Assessors
  • A. NONE: clearly no emergency release is occurring or has occurred
  • B. POTENTIAL: discretionary option for the EC or EOFD.
  • C. IS OCCURRING: meets the specified conditions.
  • D. HAS OCCURRED: previously met the specified conditions.

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A/5700/0 18 Manual Follow-Up Notification Page 5 of 6 Completion/Transmission Indicate type of release and time/date. Mark Ground Level for any airborne releases. R.P. Shift/Dose II. IAssessors

12. Indicate release magnitude and whether release is above or below normal operating limits. R.P. Shift/Dose Assessors
13. Write estimate of projected offsite dose and estimated duration. Check new or unchanged. If R.P. Shift/Dose unchanged from the previous notification, the information does not have to be repeated. Assessors
14. Provide meteorological data. R.P. Shift/Dose Assessors
15. Mark appropriate recommended protective actions. R.P. Shift/Dose If instructed by RP Shift/Dose Assessors based on projected Thyroid dose, check box "D" and Assessors write "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy." I

{PIP-G-03-606_

16. Have the Emergency Coordinator approve the message. Emergency Coordinator
2. TRANSMISSION OF THE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE: For routine, follow-up notifications, FAX a copy of the notification form instead of verbally transmitting the message. (Front page only) This applies only if the message does not involve a change in the emergency classification or the protective action recommendations or a termination of the emergency. Call each agency to verify they received the message.

2.1 Insert the Emergency Notification Form face down in the Automatic Document Feeder on the FAX.

2.2 Press "GROUP FAX".

2.3 Press "SEND/RECEIVE".

NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF form signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the ENF form.

2.4 Verify the State and Counties received the FAX by calling them. Document the time when the first party answered in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/A15700/018 Manual Follow-Up Notification Page 6 of 6 Completion/Transmission 2.6 Provide copies of the transmitted message form to the following: {PIP 0-M-99-091 11:

  • Emergency Coordinator

_

  • Emergency Planner
  • NRC Communicator
  • Offsite Dose Assessors
  • Site Evacuation Coordinators
  • Drill Coordinator (During drills only).

Enclosure 4.5 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Manual Termination Notification Page 1 of 3 Completion/Transmission

1. COMPLETION OF THE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM 1.1 Complete the Emergency Notification Form as follows:

NOTE: A termination message should be marked a FOLLOW-UP on the Emergency Notification Forrn.

Item # Action Source of Information

1. Check the appropriate blocks. NOTE: Message #Vsare sequentially numbered throughout the drill/emergency.
2. Write in the unit or units affected. NOTE: REPORTED BY: is the communicator's name.
3. Write in the transmittal time. This is the time the first party answers as you are verifying all available agencies are on the line. Write in the date.
4. Authentication will be completed while transmitting the notification to the state and counties.
5. Check the appropriate classification. OPS Procedure Support
6. Write the time and date of termination. OPS Procedure Support
16. Have the Emergency Coordinator approve the message. Emergency Coordinator

Enclosure 4.5 RP/O/A15700/01 8 Manual Termination Notification Page 2 of 3 Completion/Transmission

2. TRANSMISSION OF THE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM NOTE: 1. All termination notifications are verbal. Avoid using abbreviation or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to the state and counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, write out "Not Available" or "Not Applicable" in the margin or other space as appropriate. Do not abbreviate "N.A.".
2. The back-up means of communications are the Bell line or County Emergency Response Radio. Go to RP/Q/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.1 for back-up numbers.
3. Go to Enclosure 4.6 for instructions on how to use the County Emergency Response Radio if Selective Signaling or Bell line is not available.

2.1 Use the Selective Signal telephone by dialing *1 and depressing the push-to-talk button.

2.2 IF the Selective Signaling Group Call fails, THEN GO TO RP/O/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.1 for manual Selective Signaling numbers.

2.3 As the State and Counties answer, check them off on the back of the notification form. At least one attempt using the individual selective signaling code must be made for the missing agencies. Proceed with the notification promptly following an attempt to get missing agencies on the line.

NOTE: 1. The transmittal time will need to be handwritten on the copy of the ENF signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator.

2. The time when the first party answers should be recorded in Item #3 on the front side of the ENF form.

2.4 Verify all available State and Counties are on the line. Document the time when the first party answers in Item #3 on the front of the ENF form (copy signed by the TSC Emergency Coordinator).

2.5 Tell them you have an emergency notification from the McGuire TSC and to get out the Emergency Notification Form.

2.6 Read the complete message, line-by-line, beginning with item # 1 allowing time to copy.

2.7 When you reach item #4, ask the State or a County to authenticate the message. The agency should give you a number in which you will reply the appropriate codeword. Write the number and codeword on the form.

2.8 After communicating the message, ask if there are any questions. Record individuals' names and time on the back of the form.

Enclosure 4.5 RP/O/A/5700/018 Manual Termination Notification Page 3 of 3 Completion/Transmission 2.9 Whenever practical, after verbally transmitting the message, FAX (front page only) to the appropriate agencies. REFER TO Enclosure 4.7 for FAX operation.

2.10 Continuous attempts to contact missing agencies must be made if unable to complete the notification per step 2.3. Document the time these agencies were contacted on the back of the notification form.

2.11 Provide copies of the transmitted message form to the following: {PIP 0-M-99-091 1}:

  • Emergency Coordinator
  • Emergency Planner
  • NRC Communicator
  • Offsite Dose Assessors
  • Site Evacuation Coordinators Drill Coordinator (During drills only).

Enclosure 4.6 RP/!/A/5700/018 County Emergency Response Radio Page 1 of 1 NOTE: 1. This radio will only contact the county warning points. The state cannot be contacted on this radio. Have one of the counties relay the message.

2. You may refer to RP/O/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.1 for individual radio codes.

Group Call:

1. Press 20 and POUND SIGN (#) to activate all county radio units.
2. When the TALK light comes on, press the bar on the transmitter microphone and say:

"This is McGuire Technical Support Center to all counties, do you copy?"

Once all counties respond, begin transmitting the message, using step 2.5 through step 2.12 of Enclosure 4.3.

At least one attempt using the individual radio code must be made for the missing agencies.

Proceed with the notification promptly following an attempt to get missing agencies on the air.

3. If a county fails to respond on the group call, press their individual code on the encoder and say:

"This is McGuire Technical Support Center to (Agency you are calling), do you copy?"

Once the county responds, begin transmitting the message, using step 2.5 through step 2.12 of Enclosure 4.3.

4. After you have finished transmitting the message, conclude the message by saying:

"This is WQC700 base clear."

5. Continuous attempts to contact missing agencies must be made if unable to complete the notification per section 2 of Enclosure 4.3. Document the time these agencies were contacted on the back of the notification form.

Enclosure 4.7 RP/O/A/5700/018 Operation of the FAX Page 1 of 1 NOTE: The FAX will dial each agency in sequence. If the FAX is busy, it will try again after completing r the other calls. The group call also transmits a copy to the EOF in the General Office.

1. TO SEND A FAX TO ALL COUNTIES AND STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
  • Insert the document face down into the FAX.
  • Press Group FAX.
  • Press "SEND/RECEIVE" button.
2. TO SEND A FAX TO A SINGLE LOCATION USING ONE-TOUCH DIALING 2.1 Insert the document face down into the FAX 2.2 Select location(s) to receive the fax:
  • Press EOF in General Office
  • Press Mecklenburg County
  • Press Gaston County
  • Press Lincoln County
  • Press Iredell County
  • Press Catawba County
  • Press Cabarrus County
  • Press NC State EOC.

2.3 WHEN the appropriate individual selection is made, THEN press "SEND/RECEIVE" button.

I NOTE: If programmed functions fail, go to RPIO/A/5700/014, Enclosure 4.1 for manual FAX numbers.

-1

3. SEND A FAX TO A SINGLE LOCATION DIALING MANUALLY
  • Insert the document face down in the FAX.
  • Using the keypad, dial the number that you wish to call.
  • Press "SEND/RECEIVE" button.

(R04-03) Duke Power Company (1) ID No. RP/O/B/5700/029 PROCEDURE PROCESS RECORD Revision No. 001 PREPARATION (2) Station MCGUIRE NUCLEAR STATION (3) Procedure Title Notifications To Offsite Agencies From The Control Room (4) PreparedBy Date Z///4 'V (5) Requires NSD 2 Applicability Determination?

IRI Yes (New procedure or revision with major changes) 0 No (Revision with minor changes) 0 No (To incorporate previously approved changes)

(6) Reviewed By 4W4. /) UA (QR) Date 2,g00r Cross-Disciplinary Review By (QR) NA A Date 3111~e'4e Reactivity Mgmt. Review By (QR) NA _ Date 111 ztetlty Mgmt. Involvement Review By (Ops Supt.) NA / Date (7) Additional Reviews Reviewed By Date Reviewed By Date (8) Temporary Approval (if necessary)

By (OSMIQR) Date By (QR) Date (9) Approved By Date 9- - &

PERFORMANCE (Compare with Control Copy 6;9;14 calendardays while work is being performed.)

(10)Compared with Control Copy _ Date Compared with Control Copy _ Date Compared with Control Copy _ Date

( 1) Date(s) Performed Work Order Number (WO#)

COMPLETION (12)Procedure Completion Verification El Yes [I NA Check lists and/or blanks initialed, signed, dated, or filled in NA, as appropriate?

E] Yes a NA Required enclosures attached?

E Yes l NA Data sheets attached, completed, dated, and signed?

] Yes E] NA Charts, graphs, etc. attached dated, identified, and marked?

0 Yes a NA Procedure requirements met?

Verified By Date (13) Procedure Completion Approved Date (14) Remarks (Attach additionalpages, if necessary)

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

McGuire Nuclear Station RP/O/B/5700/029 Revision No.

Notifications to Offsite Agencies from the Control Room 001 Electronic Reference No.

Reference Use MPOO72VO

RP/OIB/57001029 Page 2 of 3 Notifications to the State and Counties from the Control Room

1. Symptoms Events are in progress or have occurred that require implementing the McGuire Emergency Plan and notification of offsite agencies. {PIP-M-02-2012}
2. Immediate Actions l 2.1 For Initial Notifications, perform Enclosure 4.1 (Completion and Transmission of an Initial Notification).
3. Subsequent Actions 5 3.1 For Follow-up Notifications, perform Enclosure 4.2 (Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Notification).

El 3.2 For Termination Messages, perform Enclosure 4.3 (Completion and Transmission of a Termination Notification).

RP/O/B/5700/029 Page 3 of 3

4. Enclosures 4.1 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Notification 4.2 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Notification 4.3 Completion and Transmission of a Termination Notification 4.4 Protective Action Recommendations 4.5 Authentication Codeword List 4.6 Emergency Notification Form (ENF) 4.7 NRC Event Notification Worksheet

Enclosure 4.1 RP/I/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Page 1 of 6 Notification I -- I NOTE: Initial notification to the State and Counties must be made within 15 minutes of the event declaration per Emergency Notification Form (ENF).

1. IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the initial message, discard ENF paperwork and begin a new initial message for the higher classification. {PIP-M-01-3711 } I NOE: Pre-printed ENF's are available for use.
2. Complete an Emergency Notification Form by one of the following:

El Obtain a preprinted ENF OR

[1 Complete Enclosure 4.6 (Emergency Notification Form) lNOTE: Messages are sequentially numbered throughout the drill/event. The initial message for l the drill/event is message number 1.

2.1 Complete Line 1 as follows:

l 2.1.1 Check if Drill or Actual Emergency.

E 2.1.2 Check "Initial".

E 2.1.3 Record message number.

NOTE: Certain Events could occur that affect both units, example: Security or seismic events, I

WG tank release, etc. Consideration of this should be given when completing "unit designation". {PIIP-0-M-97-4638}

E 2.2 Complete Line 2. ("Reported by" is your name).

E: Lines 3 and 4 are completed during message transmittal.

O 2.3 Complete Line 5 by checking correct event classification.

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/B15700/029 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Page 2 of 6 Notification 2.4 Complete Line 6 as follows.

E 2.4.1 Check box A.

El 2.4.2 Record time/date event declared.

El 2.5 Complete Line 7 by entering EAL number and Emergency Description.

El 2.6 Complete Line 8 by checking appropriate block:

IMPROVING: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure level, voltage, frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

STABLE: Plant conditions are neither DEGRADING nor IMPROVING.

DEGRADING: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

2.7 Complete Line 9 as follows:

El 2.7.1 Check box A or B.

El 2.7.2 Record shutdown time/date OR % Rx Power.

Enclosure 4.1 RP/0/13/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Page 3 of 6 Notification NOTE: An Emergency Release is any unplanned quantifiable discharge to the environment associated with the declared event. {PIP-0-M-97-42561}

2.8 Complete Line 10 as follows:

2.8.1 IF any of the following exists, check "C" or "D" as appropriate:

  • EMF 38, 39, or 40 readings indicate an increase with containment pressure greater than .3 psig
  • EMF 38, 39, or 40 readings indicate an increase with a known leak path existing from containment
  • EMF 51A or 51B indicates greater than 1.5 R/hr with containment pressure greater than .3 psig
  • EMF 51A or 51B indicates greater than 1.5 R/hr with a known leak path existing from containment
  • EMFs 35, 36 and/or 37 readings indicate an increase in activity.

2.8.2 IF the potential for an emergency release exists, check box B.

2.8.3 IF no emergency release exists, check box A.

2.9 Complete Line 15 as follows:

2.9.1 IF Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, OR Site Area Emergency, check box A.

2.9.2 IF General Emergency, perform the following:

O 2.9.2.1 Determine Protective Action Recommendations per Enclosure 4.4 (Protective Action Recommendations).

I 2.9.2.2 Check B and record affected zones for evacuation.

O 2.9.2.3 Check C and record affected zones for sheltering.

E 2.9.2.4 IF notified by RP Dose Assessment that dose projections indicate Thyroid dose will be equal to or greater than 5 Rem, check box "D" and write "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy." {PIP-G-03-606 }

Enclosure 4.1 RP/0/B15700/029 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Page 4 of 6 Notification 2.10 Complete Line 16 as follows:

[1 2.10.1 Have the Emergency Coordinator approve.

C] 2.10.2 Record time/date.

3. Transmit the message to Offsite Agencies as follows:

3.1 IF an upgrade in classification occurs while transmitting any message, perform the following:

U 3.1.1 Notify agencies that an upgrade has occurred and that new information will be supplied within 15 minutes.

U 3.1.2 Suspend any further transmission of the message that was being transmitted.

{PIPP-M-01-371 1) 3.2 Establish communications with Offsite Agencies as follows:

U 3.2.1 Use the Selective Signaling Telephone by depressing "* (star) 1".

3.2.2 IF Selective Signaling Telephone fails, notify the Offsite Agencies in the order listed:

D 3.2.3.1 Iredell County: 1-704-878-3039 0 3.2.3.2 Mecklenburg County: 704-943-6200 U 3.2.3.3 Gaston County: 1-704-866-3300 U 3.2.3.4 Lincoln County: 1-704-735-8202 U 3.2.3.5 Catawba County: 1-828-464-3112 U 3.2.3.6 State Warning Point: 1-919-733-3943 El 3.2.3.7 Cabarrus County: 1-704-920-3000 3.2.3 IF the Selective Signaling Telephone and outside bell lines fail, use the County Response Radio by depressing "20".

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Page 5 of 6 Notification I NOTE: Message transmittal time is the time the first agency is contacted.

E 3.3 Complete Line 3.

El 3.4 Place a check mark by the State and Counties on back of form as they come on the line.

El 3.5 Advise the State and County Agencies of an Emergency Notification from the McGuire Control Room and to get out an Emergency Notification Form.

E 3.6 Beginning with Line 1, slowly read the complete message line by line, allowing the receivers ample time to copy.

3.7 WHEN you reach Line 4, perform the following:

El 3.7.1 Refer to Enclosure 4.5 (Authentication Codeword List).

El 3.7.2 Ask the State or a County to authenticate the message, by providing a number.

E 3.7.3 You provide appropriate Codeword.

E 3.7.4 Record the Number and Codeword on Line 4.

E 3.8 After communicating the Notification, ask if there are any questions.

El 3.9 Record individuals' name, date and time on the back of the notification form. (This time is the same time as Line 3).

3.10 IF unable to contact any agency, continuous attempts must be made to contact the missing agency (agencies).

3.11 WHEN the missing agency is contacted, record the name, time and date the agency (agencies) was contacted on the back of the notification form.

3.12 FAX a copy (front page only) to the agencies as follows:

El 3.12.1 Insert the Emergency Notification Form face down in the FAX.

El 3.12.2 Press "GROUP FAX" button.

E 3.12.3 Press "SEND/RECEIVE" button.

3.13 IF programmed functions fail, REFER TO RP/01A15700/014 (Emergency Telephone Directory), Enclosure 4.1 (Emergency Response Numbers) for manual FAX numbers.

Enclosure 4.1 RP/O/B/57001029 Completion and Transmission of an Initial Page 6 of 6 Notification NOTE: IF changes to the initial Protective Action Recommendations are recognized and approved by the Emergency Coordinator, these changes shall be verbally transmitted to the offsite agencies within 15 minutes. {PIP-M-00-02138}

El 4. The Emergency Coordinator shall make follow-up notifications to State and County authorities utilizing Enclosure 4.2 (Completion and Transmission of a Follow up Notification) as follows:

r NOTE: For a Notification of Unusual Event the required time frequency for a follow-up message is four hours.

- Every hour until the emergency is terminated.

OR

- If there is any significant change to the situation.

OR

- As agreed upon with each individual agency. Documentation shall be maintained for any agreed upon schedule change and the interval shall not be greater then 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> to any agency.

NOTE: Use the RED NRC OPS CENTER button on the Operations Shift Support Technician's fax machine for hard copy transmittal. This button also supplies copies to the site NRC Resident's office.

C 5. Notify the NRC Operations Center by completing Enclosure 4.7 (NRC Event Notification Worksheet) and transmitting (fax, then verbally call the NRC Operations Center) immediately but no later than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of the event declaration using RP/O/A/57001014 (Emergency Telephone Directory), Enclosure 4.2 (NRC Telephone Numbers).

6. WHEN this enclosure has been completed, inform the OSM reporting any deficiencies or problems encountered.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/0/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Page 1 of 6 Notification Form NOTE: IF lines 8 - 14 have not changed from the previous message, only lines 1 - 7, 15 and 16 are required to be completed. Avoid using abbreviations or jargon likely to be unfamiliar to the State and Counties. If any information is not available or not applicable, write out "Not Available" or "Not Applicable" in the margin or other space as appropriate. Do NOT abbreviate "N/A.".

1. IF an upgrade in classification occurs prior to transmitting the Follow up Notification, perform the following:

El 1.1 Discard ENF paperwork El 1.2 Perform Enclosure 4.1 (Completion and Transmission of an Initial Notification)

O 1.3 Begin a new initial message for the higher classification procedure. {PIP-M-01-3711 }

NOTE: Pre-printed ENF forms are available.

2. Complete an Emergency Notification Form by one of the following:

El Obtain a preprinted ENF OR El Complete Enclosure 4.6 (Emergency Notification Form)

NOTE: Messages are sequentially numbered throughout the drill/event.

2.1 Complete Line 1 as follows:

E 2.1.1 Check if Drill or Actual Emergency.

El 2.1.2 Check "Follow-up".

E 2.1.3 Record message number sequentially.

NOTE: Certain Events could occur that affect both units, example: Security or seismic events, WG tank release, etc. Consideration of this should be given when completing "unit designation".

{PIP-0-M-97-4638 }

E 2.2 Complete Line 2 ("Reported by" is your name).

Enclosure 4.2 RP/O/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Page 2 of 6 Notification Form NOTE: Authentication is not required when faxing a follow-up message.

0 2.3 Complete Line 5 by checking correct event classification.

2.4 Complete Line 6 as follows:

E 2.4.1 Check box A.

E 2.4.2 Record time/date event declared.

E 2.5 Complete on Line 7 by entering EAL Number and Emergency Description. Additional information concerning changes in plant conditions since last notification should be provided. Examples are Emergency Response actions underway, core uncovery/damage, chemical/hazardous spills, etc. {PIP-0-M98-2065}

El 2.6 Complete Line 8 by checking appropriate block:

IMPROVING: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure level, voltage frequency) are trending favorably toward expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) have become less of a threat to plant operations or personnel safety AND plant conditions could result in a lower classification or emergency termination before the next follow-up notification.

STABLE: Plant conditions are neither DEGRADING nor IMPROVING.

DEGRADING: Plant conditions involve at least one of the following:

  • Plant parameters (ex. temperature, pressure, level, voltage, frequency) are trending unfavorably away from expected or desired values AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.
  • Environmental site conditions (ex. wind, ice/snow, ground tremors, hazardous/toxic/radioactive material leak, fire) impacting plant operations or personnel safety are worsening AND plant conditions could result in a higher classification or Protective Action Recommendation (PAR) before the next follow-up notification.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/0/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Page 3 of 6 Notification Form 2.7 Complete Line 9 as follows:

E 2.7.1 Check Box A or B.

El 2.7.2 Record shutdown time/date OR % Rx Power.

NOTE: NOTE: An Emergency Release is any unplanned quantifiable discharge to the environment associated with a declared event. PIP-0-M-97-4256 2.8 Complete Line 10 as follows:

2.8.1 IF any of the following exists, check "C" or "D" as appropriate:

  • EMF 38, 39, or 40 readings indicate an increase with containment pressure greater than .3 psig
  • EMF 38, 39, or 40 readings indicate an increase with a known leak path existing from containment
  • EMF 51 A or 51B indicates greater than 1.5 R/hr with containment pressure greater than .3 psig
  • EMF 5 IA or 51B indicates greater than 1.5 R/hr with a known leak path existing from containment
  • EMIFs 35, 36 and/or 37 readings indicate an increase in activity.

2.8.2 IF the potential for an emergency release exits, check box B.

2.8.3 IF no emergency release exists, check box A.

2.9 IF follow-up notification is due and information for Steps 2.10 through 2.13 cannot be obtained from RP shift, mark lines 11-14 on Enclosure 4.6 (Emergency Notification Form) "Not Available" and go to Step 2.14.

2.10 Complete Line 11 as follows:

El Check GROUND LEVEL El Check A for AIRBORNE OR B for LIQUID

_ 2.10.1 IF available, record time/date release started AND time/date release stopped.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/I/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Page 4 of 6 Notification Form 2.11 Complete Line 12 as follows:

L Check CURIES PER SECOND L Check "BELOW" OR "ABOVE" normal operating limits L Check the appropriate blocks A, B, C, or D AND record value(s).

NOTE: IF unchanged from the previous notification, the following information does not have to be repeated.

2.12 Complete Line 13 as follows:

2.12.1 IF projected offsite dose is unchanged, check "UNCHANGED", GO TO Step 2.13.

2.12.2 IF projected offsite dose has changed:

L Check "NEW".

L Record projection time.

L Record estimated duration.

Li Record TEDE and Thyroid CDE values.

2.13 Complete Line 14 as follows:

L Check A, B, C, and D.

Li Record appropriate values.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/0/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Page 5 of 6 Notification Form 2.14 Complete Line 15 as follows:

_ 2.14.1 IF Notification of Unusual Event, Alert, OR Site Area Emergency check box A.

2.14.2 IF General Emergency, perform the following:

[ A. Determine Protective Action Recommendations per Enclosure 4.4 (Protective Action Recommendations).

O B. Check B and record affected zones for evacuation.

l C. Check C and record affected zones for sheltering.

U D. IF notified by RP Dose Assessment that dose projections indicate Thyroid dose will be equal to or greater than 5 Rem , check box "D" and write "Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy." {PIP-G-03-606}

2.15 Complete Line 16 as follows:

E 2.15.1 Have the Emergency Coordinator approve.

E 2.15.2 Record time/date.

2.16 IF the follow-up message includes Initial Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) or a change in the Initial PARS, THEN verbally transmit the message PER Enclosure 4.1 (Completion and Transmission of an Initial Message), Step 3.

U 2.17 Complete Line 3 with time message is ready to be faxed.

NOTE: For routine, follow-up notification, FAX a copy of the notification form instead of verbally transmitting the message (front page only). This applies only if the message does not involve a change in the emergency classification or the protective action recommendations or a termination of emergency.

2.18 Fax a copy (front page only) to the Agencies as follows:

Ul 2.18.1 Insert Emergency Notification Form face down in the FAX.

U 2.18.2 Press "GROUP FAX" button.

U 2.18.3 Press "SEND/RECEIVE" button.

Enclosure 4.2 RP/01B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Follow-up Page 6 of 6 Notification Form 2.19 IF programmed functions fail, REFER TO RP/O/AI5700/014 (Emergency Telephone Directory), Enclosure 4.1 (Emergency Response Numbers) for manual FAX numbers.

2.20 Contact the State and Counties and ensure the following:

O 2.20.1 FAX was received.

El 2.20.2 Answer any questions.

El 2.20.3 Record the individuals' name, date and time on the back of the notification form.

(This time is the same time as Line 3)

Enclosure 4.3 RP/O/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Page 1 of 3 Termination Form NOTE: Messages are sequentially numbered throughout the drill/event.

1. Complete Enclosure 4.6 (Emergency Notification Form) as follows:

1.1 Complete Line I as follows:

El 1.1.1 Check if Drill or Actual Emergency.

O 1.1.2 Check "Follow-up".

0 1.1.3 Record message number sequentially.

0 1.2 Complete Line 2. ("Reported by" is your name).

NOTE: Lines 3 and 4 are completed during message transmittal.

1.3 Complete Line 6 as follows:

El 1.3.1 Checkbox B.

E 1.3.2 Record time/date event terminated.

1.4 Complete Line 16 as follows:

E 1.4.1 Have Emergency Coordinator approve.

El 1.4.2 Record date/time.

2. Transmit the message to offsite agencies as follows:

2.1 Establish communication with offsite agencies as follows:

El 2.1.1 Use the Selective Signaling Telephone by depressing "* (star) 1".

Enclosure 4.3 RP/0/B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Page 2 of 3 Termination Form 2.1.2 IF Selective Signaling Telephone fails, notify the offsite agencies in the order listed:

[1 2.1.3.1 Iredell County: 1-704-878-3039 E1 2.1.3.2 Mecklenburg County: 704-943-6200 E 2.1.3.3 Gaston County: 1-704-866-3300 l 2.1.3.4 Lincoln County: 1-704-735-8202 E 2.1.3.5 Catawba County: 1-828-464-3112 El 2.1.3.6 State Warning Point: 1-919-733-3934 E 2.1.3.7 Cabarrus County: 1-704-920-3000 2.1.3 IF the Selective Signaling Telephone and Bell lines fail, use the County Response Radio by depressing "20".

I NOTE: Message transmittal time is the time the first agency is contacted.

E 2.2 Complete Line 3.

E 2.3 Place a check mark by the state and counties listed on back of form as they come on line.

E 2.4 Advise the state and counties you have an emergency notification from the McGuire Control Room and to get out an Emergency Notification Form.

E 2.5 Beginning with Line 1, slowly read the complete message line by line, allowing the receivers ample time to copy.

2.6 WHEN you reach Line 4, perform the following:

El 2.6.1 Refer to Enclosure 4.5 (Authentication Codeword List).

El 2.6.2 Ask the State or a County to authenticate the message by providing a number.

O 2.6.3 You provide appropriate Codeword.

E 2.6.4 Record the Number and Code word on Line 4.

Enclosure 4.3 RP/0/1B/5700/029 Completion and Transmission of a Page 3 of 3 Termination Form C 2.7 After communicating the message, ask if there are any questions.

5 2.8 Record individuals' names and times on the back of the form. (This time is the same time as Line 3).

2.9 IF unable to contact any agency, continuous attempts must be made to contact the missing agency (agencies).

2.10 WHEN the missing agency is contacted, record the name, date and time the agency was contacted on the back of the form.

2.11 FAX a copy (front page only) to the agencies as follows:

El 2.11.1 Insert the Emergency Notification Form face down in the FAX.

[1 2.11.2 Press "GROUP FAX" button.

l 2.11.3 Press "SEND/RECEIVE" button.

2.12 IF programmed functions fail, REFER TO RP/O/A/5700/014 (Emergency Telephone Directory), Enclosure 4.1 (Emergency Response Numbers) for manual FAX numbers.

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/B/5700/029 Protective Action Recommendations Page 1 of 5 NOTE: Protective Action Recommendations (PARS) are based on the following:

GUIDANCE FOR OFFSITE PROTECTIVE ACTIONS (PAGs)

Total Effective Committed Dose Dose Equivalent Equivalent (CDE)

(TEDE) Thyroid Recommendation (Projected Dose) (Projected Dose)

< 1 rem < 5 Rem No Protective Action is required based on projected dose.

> 1 rem > 5 Rem Evacuate affected zones and shelter the remainder of the 10- mile EPZ not evacuated.

N/A > 5 Rem Consider the use of KI (potassium iodine) in I_accordance with State Plans and Policy.

Protective Action Guides (PAGs) are levels of radiation dose at which prompt protective actions should be initiated and are based on EPA-400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents. PAG for KI taken from Potassium Iodine as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergencies, FDA Guidance, November 2001, and Guidance for Industry KI in Radiation Emergencies, Questions and Answers, FDA Guidance, December 2002.

{PIP-G-03-606}

1. IF a General Emergency is declared, determine Initial Protective Action Recommendations as follows (PIP-M-02-6163):

[1 1.1 Obtain the wind speed and direction, use chart recorder IEEBCR9100, point #5 (Average Lower Wind Speed) and point #8 (Average Upper Wind Direction).

Wind Speed/ nllirrt;

)1wt1 ani1 - I 1-1.2 IF Chart Recorder unavailable, obtain wind direction from one of the following sources, preferred sequence; E A. Unit I OAC

  • Average Lower Wind Speed - MIP0848
  • Average Upper Wind Direction - MIP0847.

5 B. DPC Meteorological Lab (8-382-0139) 5 C. National Weather Service in Greer, S.C. (1-864-848-9972 or 1-800-268-7785).

Enclosure 4.4 RP/0/B/5700/029 Protective Action Recommendations Page 2 of 5 1.3 IF wind speed less than or equal to 5 MPH, recommend the following:

Li 1.3.1 Evacuate zones L, B, M, C, N, A, D, 0, R El 1.3.2 Shelter zones E, F, G, H, I, J, K, P. Q, S 1.4 IF wind speed is greater than 5 MPH, evacuate and shelter zones as shown in the table below based on wind direction:

Protective Action Zones Determination Wind Speed Greater than 5 Miles per Hour Wind Direction (deg from N)

Chart Recorder IEEBCR9100 Point #8 Average Upper Wind Evacuate Direction 2 Mile Radius-5 Mile Downwind Shelter 0 - 22.5 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 22.6 - 45.0 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 45.1 - 67.5 L,B,M,C,D,O,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,P,Q,S 67.6 - 90.0 L,B,M,C,D,O,R,N A,E,F,G,HI,J,K,P,Q,S 90.1 - 112.5 L,B,M,C,O,R,N A,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 112.6 - 135.0 L,B,M,C,O,N,R,A D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 135.1 - 157.5 L,B,M,C,O,A,N D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,P,Q,R,S 157.6 - 180.0 L,B,M,C,A,N D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,O,P,Q,R,S 180.1 - 202.5 L,B,M,C,A,N D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,O,P,Q,R,S 202.6 - 225.0 L,B,M,C,A,N,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,O,P,Q,R,S 225.1 - 247.5 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 247.6 - 270.0 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 270.1 - 292.5 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 292.6 - 315.0 L,B,M,C,A,D E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,R,S 315.1 - 337.5 L,B ,M,C,D,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,S 337.6 - 359.9 L,B ,M,C,D,R A,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,N,O,P,Q,S 1.5 IF notified by RP Dose Assessment that dose projections indicate that Thyroid dose will be > 5 Rem, KI use by the General Public must be recommended in accordance with State Plans and Policy. {PIP-G-03-606)

2. After the Initial PARS are transmitted to offsite agencies, check for large fission product inventory in containment as follows:

2.1 IF the OAC is available, call up the following computer points based on need:

Unit 1 OAC Unit 2 OAC M1A0829 M2A0829 M1A0835 M2A0835

Enclosure 4.4 RP/O/B/5700/029 Protective Action Recommendations Page 3 of 5 2.2 IF the OAC is unavailable, use the following EMF's:

Unit I Unit 2 IEMF5lA 2EMF5 1A IEMF51B 2EMF5 1B El 2.3 Check if containment radiation level exceeds the following limits based on time after shutdown:

TIME AFTER SHUTDOWN (hours) EMF5lA(B) reading(R/IHR) 0-2 864 2-4 624 4-8 450

>8 265

3. IF containment radiation level exceeds limits in Step 2.3, perform the following:

O 3.1 Evacuate and shelter zones in the table below based on wind direction:

Protective Action Zones Determination For Containment Radiation Levels Exceeding GAP Activity Wind Direction (deg from N)

Chart Recorder IEEBCR9100 Point #8 Average Upper Wind Evacuate Direction 5 Mile Radius-10 Mile Downwind Shelter 0 - 22.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,S,F G,H,I,J,K,P,Q 22.6 - 45.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,Q,S FG,H,I,J,K,P 45.1 -67.5 LBMCNADOREQS FGHIJKP 67.6 - 90.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,P,Q,S EF,G,H,I,J,K 90.1 - 112.5 LB,MCN,A,D,O,R,KP,Q,S E,F,G,H,I,J 112.6 - 135.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,IK,P,Q,S E,F,G,H,J 135.1 - 157.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,I,K,P,Q E,F,G,H,JS 157.6 - 180.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,I,JK,P E,F,G,H,Q,S 180.1 - 202.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,GHI,J,K,P E,F,Q,S 202.6 - 225.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,G,H,I,J,K,P E,F,Q,S 225.1 - 247.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,RF,G,H,I,J E,K,P,Q,S 247.6 - 270.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,F,G,H,I,J E,K,P,Q,S 270.1 - 292.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,EF,G,H,J I,K,P,Q,S 292.6 - 315.0 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,G HIJ,K,P,Q,S 315.1 - 337.5 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,G H,I,J,K,P,Q,S 337.6 - 359.9 L,B,M,C,N,A,D,O,R,E,F,S G,H,I,J,K,P,Q

Enclosure 4.4 RP/OlB/5700/029 Protective Action Recommendations Page 4 of 5 0 4. A McGuire EPZ map is located on page 5 of 5, if it is desired to visually see zones evacuated or sheltered.

5. IF notified by RP Dose Assessment that dose projections indicate that Thyroid dose will be > 5 Rem, KI use by the General Public must be recommended in accordance with State Plans and Policy. {PIP-G-03-606 }
6. On a continuing basis, evaluate plant conditions for the need to update PARS. This evaluation should include EMF51A/B readings, wind speed and direction.

Enclosure 4.4 RP1/B1/57001029 Protective Action Recommendations Page 5 of 5 McGUIRE PROTECTIVE ACTION ZONES (2 and 5 mile radius, inner circles) 10-MILE EPZ Go N

nor we 0 S

Chadbwe

Enclosure 4.5 RP/O/B/5700/029 AUTHENTICATION CODEWORD LIST Page 1 of 1 This page is left intentionally blank.

Enclosure 4.6 RP/O/BI5700/029 Emergency Notification Form Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION

1. I THIS IS A DRILL iACTUAL EMERGENCY DINITIAL Cl FOLLOW-UP MESSAGE NUMBER_
2. SITE McGuire Nuclear Station UNIT: REPORTED BY:
3. TRANSMITTAL TIME/DATE:_ _ I /_ CONFIRMATION PHONE NUMBER: (704) 875-6044 (Ensle) MM DD YY
4. AUTHENTICATION (If Required):
5. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

[ gNOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT i ALERT jj SITE AREA EMERGENCY E GENERAL EMERGENCY

6. El EmergencyDeclaration AtFBl Termination At: TIME/DATE:_____________ / / (If B, go to item 16.)

1~~~~.~(E.sem) MM 00 YY

7. EMERGENCY DESCRIPTION/REMARKS:_
8. PLANT CONDITION A IMPROVING i STABLEFC] DEGRADING
9. REACTOR STATUS: 171 SHUTDOWN: TIME/DATE: __________ / / [1]  % POWER
10. EMFRCENCY RELEASE(S): f A NONE (Go to item 14.) [BIPOTENTIAL (Go to item 14.) [C IS OCCURRING [2] HAS OCCURRED
    • I I. TYPE OF RELEASE: 1 ELEVATED 1 GROUND LEVEL FA AIRBORNE: Started:___ / / Stopped: / /

Ti-e (Ent.n.) MM DI YY Ti-e (Es.ern) MM DO YY

[1 LIQUID: Started:_ / Stopped: / /

ILI Time(Enlm) MM DD YY Ti.e (Easw-n) MM DO YY

    • 12. RELEASE MAGNITUDE 1 CURIES PER SEC.D: CURIES NORMAL OPERATING LIMITS ] BELOWLF ABOVE

[A NOBLE GASES _ __ IODINES_

W3 PARTICULATES __ OTHER_

    • 13. ESTIMATE OF PROJECTED OFFSITE DOSE: 7 NEW F UNCHANGED PROJECTION TIME:_________

(EASTERN)

TEDE Thyroid CDE mrem mrem SITE BOUNDARY ESTIMATED DURATION: HRS.

2 MILES 5 MILES 10 MILES

    • 14. METEOROLOGICAL DATA: WINDDIRECTION(from)_____SPEED (MPH)

STABILITY CLASS _ __PRECIPITATION (type)

15. RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS Wg NO RECOMMENDED PROTECTIVE ACTIONS

[E] EVACUATE W SHELTER IN-PLACE_

[ OTHER Emergency

16. APPROVED BY: Coordinator TIME/DATE: I /

(N-) (TAk) (E-lls) MM DD YY

  • If items 8-14 have not changed, only items 1-7 and 15-16 are required to be completed.
  • t Information may not be available on Initial Notifications.

Enclosure 4.6 RP/0/B/5700/029 Emergency Notification Form Page 2 of 2 GOVERNMENT AGENCIES NOTIFIE1D Record the name, date, time and agencies notified:

1.

(name)

NC State (date (time) (agency) EOCSel. Sig. 314 EOC Bell Line 1-919- 733-3943 2.

(name)

Merklenhurp'unnnty (date) (time) (agency) WP Sel. Sig. 116 WP Bell Line 704-943-6200 3.

(name)

Gwaston Couint (date) (time) (agency) W Sel. Sig. 112 WP Bell Line 1-704-866-3300 4.

(name) dae(time) lincoln nSi. 113 (date) (tm)(agency) W-e.i 1 WP Bell Line 1-704- 735-8202 5.

(name)

Iredell Cmtunty (date) (time) (agency) WI Set. Sig. 114 WP Bell Line 1-704- 878.3039 6.

(name) catnwhn Cnumty (date) (time) (agency) WPSei.Sig. 118 WP Bell Line 1-828-464-3112 7.

(name)

Cttbnrriu' ('nuunty (date) (time) (agency) WP Sel.Sig. 119 WP Bell Line 1-704- 920-3000 Form 348S8 (RI-94)

Enclosure 4.7 RP/0/B15700/029 NRC Event Notification Worksheet Page 1 of 2 Include: Systems affected, actuations & their initiating signals, causes, effect of event on plant, actions taken or planned, etc.

Continue on Enclosure 4.3 page 2 of 2 if necessary.

NOTIFICATIONS YES NO I~ WILL I

ANYTHING UNUSUAL OR NOT UNDERSTOOD? 0 YES 3 NO BE NRC RESIDENT (Explain above)

STATE(s) DID ALL SYSTEMS FUNCTION AS YES 0 0 NO REQUIRED LOCAL I _ _ ____(Explain above)

OTHER GOV AGENCIES MODE OF OPERATION EST. RESTART ADDITIONAL INFOR ON BACK Mv')IA/PRESS RELEASE UNTIL CORRECTED I DATE: I 3YES 3 NO 1/2.--eROVED BY: TIME/DATE: I /

Operations Shift Manager/Emergency Coordinator (eastemn) mmr dd yy

Enclosure 4.7 RP/OIB/5700/029 NRC Event Notification Worksheet Page 2 of 2 R,_JLOGICAL RELEASES: CHECK OR FILL IN APPLICABLE ITEMS (specific details/explanations should be covered in event description)

_LIQUID RELEASE GASEOUS RELEASE NPLANNED RELEASE I PLANNED RELEASE NGOING _ hRMINATED MONITORED UNMONITORED ITE RELEASE T .S. EXCEEDED IRM ALARMS 1AREAS EVACUATED ONNEL EXPOSED OR CONTAMINATED FFSITE PROTECTIVE ACTIONS RECOMMENDED tate release path in description SOTE: Contact Radiation Protection Shift to obtain the following infonnation.

IF the notification is due and the information is not available, THEN mark "Not Available" and complete the notification.

Release Rate (Ci/sec)  % T.S. LIMIT HOO GUIDE Total Activity (Ci)  % T.S. LIMIT HOO GUIDE Noble Gas 0.1 Ci/sec 1000 Ci Iodine 10 uCi/sec 0.01 Ci Particulate I uCi/sec I mCi Liquid (excluding tritiu 10 uCilmin 0.1 Ci

& dissolved noble gases)

Liquid (tritium) 0.2 Citmin 5 Ci Total Activity RECORD MONITORS PLANT STACK CONDENSER/ MAIN STEAM LINE SG BLOWDOWN OTHER IN ALARM (EMF35, 36, 37) AIR EJECTOR (UNIT I -EMF24,25,26,27 (EMF 34)

(EMF 33) UNIT 2-EMF 10,11, 12,13)

RAD MONITOR READINGS:

ALARM SETPOINTS: TRIP 11 5 LIMIT (If applicable) NOT APPLICABLE NOT APPLICABLE RCS OR SG TUBE LEAKS: CHECK OR FILL IN APPLICABLE ITEMS (specific details/explanations should be covered in event description)

LOCATION OF THE LEAK (e.g. SG#, valve, pipe, etc.):

LEAK RATE: gpm/gpd TS. LIMITS EXCEEDED: ISUDDEN OR LONG TERM DEVELOPMENT:

LEAK START DATE: TIME: COOLANT ACTIVITY: PRIMARY SECONDARY Last Sample) Xe eq mCi/mI Xe eq mCi/ml Iodine eq. mCi/mIl Iodine eq. mCilmi LIST OF SAFETY RELATED EQUIPMENT NOT OPERATIONAL:

EVENT DESCRIPTION (Continued from Enclosure 4.7 Page I of 2)